2019-2020 Course Catalog
Table of Contents Academic Calendar............................................. 3
Center for Art and Design................................ 74
Overview ............................................................ 4
Art & Design.............................................................................75
Student Life ...................................................... 10 Athletics ........................................................... 16 Admissions ....................................................... 18 Tuition & Financial Aid...................................... 24
Digital Design .......................................................................... 75 Fashion Design ........................................................................ 76 Fashion Merchandising........................................................... 77 Interior Design ........................................................................ 78 Photography ............................................................................ 79
Center for Business .......................................... 80
Academic Affairs .............................................. 30
Accounting ..............................................................................81
Continuing & Professional Studies ................... 34
Business Management ............................................................81 Marketing ................................................................................82
Academic Policies............................................. 38
Sports Management .................................................................83
Programs of Study............................................ 46
Center for Social Sciences ................................ 84
Center for Allied Health Science ...................... 50
Criminal Justice .....................................................................85
Allied Health Science .............................................................. 51 Animal Center Management .................................................. 52 Dental Assisting Certificate..................................................... 52
Early Childhood Education .....................................................86 General Studies .......................................................................88 Human Services .....................................................................88
Expanded Functions Dental Assistant.................................... 53
Course Descriptions ......................................... 90
Dental Hygiene ....................................................................... 55
Trustees, Administration, Faculty & Staff ....... 136
Histotechnician ....................................................................... 57 Medical Laboratory Technology.............................................. 58
Advisory Boards ............................................. 142
Nursing .................................................................................... 60
Campus Telephone Directory ......................... 146
Phlebotomy Technician .......................................................... 62 Occupational Therapy Assistant............................................. 63 Physical Therapist Assistant ................................................... 66
Directions ....................................................... 148 Index............................................................... 150
Radiologic Technology ............................................................ 69 Veterinary Nursing .................................................................. 71
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
1
2019-2020 Academic Calendar (Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus only)
Fall Semester 2019 New student orientation All payments due New student orientation Resident students report Classes begin at 8:30 a.m.
Thursday
July 25
Friday
August 02
Thursday
August 15
Friday
August 23
Monday
August 26
Labor Day Holiday (College Closed)
Monday
September 02
Add/Drop period ends
Monday
September 09
Homecoming Mid Term Grades Due
Friday & Sat Monday
October 11-12 October 14
Pre-registration for Spring 2020
Mon-Fri
Oct. 21-Oct. 25
Last day to withdraw with a “W”
Tuesday
October 29
Open Registration
Monday
November 04
Fall Open House
Saturday
November 09
Thanksgiving recess begins after last class
Tuesday
November 26
Residence halls close
Tuesday
November 26
Classes resume at 8:30 a.m.
Monday
December 02
Friday
December 13
Residence halls close @ 6:00p.m. Last day of classes
Saturday
December 14
Grades due by noon (Final)
Monday
December 16
Spring Semester 2020 All payments due
Friday
December 20, 2019
New student orientation
Friday
January 10
Resident student report
Sunday
January 12
Classes begin at 8:30am
Monday
January 13
Deadline for Incomplete grade change MLK Day (College Closed)
Friday
January 17
Monday
January 20
Add/Drop period ends
Monday
January 27
Mid Term Grades Due
Monday
March 09
Spring recess
Mon.-Fri.
March 16-20
Classes resume at 8:30 a.m.
Monday
Registration Summer 2020
Mon.-Fri.
March 23-27
Pre-registration for Fall 2020
Mon.-Fri.
March 23-27
Last day to withdraw with a “W”
Friday
March 23
March 27
Open registration
Monday
April 06
Spring Open House
Saturday
April 18
Friday
May 012
Residence halls close (non-graduates)@6:00p.m. Last day of classes
Saturday
May 02
Grades due (Final)
Monday
May 04
Commencement
Saturday
May 09
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
3
Harcum College An Overview
Mission and Goals Mission
Philosophy
Harcum College provides its students with an opportunity for outstanding academic, career, and life preparation. We teach, mentor, and prepare students for success in their chosen profession in an experiential environment. Harcum’s core values of excellence, civility, empowerment, integrity, community service, and respect for diversity assure that every student is valued and supported. Harcum College’s Strategic Plan builds on Harcum’s best practices and creates a guide for the present and future. The plan helps Harcum recognize its strengths and confront its challenges, while defining an aspirational future for the College and the resources necessary to achieve its goals, set priorities, focus energy and resources, and strengthen operations.
Founded by Edith Hatcher Harcum and Octavius Harcum in 1915, the College has empowered generations of students by preparing them for dignified, remunerative, socially useful work. Providing tangible possibilities for individual success remains a central purpose of Harcum – “The College of Possibilities.” By coupling practical, experiential education with exposure to the liberal arts, Harcum, from its inception, has also sought to enrich its graduates by broadening their intellectual and cultural horizons. For students who are uncertain about career choices, Harcum’s mission is to encourage self-discovery and to promote learning for learning’s sake. For those who see the liberal arts and sciences as a springboard to a specialized career, Harcum helps students identify appropriate directions for development. In addition, Harcum is committed to preparing its students for responsible citizenship by fostering a keen sense of social responsibility through service learning, curricular emphasis, and co-curricular programs. Harcum welcomes men and women of varied ages, nations, cultures, races, and social backgrounds. The College believes that diversity enhances the academic and co-curricular experiences of its undergraduates. As a private residential college, Harcum believes that for many students residential life can be an important part of an education. As a consequence, the College is committed to providing a broad range of programs in its residence halls. Already known for its outstanding offerings in the Allied Health Sciences, Harcum continues to give equal prominence to other successful programs and to be responsive to new possibilities as they emerge in regional and national labor markets. Harcum will continue to provide its graduates with possibilities – to realize their potential by inspiring in them the idea that learning is a lifelong process.
The goals established in the dynamic Strategic Plan are as follows: GOAL A Offer, evaluate, and innovate high quality educational programs, which prepare students to enter and advance in “in-demand” careers or transfer to a four year college. GOAL B Ensure and communicate standards, practices, and services that support student success. GOAL C Create a culture of continuous improvement supported by assessment through collaboration, transparency, and communication. GOAL D Achieve best practices in educational delivery through human resources, facilities, technology, and security. GOAL E Enhance the College’s reputation through marketing initiatives resulting in increased enrollment and philanthropy. GOAL F Apply governance structures to assess and advance the mission and goals of the College.
Civility Statement Harcum College defines civility as the demonstration of respect for others, basic courtesy, use of non-offensive language, reciprocity (treating others as we wish to be treated), and behavior that creates a positive environment in which to learn and work. All members of the Harcum community work to create a positive environment characterized by considerate and principled conduct.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
5
History of Harcum College In 1913 Edith Hatcher, a talented concert pianist and daughter of prominent Virginia clergyman and educator Reverend William E. Hatcher married fellow Virginian Octavius Marvin Harcum in New Castle, DE. After the birth of their first child, Edith wrote that “the concert career did not offer a chance for family stability” so the couple chose a venture that would combine “my talents as an educator and artist and his business vision and ability.” They opened the Harcum Post Graduate School on October 1, 1915, in Melville Hall in Bryn Mawr which was the family home as well as the academic building. The first class had three students and five pianos. Edith Harcum’s goal was to “start a school where the individual talent of each girl would be treated as an integral part of her education.” Though her expertise was in the fine arts, Mrs. Harcum was committed to providing a comprehensive academic program. In its early years, Harcum was a preparatory school, giving students the skills needed for college study. It quickly grew, and added junior college-level courses. Soon, the “lower school” program was eliminated and the junior college program was established. Edith Harcum was head of the school and Octavius Harcum was responsible for finances. When he died from injuries sustained in a car accident in 1920, Edith assumed the presidency. She remained in that post for more than 30 years with the exception of the academic years 1944-47 when Dr. John Barber, a distinguished modern painter and faculty member, served as President. Another leading figure in Harcum’s history was Maud L. Marren. Marren was appointed Dean of the College in 1920 and worked closely with Edith Harcum and later with Philip Klein. She retired in 1963. The College grew steadily through the 1930s and 1940s with a student enrollment of 185 in 1948.
6
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
However, Harcum was an independent, for-profit institution and faced financial difficulties as competition grew and its taxes increased. In 1952, it could no longer run as a profitable enterprise; Mrs. Harcum declared bankruptcy. Harcum’s bankruptcy proceedings were noticed by Philip Klein and officers of The Junto, a non-profit educational corporation founded in 1941 to promote adult education in the Philadelphia region. It had adopted the
Mrs. Harcum passed away in 1958 at the age of 80, leaving a legacy of compassionate and dedicated service to her students, the arts, and the community. Extensive building and expansion occurred at Harcum in the 1960’s under the direction of President Michael Duzy, with the addition of the Academic Center, Pennswood Hall, and Klein Hall. Through expansion in its neighborhood, the Bryn Mawr campus reached a size of 13 acres. Harcum opened a nursery school for teacher training, and in the 1960’s and 1970’s, began programs in medical sciences. Over the decades Harcum launched programs in nursing, occupational therapy assistant, physical therapist assistant, interior and residential design, radiologic technology, veterinary technology, medical laboratory technology, interior design, human services, and criminal justice. Since 2007, under the leadership of Dr. Jon Jay DeTemple Harcum’s Charles Trout Library underwent a $1.2 million refurbishment, the historic Little Theater was completely renovated, new programs were added, and Harcum expanded its academic offerings throughout the region with many Partnership Sites in Philadelphia and throughout southeastern Pennsylvania. Harcum College athletics has a long history of success in men's and women's basketball, men's and women's soccer, and volleyball. The men's basketball team, founded in 2005, has amassed a lifetime record of 349-93 (.790) in fourteen seasons, winning at least 20 games in all 14 of those seasons. Men's basketball has earned two trips to The Tournament, Edith Hatcher Harcum, co-founder of Harcum College reaching the final four in 2014. The women's basketball team has been equally name of a discussion group originally co-foundimpressive, with an all-time record of 330-129 ed by Benjamin Franklin in 1727. In 1952 The (.719), capturing 5 NJCAA Region 19 chamJunto purchased the assets of Harcum College pionships and earning two trips to the National for possible use as a residential college for Tournament. The Harcum women's volleyball adults but soon decided to continue Edith team, not to be outdone, has also captured five Harcum’s mission to provide education for NJCAA Region 19 titles of their own. Women's women. Harcum was reopened under a nonsoccer, which started competition in 2010, won profit charter in the fall of 1953 with 79 stuits first ever NJCAA Region 19 championship dents. Philip Klein was appointed President. in 2016. Under the 1953 charter, Harcum could operate Harcum will continue to help students find as a college but without the power to confer appropriate directions for their academic and degrees. In 1955 the Pennsylvania State personal development leading to specialized Council of Instruction gave Harcum permiscareers, while, as Mrs. Harcum noted, “respectsion to confer the Associate of Arts and ing each student as an individual with personal Associate of Science degrees. This was the needs, interests, aptitudes and aspirations.” first time in the history of the Commonwealth that a junior college was given this privilege.
The Campus The Academic Center is the heart of the College, housing the newly-renovated Charles H. Trout Library, most classrooms and faculty offices, the science labs, Academic Affairs, the Student Success Center, Continuing & Professional Studies, Career and Transfer Services, the Campus Store, Mail Services, the English Language Academy, and the Student Lounge. It is one of three campus buildings completed in the mid-1960s. The Great Lawn, used for Commencement ceremonies, as well as softball, soccer, and other recreational activities, is located on Montgomery Avenue, in front of the Academic Center. Bedford Hall, also known as Alumni House, is the home of the Harcum College Alumni Association and houses the alumni archives and a collection of memorabilia. The Office of Development, part of the Office of Institutional Advancement is located in Bedford. The Abram and Goldie Cohen Dental Programs Center was built in 1970 and renovated in 2013-14. It houses the Dental Assisting and Dental Hygiene Programs. The center consists of clinical operatories, digital radiology rooms, a laboratory, and conference rooms. The Philip and Esther Klein Hall houses resident students, the Office of Student Life, the Counseling Center, the Cafeteria, Dining Services, the Office of Campus Safety, the Health Center, the Residence Life Office, two Gymnasiums, and the Fitness Center. The Kevin D. Marlo Little Theatre is Harcum’s multipurpose facility to enhance the student academic experience and is used for classes, lectures, meetings, arts performances, and art shows. Melville Hall, built in 1896 and expanded in 1917, is the landmark building on campus. When the college was founded in 1915, Melville Hall housed the school, the Harcum family, and resident students. Today, Melville Hall’s tall columns and wide portico welcome students to the administrative hub of the campus. Melville Hall houses the President’s Office, Admissions Office, Financial Aid, the Office of Student Records, the Office of Student Accounts, Communications and Marketing, Vice-President for Finance and Operations, Athletics Offices (the Bear’s Den), Facilities, and Human Resources.
Pennswood Hall, Harcum’s main residence hall, can house up to 300 students and is the home of the KinderCare child care center. The President’s House is a stately Victorian structure on Montgomery Avenue. Richter Hall, built in 1890, is the site of art and music classes. Music programs are offered through the Harcum Music School. The Veterinary Services Building was built in 1980 and serves the Veterinary Nursing Program. OMGC is the location of Harcum’s Nursing and Clinical Laboratory Science offices and classrooms. It is located at the corner of Pennswood Road and Lancaster Avenue, one half-block southeast of the campus. The OMGC Gym is used for Harcum men’s and women’s basketball.
Location Harcum College is located in the heart of Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, about 12 miles west of Philadelphia, in an area known as the Main Line, so named after the original Main Line of the Pennsylvania Railroad that ran through its communities. The Main Line is a friendly, safe, and longestablished residential area. It is also a neighborhood with many academic opportunities. Villanova University, Haverford College, Rosemont College, and Bryn Mawr College are all nearby. Bryn Mawr and nearby Ardmore offer many restaurants, shops, theaters, music venues, and places for students to meet and socialize. Ardmore’s popular Suburban Square, one of the nation’s first planned suburban shopping centers is a short bicycle, car, or train ride away and has national and local boutiques, an Apple Store, a Trader Joe’s, and many specialty shops. The King of Prussia Plaza and Court, one of the nation’s largest retail centers, is about twenty minutes from Harcum by car. Students at Harcum also have easy access to all the excitement of the City of Philadelphia, a city rich in educational, historic, and cultural resources. Shopping, theaters, sports events, restaurants, museums, and historical sites await visitors to the city, which can be accessed in twenty minutes via a commuter train that stops next to the campus. Local educators visit to lecture and regularly participate in Harcum’s academic programs. Many business, medical, and scientific research establishments in the region provide sites for Harcum students’ clinical and practicum experiences.
The Associate Degree In 1955, the Pennsylvania State Council of Education authorized Harcum College to confer degrees of associate in arts and associate in science. When a Harcum graduate receives an associate’s degree in arts or science, he or she is prepared to assume a position of responsibility in the business or professional world or may continue on to pursue a baccalaureate degree at a four-year institution.
Programs of Study Programs of Study Center for Allied Health Allied Health Science Animal Center Management Dental Assisting Dental Hygiene Expanded Functions Dental Assisting (EFDA) Histotechnician Medical Laboratory Technology Nursing Occupational Therapy Assistant – Friday track or Saturday track Phlebotomy Assistant (certificate) Physical Therapist Assistant – Day, Evening Radiologic Technology Veterinary Nursing
Center for Art and Design Art & Design Digital Design Fashion Design Fashion Merchandising Interior Design Photography
Center for Business Accounting Business Management Marketing Sports Management
Center for Social Sciences Criminal Justice Early Childhood Education Human Services General Studies
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
7
Partnership Sites In 2005, Harcum College, in collaboration with I-LEAD, Inc., a community based nonprofit that works to improve local quality of life by helping to strengthen citizens as effective community leaders, launched the first associate’s degree program. Since then, additional majors and locations have been added in southeastern Pennsylvania. The growth of the degree programs is largely due to this unique initiative. These organizations are located throughout the region, bringing the opportunity of higher education to residents of some of the Commonwealth's most challenged communities. In North Philadelphia, Harcum College and I-LEAD, Inc. have partnered with Congreso de Latinos Unidos. Congreso is a nationally recognized community based non-profit organization that primarily serves the neighborhoods of eastern North Philadelphia. The programs offer affordable tuition and convenient evening courses, which meet twice a week. The programs are fully accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education through Harcum College. Students participating in the programs are fully-matriculated students of Harcum College and their degree is awarded by Harcum College. The programs encompass the key elements necessary for success, enabling the graduate to address the complexities of today’s workforce.
Degree Programs offered at Partnership Sites • Business Management • Early Childhood Education
Academic Calendar for Partnership Sites
Fall I Semester 2019
Spring I Semester 2020
New student orientation Thursday August 22
New student orientation Wednesday January 8
Classes begin at 5:30 p.m.
Classes begin at 5:30 p.m. Monday January 13
Monday August 26 Labor Day Holiday-no classes Monday September 02
MLK Day (College Closed) Monday January 20
Add/Drop period ends Monday September 09
Add/Drop period ends Monday January 27
Mid Term Grades Due Monday September 16
Mid Term Grades Due Monday February 03
Last day to withdraw with a “W” Friday September 20
Last day to withdraw with a “W” Friday February 07
Homecoming Friday & Sat October 11-12
Last Day of Classes Monday March 02
Last Day of Classes Monday October 14
Grades due by noon (Final) Tuesday March 03
Grades due by noon (Final) Tuesday October 15
Spring II Semester 2020
Fall Break begins Tuesday-Friday October 15-18
Classes resume Tuesday March 03
Fall II Semester 2019
Add/Drop period ends Monday March 16
Classes resume Monday October 21 Pre-registration for Spring 2020 Mon.-Fri. Oct. 21-25
• Human Services • Criminal Justice
Add/Drop period ends Friday November 01
For questions about specific locations, or to apply for admission, call 610-526-6083 or email vmcgruder-cortes@harcum.edu.
Open Registration Monday November 04 Mid Term Grades Due Monday November 11 Last day to withdraw with a “W” Friday November 15 Thanksgiving recess-no classes Mon.-Fri.November 25-29 Classes resume at 5:30 p.m. Monday December 02 Last day of classes Thursday December 12 Grades due by noon (Final) Monday December 16
8
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Spring recess-no classes Tues.-Fri. March 17-20 Pre-registration for Fall 2020 Mon.-Fri. March 23-27 Mid Term Grades Due Monday March 30 Last day to withdraw with a “W” Friday April 03 Open registration. Monday April 06 Last day of classes Thursday April 23 Grades due by noon (Final) Monday April 27 Commencement Saturday May 09
Accreditation
Equal Opportunity
Harcum College is fully accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education (MSCHE)
Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such, does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status, or any other legally protected classification.
MSCHE is located at: 3624 Market Street 2nd Floor West Philadelphia, PA 19104 267-284-5000 In addition, Harcum’s Allied Health programs are accredited on an individual basis by the following organizations: • The Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA). • American Dental Association Commission on Dental Accreditation • American Veterinary Medical Association, Committee on Veterinary Technician Education and Activities • Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association (CAPTE) • Joint Review Commission on Education in Radiologic Technology • National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences • Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs • National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) • Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN)
The College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity, and affirmative action laws, orders, and regulations. For more information, contact the Office of Human Resources, Melville Hall, 750 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010, 610-526-6012.
Visas and Loans Harcum College is permitted by the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service to accept foreign students (F-1 Visa). The College is approved for National Direct Education Act Student Loans.
Right to Modify Changes are necessary from time to time in both academic and financial matters. No statements in this Catalog are to be considered an irrevocable contract between Harcum College and users of this catalog. Harcum College reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any time during the period that this Catalog is effective.
Title IX Statement Pursuant to the requirement of Title IX of the education amendments of 1972, the College does not discriminate on the basis of gender in any educational program or activity or in admissions or employment.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
9
Student Life
Student Profile
Residence Life
Harcum’s enrollment consists of approximately 1,500 co-educational students. Most students are from Pennsylvania and neighboring states, but many other regions are represented. International students, some of whom enroll in the English Language Academy, are members of the Harcum community. Harcum’s student population ranges greatly in age, from the traditional student from high school to the adult student changing careers or attending college for the first time.
The residential experience offers a climate that stimulates, nurtures, and challenges the individual. Students are encouraged to participate actively in building a community of faculty, staff, and peers. Residential life at Harcum College is designed to extend the possibilities for learning outside the traditional classroom. Staff provide an environment that promotes living and learning opportunities for individual growth and development, a strong sense of community spirit, and responsibility for self and others in the residential environment. Students interested in living on campus must submit a separate Residence Life Application and exhibit the maturity to live independently. Residential students are required to submit verification from their physician that they received the following immunizations: M.M.R. and Meningococcal Quadrivalent (Serogroups A, C, Y, and W-135). The following immunizations are recommended, but not required, for residential students: Polio, Varicella (Chicken Pox), Hepatitis B, and Tetanus-DiphtheriaPertussis. Please access the required form from the website at harcum.edu/housingapplication. Students will not be permitted to move into their residence hall room until proper immunization documentation and records are received. Residential students are expected to carry a full course load of at least 12 credit hours per semester. They must verify with Financial Aid and Student Accounts that they have sufficient funds to cover living in Harcum’s residence halls and make a $200 deposit. To remain in residence as a part-time student, special permission must be obtained from the Office of Student Life. Residence Life may be contacted at 610-526-6092.
Student Life The Office of Student Life embraces the mission of the College by empowering students to reach the goal of participative citizenship and a fulfilling life by providing services, programs, and resources in support of academic, professional, and personal growth. Student Life staff strive to work collaboratively with all departments to foster an inclusive community which develops students holistically through reinforcing civility, integrity, and respect for diversity. In collaboration with the entire College community, Student Life commits to this mission by: • Empowering students to develop morally, socially, and academically by providing an atmosphere of accountability. • Encouraging students to advocate for themselves and others, as we advocate for them, with respect to diversity and the promotion of civility in their current lives as well as their future communities. • Serving as a resource to the college community about students, their development, and their needs. • Challenging ourselves to consistently evaluate divisional effectiveness by implementation of routine assessment to identify student needs and satisfaction with program and service offerings. The Student Life staff challenges and encourages each student to explore and discover personal values and to use that knowledge to establish and meet academic, career, and life goals.
Dining Services The dining hall in Klein Hall is open to the entire Harcum community. Resident students must present their valid student I.D. at all meals. Commuter students and guests must pay for each meal or purchase a meal card. Dining Services may be contacted at 610-5266262. All resident students must participate in the college’s resident student meal plan which consists of 19 meals per week. Refunds are not given for missed meals. Special diets may be accommodated if requested by the Director of the Dining Services. For information go to https://harcum.sodexomyway.com/
Campus Safety The Office of Campus Safety strives to provide a safe and secure environment for all students, faculty, and staff of the Harcum community. This goal is accomplished through a collaborative and integrated safety and security program intended to benefit everyone as they live, study, work, and play on our campus. Campus Safety is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at 610-526-6099.
Break Closing The College’s buildings and residence halls are closed during all break periods. Resident students must vacate the residence hall during the Thanksgiving, mid-semester, winter and spring breaks. For dates consult the academic calendar at www.harcum.edu/calendar, or call Campus Safety at 610-526-6099.
Campus Activities The Office of Campus Activities (OCA) is committed to the development and growth of our students by exposing them to a wide variety of experiences through entertainment and educational programming. OCA is also designed to complement the academic mission of Harcum College by providing opportunities to meet the diverse developmental and educational needs of our students. OCA implements programs and engagement opportunities that serve the Harcum College community through entertainment, student organizations, leadership development, and educational programming. A variety of cultural events – plays, trips, concerts, lectures – immerse the student in cultural diversity. Educational, community service, and social events are an important part of the Harcum experience. Students play an integral role in the selection of fall and spring events. In conjunction with the Office of Residence Life, the Office of Campus Activities is responsible for providing student leadership opportunities. These opportunities allow students to develop a range of skills they can use as they assume leadership positions in their chosen professions and within their communities. The Office of Campus Activities is located in Room 207 Klein Hall, or contact the office at 610-526-6038.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
11
Commuting Students Harcum’s programs and Bryn Mawr location attract many commuting students from the tri-state area. Commuting students are encouraged to participate in the Student Government Association, student organizations, and all College-sponsored functions. The Commuter Lounge, located next to the Campus Store in the lower level of the Academic Center, is available to all commuter students for quiet socializing or studying. Commuting students are encouraged to use the dining facilities in Klein Hall and may purchase meal tickets in the Dining Hall or pay the per meal price upon entry.
Student Organizations The Office of Campus Activities formally recognizes more than 15 different student organizations. Organizations such as the Campus Activities Board, the Student American Dental Hygiene Association (SADHA), and the Animal Center Management Club help students learn more about their chosen profession and future career options. For more information, contact the Office of Campus Activities at 610-526-6038.
12
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Student Government Association The Student Government Association (SGA) responds to the needs of all Harcum students. Harcum recognizes the importance of developing responsible citizens and encourages each student to participate in the SGA. Through the SGA, students join with faculty, staff, and administration to offer solutions to academic and social concerns. It is the SGA’s mission to establish and maintain high standards of spirit, honor, integrity, and loyalty. SGA members who serve on College committees represent the student body and respond to students’ interests and concerns. For more information, visit www.harcum.edu/sga.
Honor Society Phi Theta Kappa Harcum College inducts eligible students into the Iota Kappa chapter of Phi Theta Kappa (PTK) honor society. Selection for membership to Phi Theta Kappa is considered one of the highest honors a Harcum student can receive. Students are chosen for Phi Theta Kappa based on their academic achievement. PTK is the International Honor Society of Two-Year Colleges. The mission of PTK is to recognize and encourage scholarship and community service among two-year college students. To be considered for membership, students must have earned a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and have completed at least 15 hours of college level classes at Harcum College.
Service Learning Every Harcum student is encouraged to participate in the many community service and service learning experiences available at Harcum College. Service Learning provides students with the opportunity to make the important connection between academic coursework and service in the community. Service learning projects can be initiated in schools or local community organizations; they can also be tailored to the students’ interests and curriculum objectives. These opportunities for volunteerism can be arranged for individuals or groups of students.
TRIO Upward Bound Program The Harcum College TRIO Upward Bound Program is a federally funded educational program, supported through a grant from the U.S. Department of Education Higher Education Act. The mission of Upward Bound is to provide academic assistance, counseling, and/or cultural enrichment activities to motivate low income or first generation college-bound high school students to graduate from high school, matriculate at a post-secondary institution, and successfully complete a program of postsecondary education. The Upward Bound Program at Harcum College includes two major components. The first component is the academic session, which includes student participation in weekly tutoring and counseling and Saturday programs that provide exposure to a variety of personal, cultural, and historical experiences. The second component is the summer session, a six-week residential program during which students are housed at Harcum College and continue to receive tutoring and exposure to new social and cultural experiences. Harcum College TRIO Upward Bound participants attend John Bartram High School, William Sayre High School, and Overbrook High School in Philadelphia, PA. Students are exposed to various activities and educational programs and gain confidence to develop and share their natural talents. Harcum College students are encouraged to volunteer their time and services to the Upward Bound Program. For more information, please contact the Upward Bound staff at 610-526-6151.
Office of Disability Services
Disability Services
The Office of Disability Services provides disability accommodation recommendations, tools and services, and individual and group workshops. A Learning Specialist is available to assess individual learning practices and styles, and identify strategies to promote learning success. The Office of Disability Services is located in the lower level of the Academic Center on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus. In accordance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1992, Harcum College will provide appropriate and reasonable accommodations, which allow equal access to its educational programs. Students with documented disabilities are encouraged to provide documentation to the Office of Disability Services. Disability Services will review and consider documentation created by a licensed professional who has diagnosed the disability and whose reports are dated within three years of acceptance to Harcum College. The documentation will assist and guide in providing the most effective and appropriate strategies and accommodations for the student. Guidelines for documentation can be obtained from the Director of Disability Services. The student must declare and document his or her disability to the College to receive accommodations or special services. By law, the College is not responsible for making special accommodations for a student who has not declared and documented his or her disability. It is recommended that current and appropriate documentation be sent after College acceptance but in advance of matriculation. The student is responsible for arranging an appointment with the Director of Disability Services to initiate the services. Disclosure of a disability is confidential unless the student provides the Director of Disability Services with written authorization to release information. This process is also required for placement testing and field site accommodations. Disability Support Services can be reached at 610-526-6036.
Section 504 Grievance Procedures Introduction
Procedures to Commence a Formal Grievance Hearing
The purpose of these procedures is to settle any and all grievances which may be raised by a disabled student. A student is an individual accepted into a college program. These procedures are designed to meet the requirements for grievance procedures as set forth in the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended.
If the informal procedures fail to satisfy the dispute, the formal hearing process becomes available to all disabled students who have a grievance concerning a disability issue that may also be the subject of a complaint under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. The following are the steps to be followed under the formal grievance procedure:
Informal Settlement of Grievance It is the goal of Harcum College to settle any and all grievance matters with disabled students in an informal way. Upon receipt of a written grievance by any disabled student with a grievance involving a disability issue, the grievance will be submitted for review to the Director of Disability Services. This person will then meet with the student complaining (hereinafter “grievant�) at a time, date, and place convenient to both parties. The person hearing the grievance must always be someone other than the person who took the action resulting in the grievance. Both parties shall present any and all evidence and statements pertaining to the current grievance. All statements and evidence shall be held in strictest confidence by both parties. After the meeting for informal settlement, the Director of Disability Services will issue a decision within 10 working days in writing. Within the written decision of the informal settlement, the grievant will also be advised that he/she may request a commencement of formal grievance proceeding upon request.
1. Request for a Hearing: Within thirty (30) days of receipt of the results of the informal settlement, the student seeking relief from Harcum College may file a written grievance. The letter should state the nature of the grievance and the action or relief sought. Written requests should be submitted by email to the Vice President of Academic Affairs with a copy to the Director of Disability Services. 2. Failure to Request a Hearing: Anyone who is covered under this policy waives his or her right to a hearing if he/she has not requested a hearing within the noted time frames in #1. Other rights to file a complaint under the relief granted by the terms of the 1988 Amendments of Fair Housing Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, are not waived. 3. Hearing Prerequisite: In order to qualify for a formal 504 Grievance Hearing, the grievant must waive an informal hearing or have participated in the informal settlement procedure outlined above. If the grievant can show just cause why he/she did not participate or request informal settlement under the provisions above, then the Director of Disability Services may waive this requirement. 4. Location and Time of Hearing: The location and time of the hearing shall be jointly agreed upon by all parties involved. Every effort shall be made to locate the hearing in a fully accessible location.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
13
Counseling Services Counseling Services provides students with mental, emotional, and behavioral health services and resources that support their needs. Individual counseling sessions are provided confidentially. Groups and workshops can also be offered according to students’ needs. These issues include, but are not limited to the following: • Relationships (family, roommate, faculty, partners, friends, etc.). • Depression • Self-esteem and self-worth. • Culture shock (environment, ethnicity, race, class). • Dealing with failure or success. • Grief and loss (death, loss of a relationship, loss of a way of life). • Anxiety/frustration/loneliness. • Trauma/post-traumatic stress/abuse, assault. • Dealing with anger. • College transition/homesickness. • Academic concerns (student /faculty mediation). Referrals can be made by students, staff, faculty and families, and anonymity will be utilized when applicable. Counseling Services works closely with the Harcum community to assist students with their social, emotional, and academic needs. Referrals are made to local community resources when appropriate. A counselor is available by phone to address any issues that may arise after scheduled office hours. Contact Counseling Services at 610-526-6045 to schedule an appointment, or for any questions or concerns.
14
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Health Services The Health Center is located on the first floor of Klein Hall. Its mission is to serve the health and wellness needs of all Harcum students by providing quality health care, health education, and preventative services in a caring and convenient manner at minimal cost. The Health Center provides evaluation and treatment of illness and injury and is a valuable resource for health-related learning. Information or assistance related to a particular health problem or question to maximize one’s health are confidentially discussed. Information on various health topics is provided at workshops throughout the academic year. Appointments are not necessary. All students are treated under the direction of the College physician. Students wishing to reside in the residence halls while attending Harcum College must submit at least two weeks prior to move-in day a record of meningitis and M.M.R. vaccine documentation. Any questions, please contact the Health Center at 610-526-6090.
Career & Transfer Services The mission of the Office of Career & Transfer Services is to equip all Harcum students and alumni with the skills necessary to have a competitive edge in their academic and career arenas. We also seek to empower, educate, and train students to proactively engage in the career and transfer process as well as chart their path toward life-long career achievement. The Office of Career & Transfer Services provides career and technical training necessary to help Harcum students actualize their career goals. Such activities include career assessments, workshops, resume writing, and interviewing skills. Guidance and resources are also provided to students as they consider transferring to a four-year college or university. It is the goal of the office to provide skills for professional development, academic, and career success.
Career Services assists students and alumni with their career development through the career management system, Purple Briefcase. Group workshops and individual counseling are also offered to help students and alumni focus on career exploration, resume writing, gaining professional experience, and job searching strategies Job postings for part-time and full-time employment are available at: https://harcum.edu/jobboard. Career and Transfer Services has a wide variety of resources including a free career closet that provides students and alumni with gently used donated professional clothing. More information to assist students with career planning and their job search is available at https://harcum.libguides.com/CareerTransfer. Transfer Services offers assistance to students interested in transferring to a four-year institution after completion of an associate’s degree at Harcum. Counseling is available to assist students in the college selection process, application procedures, and college essay writing. Career & Transfer Services also houses a variety of resources for students, including catalogs and applications, as well as a multimedia computer. Transfer Services also sponsors the annual College Transfer Expo. For more information about Transfer Services please visit https://careerandtransfer.wixsite.com/hc-transfer-guide. Career and Transfer Services is located in the Academic Center on the first floor, Room 110. The departmental email address is careertransfer@harcum.edu. The Career and Transfer team can also be reached at 610-5266070.
Office of Institutional Advancement Harcum College’s Office of Institutional Advancement includes Marketing and Communications, Alumni Relations, Annual Giving, Major Gifts, Foundations and Grants, and Planned Giving. Institutional Advancement markets Harcum’s programs and activities, supports the College’s mission and Strategic Plan, and helps alumni, students, Trustees, staff, and friends stay connected to Harcum. Students and alumni have many opportunities for networking and engagement prior to and following graduation.
Alumni Relations Harcum College graduates join a network of over 11,000 alumni, and enjoy a variety of benefits and programs, including: • Subscription to Patches alumni magazine and Bear Essentials, Harcum’s enewsletter • Access to the Office of Career and Transfer Services including Purple Briefcase • Invitations to Homecoming, Class and Program reunions, networking events, Continuing Education Programs, and the annual Kevin D. Marlo Golf and Tennis Classic. Volunteer opportunities through the Harcum College Alumni Association (HCAA) include: • The HCAA Board of Directors, an elected and appointed board of alumni who work to advance the mission of Harcum College, engage and energize the alumni community, and support current students. • Alumni Ambassador Committee – assist the College in attracting students with the greatest potential for a successful and satisfying Harcum College experience. Promote Harcum, share personal experiences and recommend Harcum to prospective students, family, friends and associates.
• Events and Affinity Programs Committee - develop opportunities to enhance existing events and build new events and programming to encourage alumni participation and engagement. • Recent Graduate Committee - develop outreach strategies to engage graduates of the ten most recent classes.
Fundraising Institutional Advancement leads and directs Harcum’s development efforts. Thanks to the generosity of alumni, Trustees and friends, Harcum keeps annual tuition increases to a minimum. Gifts and grants fund improvements to facilities, programs, and support student financial aid. The Harcum Fund is the College’s annual fundraising campaign. The Harcum Fund directly supports current students by providing funding for the College’s areas of greatest need including college based financial aid. Institutional Advancement also seeks support for Harcum programs and initiatives by way of legacy gifts through wills, estates, and other planned giving vehicles as well as corporate and foundation gifts through corporate sponsorships and grants. For more information, please contact the Office of Institutional Advancement at 610526-6060 or advancement@harcum.edu. Alumni and friends are welcome to visit our offices in Bedford Hall on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus.
Harcum Campus Store The Harcum Campus Store is located on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus, in the lower level of the Academic Center. The Store provides the college community with a means to order textbooks via an online partner. The Store also sells Harcum merchandise, school supplies, and other novelties. There is a coffee bar, TV lounge, and Internet accessible computers. The hours of operation are Monday through Thursday, 9:00 a.m. – 5:30 p.m. and Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Acceptable methods of payment include cash, DISCOVER, MasterCard, VISA and American Express. Checks are not accepted. The Campus Store can be reached at 610-526-6041. The Harcum Campus Store also has an official online apparel store at harcumgear.com. There you can shop and show off your Bear Pride!
Post Office/ Student Mailboxes All residential students have the option to use a mailbox. Incoming and campus mail is placed in student mailboxes. Students should check their mailboxes regularly. When a package is received, an email notification will be sent to the student. The notification will include the designated hours for pick-up. All parcels must be mailed from the Bryn Mawr Post Office. Registered or certified mail must be picked up at the Bryn Mawr Post Office. The Campus Post Office is located on the ground level of the Academic Center, near the Campus Store and is open Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m. For U.S. postal information, contact the Bryn Mawr Post Office at 610-525-2374. A limited number of mailboxes are available for commuting students. Commuters who desire a mailbox should contact the Office of Residence Life at 610-526-6092.
KinderCare at Harcum College Child care for full-time and part-time students, faculty, and staff is available. It is operated by KinderCare Learning Centers and conveniently located in Pennswood Hall. It accepts applications for children between the ages of six weeks to five years. Hours of operation are Monday through Friday, 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. For rates and availability information, call KinderCare at 610-526-9244.
Security Reports Harcum’s annual campus security report is available through the Office of Campus Safety, located in Klein Hall, or on the Harcum College website at www.harcum.edu/crimestats. For more information, contact the Office of Campus Safety at 610-526-6099.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
15
Athletics
Harcum Athletic Teams Harcum College currently offers eleven intercollegiate sports which compete in Region 19 (Eastern Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Delaware) of the National Junior College Athletic Association. Men’s basketball, men’s and women’s soccer, men’s and women’s cross country, men’s and women’s indoor track & field, and men’s and women’s outdoor track & field compete at the Division I level. Women’s basketball and volleyball compete at the Division II level. Athletes are eligible to compete and receive athletic aid for two seasons while at Harcum College. Students who participate in varsity athletics for two seasons are not required to take additional physical education classes for credit. Academic eligibility requirements are stipulated by the NJCAA. For information, please contact the Athletic Director, or go to www.harcum.edu/athletics.
Athletic Facts • Colors: Purple and White. • Mascot: Hatcher the Bear. • Sports: Basketball (Men & Women), Varsity and Jr. Varsity Basketball (Men), Cross Country (Men & Women), Indoor Track & Field (Men & Women), Outdoor Track & Field (Men & Women), Soccer (Men & Women), Volleyball (Women). • Contact: Drew Kelly, Associate Vice President for Athletics, 610-526-6669 dkelly@harcum.edu.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
17
Admissions
Admission to Harcum College
Submitting Your Application
Harcum College seeks to provide many possibilities by offering a quality education for career-oriented students. In keeping with the College’s mission, enrollment counselors treat students holistically and respectfully, valuing the uniqueness of each student’s learning style and background. Each applicant’s ability to benefit from a Harcum degree program is carefully considered; students whose academic and/or work history indicates a high probability of success will be the strongest candidates. Applicants are encouraged to schedule a visit to the College, tour the campus, and learn more about programs of interest with an enrollment counselor. The visit is a critical part of the admissions process, as it helps to determine the best course of action for the prospective student to achieve his or her goals. With a few key exceptions, programs at Harcum College operate under a rolling admissions policy, which means that the Admissions Committee reviews each application file as soon as it is complete. The exceptions are Dental Hygiene, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapist Assistant, Nursing, and Radiologic Technology. Deadlines for these programs can be found on Harcum’s website, www.harcum.edu or by calling the Office of Admissions at 610-526-6050.
All applicants to Harcum College should submit the following:
Rolling Admission Applicants will be notified within 10 working days – usually sooner – of a decision and of any conditions necessary for entry. Prospective students are advised to apply as early as possible to ensure admission to the program of choice. Harcum College accepts students from a wide range of schools in the United States and abroad. The College is open to qualified applicants of all races, religions, and ethnic backgrounds.
• A completed Harcum College application form. The online application can be completed by going to www.harcum.edu and clicking on “Apply Now” in the navigation bar of the home page. • Application Fee • High school transcript and/or GED transcript. This requirement is waived for applicants who have completed a bachelor’s degree, unless specifically requested. • Current high school seniors must submit final high school transcript no later than thirty (30) days following graduation. • Official college transcripts from all regionally accredited colleges attended, if applicable. • A typed personal essay. This essay should include why you are choosing your desired major. • Letter(s) of recommendation from an employer, teacher, guidance counselor, etc. Two (2) letters of recommendation are required for the Nursing Program. • Official SAT or ACT scores, if taken. (Old) Critical Reading and Math Scores, (New) Evidence-based Reading/Writing & Math or ACT Composite score.
English Language Proficiency and Exemptions Harcum College accepts the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language), DET (Duolingo English Test), or IELTS (International English Language Testing System) as proof of English proficiency. Students whose native language is not English must present an acceptable test score or meet one of the exemptions before they are accepted into any degree program. *Nursing students are not eligible for the exemptions. Nursing students must submit an accepted score from the TOEFL, DET, or IELTS.
Required TOEFL, DET, and/or IELTS Scores for Allied Health Programs (Non-Nursing): Internet-based test: 79 Computer-based test: 213 Paper-based test: 550 IELTS: 6.5 band score DET: 47
Required TOEFL, DET, and/or IELTS Scores for Non-Allied Health Programs: Internet-based test: 61 Computer-based test: 173 Paper-based test: 500 IELTS: 5.5 band score DET: 28
Exemptions: • Earned a high school diploma from a high school in the United States.
• Resume (Nursing only). • TOEFL/IELTS/DET (Duolingo English Test) Scores -Students whose native language is not English must present an acceptable test score or meet one of the exemptions before they are accepted into any degree program.
• Earned a B or higher in English 101 and English 102 in a U.S. college or university along with a minimum of 2.0 GPA in all college coursework. • A minimum SAT or ACT score: Minimum ACT English score of 20 or minimum SAT Critical Reading score of 500 (old), or minimum SAT Reading score of 560 (new). • Earned a AA, AS or bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited U.S. college • Successful completion of Harcum College’s ELA program
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
19
Accuplacer Exam • Students from the following countries are exempt from the TOEFL or IELTS Exam: Antigua & Barbuda, Australia, Bahamas, Belize, Bermuda, Canada (except Quebec), Fiji, Grenada, Guyana, Ireland, Jamaica, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Mauritania, Micronesia, New Zealand, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent & the Grenadines, Solomon Islands, Trinidad & Tobago, United Kingdom.
English Language Policy for the Nursing Program All applicants who are not born in the United States will be required to take the TOEFL, DET, or IELTS Exam. • TOEFL Score Requirement: Overall score of at least an 87 and individual section scores as follows: Reading 21, Listening 22, Speaking 23, and Writing 21. • IELTS Score Requirement: Overall score of at least 6.5 and individual sections scores as follows: Listening 6.5, Reading 6.5, Writing 6, and Speaking 7. • Duolingo Score Requirement: Overall score of at least a 56 and individual scores are TBD. Please note: Some majors may have additional application requirements, additional standards, and/or prerequisite classes needed for admission, as well as the grades which students should have completed in those classes. Please refer to the descriptions of individual programs in this catalog for more information. Please Note: Harcum College has the right to refuse admission or readmission for any student at its discretion. Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status, or any other legally protected classification. The College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity and affirmative action laws, orders and regulations.
Accuplacer is a placement measure that most Harcum students complete at some point, sometimes before admission to the College. Accuplacer covers math, reading, and English proficiency and helps the College make decisions regarding the proper class level for admitted students and the applicants’ ability to benefit from specific programs. Students who have already completed a college level math or English course with a “C” or better from a regionally accredited institution would be waived from taking that portion of the Accuplacer exam. Students will be required to transfer the credits for these courses. See Transfer Student Policy for details.
Criminal Background Disclosure Statement Please be advised that results of a criminal background check may exclude a student from participating in a clinical, internship, and/or field work component of their program. This may also preclude a student from meeting degree requirements needed for graduation and/or ability to take certification/licensure exams. If accepted, it is the student’s responsibility to report changes in the status of their criminal background to their program director.
Transfer Student Policy If an applicant has invested time and money in previous coursework at other accredited colleges, the applicant will want to receive the credit. Every year, Harcum College admits a large number of transfer students. We are flexible in our transfer credit policy, but important standards do apply: • All applicants seeking transfer credit are required to submit official transcripts from all colleges attended. • In order to be accepted for transfer, a course must be directly relevant to the student’s program of study, and have been completed with a grade of “C” or better. • Required math, science, and computer courses taken within the last 10 years may be accepted for transfer credit. All other courses do not have expiration for transfer. • For most programs, a maximum of 30 credits may be transferred into Harcum College through official college transcripts, CDA credentials, CLEP
20
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
transcripts, AP transcripts, and ACE transcripts. Questions regarding these credits should be directed to Harcum College’s Associate Registrar. • Comparable core curriculum courses may be transferred into Harcum College and will help narrow down the range of core courses the applicant must take toward completion of the Associate’s degree. Program specific courses will be evaluated and granted credit at the discretion of the program director. • Questions about the application process and about specific Harcum degree programs should be addressed to an enrollment counselor. Questions about Credit for Life and Career Experience should be addressed to the appropriate program director. • Applicants who have taken 15 or more credit hours at an accredited postsecondary institution with a grade point average of 2.5 or better are exempt from the core curriculum requirement of IDS 101 Harcum Colloquium.
Additional Information for CLEP, AP Exams and CDA Credential Harcum College recognizes and awards credits for College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Advance Placement Exam (AP), and Child Development Associate Credential (CDA). College Level Examination Program - CLEP Applicants may receive transfer credits if they have successfully completed a CLEP exam. Applicants who have completed a CLEP exam must have the original College Grade Report sent from the College Board to Harcum College. CLEP exams with a score of 50 or higher for equivalent courses and are relevant to the applicant’s program of study may be accepted for transfer.
Advance Placement Exam - AP High school students who have taken college level courses and the advanced examinations need to submit their AP exam scores to Harcum College. Applicants who have achieved a score of three (3) or higher are eligible for consideration for transfer credit.
Child Development Associate Credential – CDA Six (6) credits may be granted to Early Childhood Education applicants who submit a current CDA certificate.
How It Works Simply submit official transcripts from all previous coursework as part of the admissions process. Once accepted into a Harcum College degree program, the transcripts will be evaluated for applicable transfer credit. The applicant will receive a copy of the official transfer evaluation with the acceptance materials. All application packets and transcripts should be sent to: Harcum College Attn: Admissions Office, 750 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010.
Transfer Appeal Policy and Procedure Appeal Procedures: Academic transcripts are evaluated based upon the procedures established in the Transfer Student Policy. It is possible that errors in the transfer of credits can occur. In the event a student believes an error has occurred, the appeal procedure is as follows: I. Student should first contact the Associate Registrar in the Office of Student Records to discuss the transfer evaluation results and provide any additional documentation needed to assist with the review (for example, an updated transcript, college catalog, syllabus, or other documentation from the sending institution). Appeals to the Associate Registrar must be submitted no later than 30 days after the completion of the initial evaluation. II. If the issue is not resolved, the student may request further review from the Registrar. After conferring with the student, the Registrar will present the student’s claim along with any additional documentation to the appropriate program director, for consideration and will communicate the decision to the student in writing within 15 working days during the academic Fall and Spring semesters. The decision of the Registrar and/or program director is final. III. Appeals to the Associate Registrar under item II above must be submitted no later than 90 days after the completion of the initial evaluation.
Permission to Complete a Course at Another Institution After Matriculation Harcum College expects all degree seeking matriculated students to complete all of their courses at Harcum College unless permission is granted by their program director and the appropriate paperwork is completed. After matriculation, a student has the option to take 6 credits at another college and transfer to Harcum, but only up to the allowable 30 credits (33 credits for Dental Hygiene & Nursing). This is at the discretion and approval of the program director. All requests must be approved on the Matriculated Student Request to Attend Non-Harcum Courses form and processed through the Office of Student Records prior to taking the course. Also, it is the student’s responsibility to have an official transcript forwarded to the Office of Student Records upon completion of the requested course(s). Matriculated students will not receive transfer credit for courses taken at another institution if the Matriculated Student Request to Attend Non-Harcum Courses form is not completed PRIOR to the start of the non-Harcum course.
Readmission Policy If you were previously enrolled at Harcum and have not been in attendance for 2 years or more and left the college in good standing, you are required to submit a new admissions application. Students applying for readmission who have attended other colleges and/or universities since their most recent enrollment at Harcum must submit an official transcript from each regionally accredited college or university attended to the Admissions Office before a readmission decision can be made. Students who have been out of attendance from Harcum for more than 7 years may need to submit all new documentation, as the original documents may no longer be on file. However, Harcum College coursework history and grades earned are kept permanently. Students must be in good academic and financial standing in order to be considered for readmission to Harcum.
If readmitted, you will fall under the program requirements and transfer credit policies as outlined in the Harcum catalog at the time of your readmission. This may mean that the courses needed to complete your program have changed, which may require you to take additional courses in order to graduate. Also, depending on the length of time the student has been out, repetition of courses may be required by the department or program. The College reserves the right to limit readmissions on the basis of projected enrollment figures and the availability of space.
Changing Programs/Majors Current students planning to change from one degree program to another degree program must receive approval from their current advisor, advisor of the new proposed major, and VP of Academic Affairs. If approval is granted by all parties, a Change of Program form must be completed and submitted to the Office of Student Records. Once this form is processed, a new evaluation of transfer credits, if applicable will be completed and a new Academic Plan will be assigned. Please note, changing degree programs (major) may impact the length of time to graduation and financial standing. Students are also advised to meet with their financial aid counselor to discuss any potential impact to their financial aid and tuition payments as a result of the change of major. Important Note: Current students who wish to change their program (major) to one of the following programs must reapply by submitting a new admissions application by the appropriate deadline. Admission to these programs is competitive and acceptance and/or change of program is not guaranteed. Once a decision is made, the college will notify you in writing of your admission decision. If accepted, a Change of Program form must be completed and submitted to the Office of Student Records. Once this form is processed, a new evaluation of transfer credits, if applicable, will be completed and a new Academic Plan will be assigned. • Dental Hygiene • Nursing • Physical Therapist Assistant • Occupational Therapy Assistant • Radiologic Technology • Veterinary Nursing
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
21
Non-Matriculated Student Policy This status is reserved for students who are not seeking a degree or certificate at the time of admission, are not interested in receiving federal or institutional financial aid, and who wish to waive placement testing and academic advisement which would normally determine the appropriateness of their courses for degree fulfillment or transfer credit. Because of these conditions, enrolling for classes under this status is simplified. Nonmatriculated students do not follow the traditional admission requirements of matriculated students. The non-matriculated student status is designed to allow any interested individual to attend college credit courses without declaring a major or seeking a degree. Admission to non-matriculated status does not constitute admission to a degree program and does not guarantee enrollment in a particular course, as some of the courses at Harcum College are restricted to degree students and/or require specific prerequisites. Non-matriculated students are limited to a total of 15 credits in this status and must complete the Non-Matriculated Status Application before registering. If a student wishes to continue courses at the College, they will need to apply for matriculated status through the appropriate admissions process.
International Students International students applying for admission to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following: • An official evaluation, by InCRED or a NACES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a U.S. high school diploma. • A course-by-course credential evaluation completed by InCRED or a NACES approved agency for all post-secondary coursework completed outside the US.
22
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
• Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or IELTS scores for all students for whom English is a second language. Harcum’s institutional code number is 2287. Students who are unable to demonstrate English proficiency will still be considered for acceptance, but may need to enroll in English Language Academy courses. • Financial documentation in the form of an official bank letter (on letterhead) stating the amount of funds in the account, and a letter of support from the sponsor are required before the Form I-20 for the F-1 student visa can be issued. • Harcum entrance examinations demonstrating English proficiency. For immigration and financial aid information, please see the Center for International Programs section (or call the Center at 610526-6118). See your program director for requirements specific to your program.
Permanent Resident Students Permanent resident students applying for admission to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following: • Copy of Permanent Resident Card Documents below are required if secondary and/or post-secondary coursework was completed outside the United States: •An official evaluation, by InCRED or a NACES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a U.S. high school diploma. • A course-by-course credential evaluation completed by InCRED or a NACES certified organization for all postsecondary coursework completed outside the US. • Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), Duolingo, or IELTS scores for all students who were born outside the United States. See English Language Proficiency and Exemptions Policy for details.
Articulation with Four-Year Institutions An articulation agreement is a formal agreement that allows credits earned in specific Harcum College programs to be accepted at another college or university. Students planning to transfer to four-year institutions after graduation from Harcum College are urged to familiarize themselves with the transfer process and to select one or more institutions early in their second year to which they may wish to apply. For information on Harcum’s four-year educational partners, go to www.harcum.edu/articulations.
Tuition and Financial Aid
Tuition, Fee and Refund Policy
MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND DEPOSITS
Tuition for the 2019-20 Academic Year
Application Fee $50 (non-refundable) Tuition Deposit
TUITION Full-time tuition (12-18 credits) $12,500/semester-$25,000/year (does not include books/fees) Part-time tuition (less than 11 credits) $780/credit (does not include books/fees) Continuing and Professional Studies Please call 610-526-1860 for pricing.
ROOM AND BOARD Double $5,250/semester or $10,500/year Single (if available) $6,000/semester or $12,000/year (Includes room occupancy and meal plan) Damage Deposit $200 (Refundable after final semester damage report) Room Reservation Deposit $100 (returning resident) Total Cost for Full-time Enrollment & Double Room/Board $35,500/year (plus fees)
SUMMER SESSIONS Summer Sessions – Room & Board $425/week $2,975/7 weeks $4,250/10 weeks
ALLIED HEALTH PROGRAMS (part-time tuition) Veterinary Nursing, Radiologic Technology, Occupational Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapist Assistant, Dental Hygiene, Nursing Part-time Tuition - $995/credit (excludes PTA part-time evening) (does not included books and fees)
$200 (non-refundable) Housing Deposit $200 (non-refundable) Audit Fee $780/credit Returned Check Charge $45/check Late Registration Fee $100 Parking Fee $45/semester, $25 summer, $10 each additional Senior Citizen (65 years and older) $150/credit Non-matriculated/ based on space availability Students enrolled at the Bryn Mawr campus opting to take more than 18 credits per semester are charged an overload fee of $780 per credit. This does not apply to students who are required to take more than 18 credits in a semester by their program's course sequence. Students enrolled at a Partnership site opting to take more than 14 credits per semester are charged an overload fee of $780 per credit.
Parking Permit Students who wish to park a vehicle on campus must purchase a Parking Permit online or in the Student Accounts Office, located in Melville Hall.
Health Insurance The College does not provide health insurance coverage to students. Students are responsible for providing their own health insurance, whether by parent/guardian’s health coverage or by their own election into a plan. Fees subject to change.
TUITION BILLING & PAYMENTS The Office of Student Accounts handles all billing and billing related inquiries for tuition, room and board, and any related fees for the College. Tuition bills are posted electronically to Self-Service and are generated on a per semester basis. Bills for the fall semester are posted in July and bills for the spring are posted in November. Bills may also be obtained by visiting the Student Accounts Office. Bills will continue to be posted on a monthly basis for those students carrying a balance. Failure to view or obtain a bill does not exclude students from paying their tuition balance. Payments can be made through Self-Service using a credit/debit card or bank account. All payments made through Self-Service will immediately post to the student’s account. Additionally, payments can be made by visiting the Office of Student Accounts or by mailing a check or money order. There is a non-refundable convenience fee of 2.75% applied when making a credit/debit card payment through Self-Service. Students who do not wish to pay with a credit card may use a checking or savings account to make payments online or can pay in person by visiting the Office of Student Accounts. To help manage tuition payments, the College offers an installment plan. To enroll in the installment payment plan students should log-into Self-Service and click the enroll link.
Holds Any student whose balance is not paid-infull or who is not current on the payment plan will have a financial Hold placed on their account. During this time, the student is unable to view grades, register for future courses, participate in Commencement, and obtain transcripts or a diploma.
Collection of Delinquent Accounts Harcum College reserves the right to transfer delinquent accounts to a contracted collection agency or attorney. At which time, the student is responsible for the principal account balance and all fees, expenses, and costs resulting from collections or litigation at a maximum of 33.3%. Additionally, the account may be reported to one or more of the national credit bureaus.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
25
ROOM & BOARD New Residential Students All new residential students must complete a new student housing/dining application and are required to make a non-refundable $200 deposit. This deposit will ensure the student a space in the residence hall and is credited toward the student’s room and board charges. If the new student decides not to move into the residence halls, $100 of this deposit is forfeited and the remaining $100 will be credited to the student’s tuition bill. If the new student decides not to attend Harcum, $100 of this deposit is forfeited and the remaining $100 will be returned to the student. New residential students will also be charged a one-time $200 Damage Deposit on their tuition account, which is refunded to the student minus any unpaid individual or public area damages assessed when the student permanently moves out of the residence halls.
Returning Residential Students All returning students should complete a housing and dining renewal form and forward a $100 room reservation fee. This fee will be credited to the student’s housing and dining bill in the upcoming semester. The fee is forfeited if the student does not return to housing. No housing accommodations will be made after the add/drop date for each term.
Book Vouchers
Return of Title IV Funds Policy
Harcum is pleased to offer book vouchers. A book voucher allows students to charge books to their student account prior to the disbursement of financial aid. Book vouchers may be used at our online bookstore Follet and in our Campus Store. The maximum amount of a book voucher is $750 per term. To be eligible for a book voucher students must meet the following criteria:
Recipients of Title IV funding, (Federal grants and loans such as Pell Grant, SEOG, and Direct Stafford Loans) who withdraw from the college may be required to have all or a portion of their awarded Title IV funds returned to the respective financial aid programs. Up through the 60% point in each semester, a prorata schedule is used to determine the amount of Title IV funds the student has earned at the time of withdrawal. The amount to be returned is dependent upon the number of days the student attended, the cost of the program, and the aid received. After the 60% point in the term, a student has earned 100% of the Title IV funds he or she was scheduled to receive during the period. A student is considered to have withdrawn from a semester if the student does not complete all the days in the semester that the student was scheduled to complete. When a student withdraws during a semester, the amount of Title IV program assistance that the student has earned up to that point is determined by a specific formula. If the student received (or the school or parent received on the student’s behalf) less assistance than the amount that the student earned, the student may be able to receive those additional funds. If the student received more assistance than he/she earned, the excess funds must be returned by the school and/or by the student. For example, if the student completed 30% of a semester, the student earned 30% of the assistance the student was originally scheduled to receive. If the student did not receive all of the funds that he/she earned, the student may be due a post-withdrawal disbursement. If the student’s post-withdrawal disbursement includes loan funds, the College must get your permission before it can disburse them. You may choose to decline some or all of the loan funds so that you don’t incur additional debt. The College may automatically use all or a portion of your post-withdrawal disbursement of grant funds for tuition, fees, and room and board charges (as contracted with the College). The College needs your permission to use the post-withdrawal grant disbursement for all other charges. If you do not give your permission, you will be offered the funds. However, it may be in your best interest to allow the College to apply the funds to reduce your debt.
• Your student account is in satisfactory standing. • You must be registered for the upcoming term. • Your financial aid award for the upcoming term exceeds the total cost of your tuition and fees. • All documents required to disburse your financial aid have been received by the Financial Aid Office. To request a book voucher complete the Book Voucher request online at www.harcum.edu. The Student Accounts Office will review the request and process it within 48 hours.
Refund Policy The room and board refund policies follow the tuition refund policy outlined below. If a student must withdraw from the College or is dismissed, the basic refund formula is as follows:
Fall/Spring Date of Percent of Tuition Withdrawal Refunded Add/Drop Period 100% 1st week after Add/Drop 80% 2nd week after Add/Drop 40% After 2nd Week No Refund
Summer Add/Drop Period After Add/Drop
100% No Refund
This policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework. There is no penalty during the Add/Drop period if the student remains enrolled in other courses.
26
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Student Responsibilities If the student receives (or we or the parent receives on the student’s behalf) excess Title IV program funds that must be returned, we must return a portion of the excess equal to the lesser of: 1. Your institutional charges multiplied by the unearned percentage of your funds, or 2. The entire amount of excess funds. The College must return this amount even if it did not keep this amount of the student’s Title IV program funds. If the College is not required to return all of the excess funds, the student must return the remaining amount. Any loan funds that the student must return, the student (or the parent for a PLUS Loan) must repay in accordance with the terms of the promissory note. That is, the student (or parent) must make scheduled payments to the holder of the loan over a period of time. If the College is required to return unearned Title IV funds based on the withdrawal calculation, they will be returned in the following order: 1. Unsubsidized Direct Loan 2. Subsidized Direct Loan 3. FFEL/Direct PLUS 4. Pell Grant 5. SEOG If the student is required to return unearned Title IV grant funds based on the withdrawal calculation, they will be returned in the following order: 1. Pell Grant 2. SEOG If the student is eligible to receive a Post Withdrawal Disbursement credited to his/her account, the funds will be credited in the following order: 1. Pell Grant 2. SEOG
Any amount of unearned grant funds that the student must return is called an overpayment. The maximum amount of a grant overpayment that the student must repay is half of the grant funds the student received or was scheduled to receive. The student does not have to repay a grant overpayment if the original amount of the overpayment is $50 or less. The student must make arrangements with the College or the Department of Education to return the unearned grant funds. The requirements for Title IV program funds when you withdraw are separate from the College’s refund policy indicated previously. Therefore, you may still owe funds to the College to cover unpaid institutional charges. We may also charge you for any Title IV program funds that were required to be returned.
It is the student’s responsibility to finance his/her education. The student should be aware of the cost of tuition, books, and room and board. The student is responsible for paying the tuition bill or making satisfactory payment arrangements with Student Accounts prior to the start of classes. It is the responsibility of the student to complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and to submit all required paperwork requested by the Financial Aid Office. Also, if applying for private scholarships, it is the student’s responsibility to submit the scholarship criteria and essays on time. The student must also keep the Financial Aid Office informed of any changes in his/her address, telephone number, enrollment status, or other relevant information.
Late Registration/ Payment Fee
The Financial Aid Office will notify students in writing about their financial aid eligibility. The College is responsible for notifying students of tuition increases and changes in their financial aid packages.
Students registering after the start of classes or making final payment after the due date will be assessed a fee of $100.
College Responsibilities
Financial Planning The Financial Aid Office at Harcum College is available to help students with financial planning and the process of applying for financial aid. The Financial Aid Office is located in Melville Hall. Students are encouraged to visit the office if they need assistance or to call 610526-6098. Financial Planning sessions are also held throughout the year at various campus events. Topics covered include Commitment and Responsibility of the Student and Parent, Expectations of the College and the Student, Understanding the Cost of College and Debt Management and its Consequences. During these sessions, participants may discuss ways to finance a college education with financial aid professionals. Participants will also learn more about Harcum scholarships that are available and Harcum’s financial aid packages, which may include a combination of grants, loans, and employment opportunities.
3. Subsidized Direct Loan 4. Unsubsidized Direct Loan 5. Direct PLUS
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
27
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) for Federal Student Aid Programs Standards Effective July 1, 2011, Harcum College has established revised standards for Satisfactory Academic Progress. The material that follows describes credit and GPA requirements to retain eligibility, duration of eligibility, and the restoration of eligibility if lost during enrollment. Harcum’s Financial Aid Office is required by federal regulations to monitor student progress toward completion of degree and certificate programs at the undergraduate level. This Satisfactory Academic Progress Standard includes a quantitative and qualitative measure of progress. The quantitative measure requires that a specific number of completed credits are necessary each academic year to remain eligible for financial aid. The qualitative measure requires maintaining a Grade Point Average (GPA) that meets the minimum standard necessary to maintain Academic Good Standing according to Harcum College policy.
Student Aid Programs Impacted by the Standard All Federal Title IV programs including Federal Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG), Federal Work-Study, Federal Stafford Loans, and Federal Parent Loans (PLUS) are impacted by this standard.
28
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Eligibility GPA: A step-up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2.0 GPA requirements for graduation. Harcum College uses a graduated GPA requirement, allowing a student’s GPA to be lower earlier in the student’s academic career. All students must have a cumulative GPA that falls within the following categories: College Credits Attempted 1 - 15 16 - 30 31 - 45 46 and above
Minimum GPA Required 1.00 1.50 1.75 2.00
This standard does not apply to tuition remission for dependents of Harcum College employees, athletic grants, some outside scholarships, and state grants (i.e. PHEAA State Grants); state agencies awarding state grants establish their own academic standards. Pace of Completion: In addition to maintaining a GPA that meets the College minimum requirements for satisfactory academic progress, students are to successfully complete 67% of the cumulative credits attempted. Measurement for Satisfactory Academic Progress for students is reviewed at the end of each spring semester to determine academic progress and future student aid eligibility. Hence, all terms of enrollment at Harcum College, including summer, are included in the measurement.
Maximum Time Frame to Complete Program Satisfactory academic progress also establishes a maximum time frame in which students must complete their program of study in order to remain eligible for Title IV funds. The maximum time frame for degree completion at Harcum College cannot exceed 150% of the published program’s credit length. Determining if the student has met the required pace of completion is accomplished by dividing the cumulative number of hours the student has successfully completed by the cumulative number of hours the student has attempted. (Remedial coursework may be excluded from this determination, but transfer credits accepted by the institution towards the student’s program are included). For example, in a program requiring 64 credits to complete, the maximum number of credits that a student is permitted to attempt is 96. If 64 is divided by 96 the result is a pace of 67%. If a student earns 67% of the credits attempted in each term, the student should complete the program within the maximum time frame. For example, if the student takes 12 credits in fall term and earns 12 credits, the student has earned 100% of the credits attempted. In the spring, the student enrolls for 18 credits and earns 15. He/she has a cumulative total of 27 credits. The cumulative total of attempted credits is 30. So 27 divided by 30 is a pace of 90% exceeding the 67% pace that is required.
Conditions All students must receive a passing grade in at least 67% of all credits attempted. Passing grades are A, B, C, D, or P. I (Incomplete), W (Withdrawal), as well as F (Failure), are NONpassing, unsatisfactory grades and count towards credits attempted. Attempted Credits = all credits for which a student registers and receives a grade (including A, B, C, D, P, F, I, W). Repeated courses will be included in credits attempted. Credits by Examination will be counted as credits attempted and completed satisfactorily. In addition, transfer credits will reduce the maximum attempted credits allowed. Courses with grades of AU will not be counted as credits attempted or completed.
Unsatisfactory Progress Students who fall below the required pace of completion and/or the required GPA are considered to be not making satisfactory academic progress and are ineligible for Title IV financial aid. Regaining eligibility can occur for future semesters once the required number of deficient credits has been successfully achieved and/or the GPA has risen to the required level. Students who have withdrawn (for any reason) from the College, will be ineligible for further assistance until satisfactory academic progress has been regained.
Appeals All students have the right to file a written appeal and submit it to the Financial Aid Office. The Financial Aid staff will review cases on an individual basis to determine if mitigating circumstances are responsible for poor progress. Mitigating circumstances may include, but are not limited to: a) Illness or injury of the student
Satisfactory Academic Progress for PHEAA State Grant Program Policy of Pennsylvania State Grant Program (PHEAA) Students must successfully complete at least 12 credits for each full-time semester and at least six credits for each part-time semester in which PHEAA Grants were received. This policy is subject to revision by PHEAA and was last revised in June 1997. Progress will be checked after the spring semester of each academic year. Appeals must be made in writing directly to PHEAA. Full-time eligibility is limited to four semesters for two-year programs. Part time eligibility is limited to eight semesters in two-year programs. Remedial or developmental credits in some instances do not count toward the credit required for progress. Contact the Financial Aid Office if you have questions.
b) Death of a close family member. In addition, a student will be required to submit, as part of the appeal, information regarding why the student failed to make SAP, and what has changed in the student’s situation that would allow the student to demonstrate satisfactory academic progress at the next evaluation. If the appeal is approved, students will be placed on probationary status for one semester, and will be permitted to receive additional Title IV aid. Satisfactory academic progress will then be re-evaluated at the end of the next semester to determine if the student has met the requirements. All circumstances must be documented. Students will be informed of the appeal outcome. Notification letters or emails will be sent to students who are not making satisfactory progress after grades are reported for the spring semester.
Veteran Support Services Harcum College supports student veterans and veterans’ dependents in applying for and managing their VA Education Benefits and GI Bill®.
Student VA Education Benefits: • Assisting veterans and eligible students in applying for Veterans Administration (VA) Education Benefits programs including: o Post 9/11 GI Bill®, Chapter 33 • Montgomery GI Bill® Active Duty (MGIBAD), Chapter 30 Selected Reserve (MGIB-SR), Chapter 1606 Survivors and Dependents Assistance, Chapter 35 • The Survivors and Dependents Educational Assistance (DEA) The Marine Gunnery Sergeant John David Fry Scholarship • Reserve Educational Assistance Program (REAP), Chapter 1607 The National Defense Authorization Act of 2016 ended REAP on November 25, 2015. Some individuals will remain eligible for REAP benefits until November 25, 2019, while others are no longer eligible for REAP benefits.
• Vocational Rehabilitation for Veterans (VOC-REHAB), Chapter 31 • The Air Force Tuition Assistance (TA) • Offering guidance in the resolution of VA payment issues. • Providing current information concerning VA Education Benefits, programs, and Veterans Administration points of contact. • Notification of changes in Veterans Education benefits regulations impacting benefits. Student Benefits Management: • Providing the VA with accurate and timely Enrollment Certifications. • Informing VA and student of enrollment changes which impact VA benefit payments. • Facilitate student resolution of payment issues with the Debt Management Center and/or the Veterans Administration Regional Processing Offices (as appropriate).
How to Establish a File to Receive VA Educational Benefits Visit the Office of Student Records. We are here to meet the needs of our students who are veterans, service members, or veteran dependents. The Student Record Office includes your designated certifying officials and are prepared to provide advice and counsel in regard to any veteran education benefit concern. The Registrar certifies your benefit enrollment throughout the year. *All new students must be admitted to the college and registered for courses before starting a file in this office. *Please note: The Office of Student Records is not part of the US Department of Veterans Affairs nor is the staff employed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. GI Bill® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
29
Academic Affairs
Faculty The faculty at Harcum College are dedicated to the teaching-learning process. As such, they embrace active, student-centered teaching strategies and regularly perform classroom assessment techniques to improve student learning. They are content experts who encourage excellence in their students. Many present their educational research at national and international conferences and are leaders of their professional organizations and communities.
Student Success Center Located on the first floor of the Academic Center, the Student Success Center (SSC) is home to two of Harcum’s Academic Support Programs: Student Support Services and Tutoring Services. SSC is a support hub that provides academic coaching, educational workshops, and information on other academic supports. For more information, visit the SSC website at www.harcum.edu/ssc.
Tutoring Services Tutoring Services are offered in the Student Success Center on the first floor of the Academic Center. Students have access to professional tutors for subject-specific content and study skills improvement. Tutoring is available in-person and online. Tutoring sessions may be scheduled in advance or available on a “drop- in” basis depending on the subject matter and availability of tutors. All services are free to Harcum students.
Student Support Services, TRiO Student Support Services (SSS) is a grantfunded program (TRiO) which serves first generation, low-income and students with disabilities. SSS aims to increase academic performance, persistence, graduation and transfer rates of the 170 students served each year. SSS provides academic coaching, workshops and events, cultural activities and trips and offers need-based scholarships. Academic coaching provides a variety of services including financial literacy, teaching foundational academic skills, assists in personal development, future planning and referral to on and off campus resources. The goal of the SSS program is to help students achieve their personal and academic goals while working to increase our student’s academic success.
TRIO Upward Bound Harcum College’s Upward Bound program (HCub) is one of Harcum’s two TRIO programs supported through a grant from the U.S. Department of Education Higher Education Act. HCub is committed to bringing the opportunity of higher education to Philadelphia’s economically disadvantaged and at-risk high schools by awarding 80 low income and firstgeneration students with intensive year-round college preparatory programming, which includes a 5 week residential Summer Academy. HCub creates an atmosphere that strengthens a positive sense of self, while teaching the college’s core values of excellence, civility, empowerment, integrity, community service, and respect for diversity. HCub works closely to support the entire family through each student’s college admission process with emphasis on offering opportunities of financial coaching and scholarship outreach. By preparing scholars academically and socially, HCub promotes the highest level of achievement and success, guiding students to achieve their full potential in life.
Office of Disability Services The Office of Disability Services provides disability accommodation recommendations, tools and services, and individual and group workshops. A Learning Specialist is available to assess individual learning practices and styles and identify strategies to promote learning success. The Office of Disability Services is location in the lower level of the Academic Center. See page 13 for additional details.
Center for International Programs The Center for International Programs (CIP) is designed to foster the cultural adjustment of international students and encourage their academic success. The International Program’s staff members are advocates for international students and are sensitive to their needs and concerns. The CIP has two components: the English Language Academy (ELA) that offers credit and non-credit English as a second language courses; and the International Student Advising component, that includes immigration advising and cultural activities. International students are defined as those students on F-1 student visas. International students are required to comply with the regulations governing their immigration status as determined by the Department of Homeland Security. Individual advising sessions and on-going communication keep students well-informed of the regulations. CIP staff members assist international students with other areas of concern, such as: housing, health care, banking, social security cards, employment, driver’s licensing, transfer credit, and assimilation into the College and community. International students are welcome to participate in all College activities and are encouraged to present information about their culture to their classmates, faculty and staff. Participation in College activities provides opportunities for students to develop leadership skills and to adapt to the American education system. The Center may be reached by email at elaharcum@harcum.edu or by telephone at 610-526-6118.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
31
English Language Academy The English Language Academy (ELA) provides assessments, support, and courses to address the needs of non-native speakers. The ELA is located on the second floor of the Academic Center on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus. The English Language Academy offers full-time and part-time instruction in English as a second language (ESL). Classes are held in writing, reading, grammar, oral communication, and TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) preparation. Students at any level of English proficiency may be accepted into the program to study English language and American culture. Classes are small and can accommodate all levels of English proficiency, from beginner to advanced. Students take the English language placement test at the beginning of each semester to determine their language needs. Instructors are professional and thoroughly experienced in teaching English as a second language. Cultural excursions, guest lecturers, and in-class videos supplement classroom instruction. Full-time students are required to attend classes for 20.5 hours per week, while parttime students may choose courses for a total of 3-17 hours per week. English Language Academy students may participate in all facets of the College, including extra-curricular activities and student clubs and organizations. English Language Academy students may also use the library and computer labs, and receive tutoring in the Student Success Center. To contact the English Language Academy, please email elaharcum@harcum.edu or call 610-526-6118. Please see a description of the courses offered in the English Language Academy under “Course Descriptions” in the back of this Catalog. These courses can be taken for credit or as non-credit courses.
Tutoring Center Tutoring services are offered through the Tutoring Center which is housed in the Student Success Center on the first floor of the Academic Center. Tutoring is available in-person and online. Tutoring sessions may be scheduled in advance or available on a “drop in” basis depending on the subject matter. All services are free to Harcum students. For more information, visit the SSC website at www.harcum.edu/ssc.
32
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
The Charles H. Trout Library The Charles H. Trout Library provides research instruction and assistance to students, faculty, and staff. The mission is twofold: (1) to build, strengthen, and provide access to a collection, both in print and online, that supports the College’s academic programs, as well as the information and classroom technology needs of all at the College, and (2) to instruct in the use of this collection, especially providing instruction in Information Literacy and to promote the Library resources and services so that all students develop the necessary research strategies and skills to foster lifelong learning. For reference/research assistance, please contact the Reference Librarian at 610-5266084 or library@harcum.edu. The online catalog, EDITH, is available from the Library’s website and lists all materials (books, eBooks, and DVDs) available in the Library collection. The Library provides access to online research databases including Academic Search Complete, CINAHL with Full-Text, Dentistry & Oral Sciences Source, Credo Reference, EBSCO Discovery Service, SIRS Issues Researcher, NewsBank, and Criminal Justice
Abstracts with Full Text. Current students, faculty, and staff can access the databases from the library’s web page and through the Harcum Hatch. To access the databases off-campus, please contact the Library for a password list. The Library’s website also contains useful research guides that provide access to print and online resources for all academic programs. The Library is a strong proponent of information literacy and lifelong research skills. The Reference Librarian works with individual students and provides instruction to entire classes on how to search the online catalog and research databases as well as understand how to evaluate and cite sources effectively. The Library participates in the College’s effort to develop, support, and instruct in the use of technology in teaching and learning. The Media Services Coordinator is available to provide technical assistance with software and online services in the classroom and across the College. In addition, Interlibrary Loan service provides students and faculty with borrowing access to books and journal articles from libraries all over the United States. For more information on The Charles H. Trout Library and a schedule of Library hours please visit www.harcum.edu/library.
Continuing and Professional Studies
34
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Continuing and Professional Studies The mission of Continuing and Professional Studies is to offer meaningful professional development and educational opportunities consistent with current college programming to working professionals, non-matriculated students, and/or members of the community.
Certificates for Professionals (Accredited Agencies)
Medical Billing Certificate Program For those interested in a health care career, here’s a great way to get started. The field of medical billing provides skilled professionals with exciting career opportunities working in physicians’ offices, hospitals, insurance companies, and government facilities. The curriculum includes medical terminology, health informatics, the principles of medical billing, and the analysis of coded data used for claims reimbursement. For more information, go to www.harcum.edu/ Contact: Director of Continuing and Professional studies at 610-526-1860 or tgroody@harcum.edu.
Medical Coding Certificate
Expanded Functions
A career in the field of Medical Coding provides skilled professionals with exciting career opportunities working in a physician’s office, group practice, hospital, or other health care facility. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, employment in medical records and the health information field is projected to grow 13 percent from 2016 to 2026. This is due to the aging population requiring medical care, constant changes to the rules and regulations, and the increase in new medical procedures and treatments. The student will learn principles of medical coding related to the three main code books: CPT, ICD-10-CM Code Set and HCPCS Level II. The Medical coding curriculum includes six courses (four of which are taken in Medical Billing program) and may be completed in a part-time or full-time format. Upon successful completion of these courses, the student will be eligible for their certification examination through the American Academy of Professional Coders (AAPC). The exam is included as part of the Medical Coding course and no additional fees are required. The Certified Professional Coder (CPC) designation is awarded upon successful completion of the exam.
The demand for Expanded Functions Dental Assistants (EFDA’s) continues to grow. In the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania an EFDA can perform additional duties in a dental office such as placing and contouring restorations, coronal polishing, sealants, and fluoride application. During the program, students will also learn the dental law and the rules and regulations of the State Board of Dentistry. Upon successful completion of both courses, participants will be eligible to apply for EFDA Certification from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Saturday classes make it easy for working dental assistants to attend.
Contact: Director of Continuing and Professional studies at 610-526-1860 or tgroody@harcum.edu.
For information contact Office of Continuing Studies EFDA at 610-526-6146 or jvillante@harcum.edu.
DA 260 EFDA I This course is designed as an intensive introduction to the basics of restorative dentistry for the dental auxiliary, including rubber dam applications; placing, carving and finishing amalgam restorations; light-cured composite restorations; coronal polishing, fluoride application, sealants and crown and bridge temporary restorations. Skills are attained through both lecture and hands-on technical laboratory sessions. Students must earn a grade of B- (80%) or higher.
DA 261 EDFA II This course is designed to gain clinical experience in all of the skills learned in DA 260. Students will be required to complete a minimum of 120 hours of clinical EFDA work during this course. DA 260 and DA 261 must be taken in consecutive semesters. Students must earn a grade of B- (80%) or higher.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
35
Phlebotomy Technician Certificate Phlebotomy training prepares the individual to function as a phlebotomist (one who draws blood) in a variety of health care settings. As a member of the clinical laboratory team, the phlebotomist has an important role in specimen collection and processing to provide information involving total patient care. Employment opportunities include hospitals, clinics, physician’s offices, laboratories, and blood banks. Positions are available on day, evening, and night shifts, seven days a week.
Phlebotomy Technician Certificate Program Course work includes basic skills in venipuncture techniques, an overall understanding of anatomy and physiology, medical terminology, and an overview of laboratory operations. Students will learn: • Equipment used for phlebotomy • Safety practices and universal precautions
Courses for Exam Review (Non-Credit) Histotechnician Board of Certification Prep Seminar This certification prep seminar is designed for the individual planning to take the American Society of Clinical Pathology, Board of Certification HT Exam (ASCP-BOC HT). The course runs each Fall and Spring semester. Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam. The CS105-40 course is an internet course. Participants will receive personal instruction through online forums, practice tests, and assignments which cover the content areas of the BOC exam. Students who successfully complete the CS105-40 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a certificate of completion from Harcum College; this is a non-credit course, as they average around three hours a week in class. To register, call the Continuing Studies Office at 610-526-1860.
• Venipuncture and capillary blood draws
Medical Laboratory Science Board of Certification Prep Seminar
Professional Certification for Phlebotomy Technician
This certification prep seminar is designed for the person who plans to take the American Society of Clinical Pathology Board of Certification MLT Exam (ASCP-BOC MLT). The course runs each Fall and Spring semester. Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam. The CS 230-40 course is offered exclusively through the internet and covers the content areas of the BOC exam. To prepare for success on the ASCP MLT Board of Certification Exam, the participant will access pre and post tests in all content areas of the exam and receive personalized instruction to overcome areas of weakness, as they average around three hours a week in the class. Students who successfully complete the CS 230-40 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a certificate of completion from Harcum College. This is a non-credit course.
This certification is given by the nationally recognized American Society of Clinical Pathology in Chicago, IL. Prerequisites: High School diploma For information contact Director of Continuing & Professional Studies at 610526-1860 or tgroody@harcum.edu.
36
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
This certification prep seminar is designed for the individual planning to take the American Society of Clinical Pathology, Board of Certification PBT Exam (ASCP-BOC PBT). The course runs each Fall, Spring, and Summer semester. Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam. The CS202-40 course is an internet course. Participants will receive personal instruction through online forums, practice tests, and assignments which cover the content areas of the BOC exam. Students who successfully complete the CS202-40 course with a ‘Pass’ will receive a certificate of completion from Harcum College; this is a non-credit course, as they average around three hours a week in class. To register, call the Continuing Studies Office at 610-526-1860.
Prep Course for Veterinary Technician National Exam Course Description
• Role of the phlebotomist in laboratory testing
Through lectures, assigned readings, handson class participation, and practical internship, the students will demonstrate competencies enabling them to sit for the Board of Certification exam in Phlebotomy sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists.
Phlebotomy Technician Board of Certification Prep Seminar
This review course is designed to assist those preparing to sit for the Veterinary Technician National Examination. The course content reflects the new blueprint for the VTNE, and emphasis is given to each of the nine domains of the exam. Course is offered in June.
Recommended Text: Materials will be provided. Students must bring a calculator to each class. All registrants will receive written confirmation of enrollment in this course. For information and to register call 610-526-1860.
Noncredit Courses for Personal Enrichment Animal Assisted Therapy Animal Assisted Therapy is a 10-week certificate program in which the student completes 30 hours online and additional hours of clinical observation. This course is an introduction to the human-animal bond and its therapeutic applications. It is designed both for professionals with a wide range of disciplines and for volunteers, students, and newcomers who wish to further their knowledge and explore career opportunities in this emerging, multi-disciplinary field. Students will examine how contact with animals can enhance human well-being when incorporated into health care, social services, psychology, and other related fields. The distance learning format allows students to learn at their own pace. The 10- week series of reading and writing assignments can be completed at the student’s convenience. There are opportunities for students to comment at online discussion forums. Students are required to make two clinical observations at a site in their own community to observe AAT programs in action. Instructor: The developer and instructor for the 10-week course is Phil Arkow, an internationally acclaimed author, trainer, and authority in AAT/AAA. Mr. Arkow has conducted over 2,000 AAT/AAA sessions since 1973. For information and to register call 610-526-1860.
Refund Policy For certificate programs, Continuing Studies reserves the right to add/drop a course according to enrollment. To withdraw, cancellation must be received in writing five (5) business days before the class is scheduled to begin or a refund will not be granted. Refunds are subject to a $25 return fee.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
37
Academic Policies
38
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Academic Policies Harcum’s academic policies maintain the highest possible academic standards. All Harcum students are encouraged to strive for excellence in their chosen field of study. Regular class attendance and performance, in addition to fulfillment of all academic responsibilities, are essential for a successful college career.
Classification of Students The class standing of a student is determined as follows: • Junior 0 - 24 credits completed. • Senior: 25 and above credits completed. • Full-time: A full-time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking a minimum of twelve (12) semester hours. Such a student is subject to all financial obligations required of students in regular attendance. • Part-time: A part-time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking fewer than twelve (12) semester hours of credit. • Auditor: An auditor is a student who is permitted to attend certain courses without taking examinations or receiving credit.
Course Load Five academic subjects constitute a normal semester. Students who require developmental coursework may be restricted to 13 credits, including developmental courses. An overload fee is charged for more than 18 credits taken in any semester unless required by the student’s curriculum. The Catalog prescribes the number of semester hours in each curriculum. Students who are on Academic Probation and Limited Load must take a reduced credit load (13 or fewer credits) unless special permission to take additional credits is granted by the program director and the Vice-President for Academic Affairs and Legal Affairs (VPAA). A student must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 credits to be considered full-time status for financial aid.
Dropping and Adding Courses Registration is a process beginning with the student’s first day to register and continuing through the end of the drop/add period. Once the semester begins, courses may be added or dropped during the course drop/add period each semester. The drop/add period is listed in the Academic Calendar. If a student drops a course before the end of the drop/add period the course will be removed from the student’s registration and will not appear on the student’s academic transcript. A student is not charged for a course dropped during the listed drop/add period on the Academic Calendar. A student’s status may change from full-time to part-time or to withdrawn which may affect eligibility for financial aid.
Financial Aid Implications Students need to remember that by dropping or adding a course their financial aid may be affected; therefore, students should contact the Financial Aid Office before decisions are made. No requests will be considered after the drop/add period ends.
Advising A student wishing to drop/add a course should provide notification to his/her program director/academic advisor. A student may either drop a course through the online registration system or request his/her program director drop the course. A request to a program director must be in writing prior to the drop/add deadline. Drop/add decisions may have implications for expected graduation dates.
Course Withdrawal After the course drop/add period has passed, students may withdraw from a course up to one week following the posting of midterm grades. See the Academic Calendar for specific withdrawal deadlines and applicable dates. Students must follow drop and withdrawal procedures and deadlines. Students who do not withdraw within the stated deadlines and in accordance with this policy will receive the grade earned for that course. Failure to attend class does not constitute as a withdrawal; the student will receive the grade earned for the course unless a withdrawal form is completed and signed. A student who withdraws from a course receives a grade of “W”.
Financial Aid Implications Students need to remember that any change in course load may affect a student’s financial aid. Course withdrawal may also impact a student’s eligibility for aid in subsequent years. Please reference the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Policy for more information. The student is required to complete the withdrawal form and contact the Financial Aid Office for information.
Advising Students wishing to withdraw from a course must complete the withdrawal form and submit it to their program director by the required deadline.
Administrative Drop If a student does not attend a course during the entire drop/add period, the student will administratively be dropped from that course, and the student will not be charged.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
39
Administrative Withdrawal A student suspended from campus will not be permitted to attend classes. The length of the suspension and the student’s current academic standing will be considered when the student is advised by the Assistant Vice President of Student Support on options for continuing his/her education. When a student is dismissed or expelled from the college, the student will be removed from all courses. If the dismissal or expulsion occurs during the drop/add period, the student will be dropped from all courses. If the dismissal or expulsion occurs after the withdrawal period, the student will receive final course grades based on the student’s standing in each course at the time of the dismissal or expulsion.
Voluntary Withdrawal from Harcum College When a student withdraws from the College, he/she must initiate withdrawal actions by writing to his/her program director. It is not possible to withdraw by telephone contact.
Financial Aid Implications This decision may affect a student’s financial aid. Students who withdraw before completing at least 60 percent of the semester will have their federal aid prorated in proportion to the amount of semester completed. For example, a student who withdraws after completing 50 percent of the semester has earned 50 percent of their federal aid. The other 50 percent must be cancelled and returned to the U.S. Department of Education. The student is required to contact the Financial Aid Office for information.
Advising Students wishing to withdraw from the College are directed to complete a College withdrawal form with their program director.
40
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Grading System Students receive frequent feedback on progress in courses. In addition to grades and comments on individual assignments, students who are not making satisfactory progress receive academic warnings at any point of the semester. All students receive mid-term grades. Mid-term grades are essential in determining the progress of the student thus far in the term. Mid-term grades allow the student to seek out academic assistance through tutoring and other academic support resources or make careful decisions with their instructor in regards to their course enrollment. Mid-Term grades are prepared at the end of the seventh week of classes. Mid-term grades are made available to students on Tuesday of the eighth week of classes in Harcum Hatch. Partnership Site mid-session grades are prepared at the end of the third week of classes and are made available to students on Tuesday of the fourth week through Harcum Hatch. An email is sent to all students informing them of grade availability in Harcum Hatch. A report on a student’s progress is provided to the student at the end of each semester. Grades sent at the end of the semester are final, represent the official grades assigned in the course taken, and make up a student’s official cumulative record. Grades are based upon class work, assignments, papers, and examinations. Instructors may report unsatisfactory progress in a course to a student orally or in writing at any time. No grades are released unless all financial obligations to the College have been met. A letter grading system with grade points is used to indicate the quality of a student’s work. This quality is represented by a student’s grade point average, which ranges from 0.00 to 4.0. Grades of C- and lower are usually not transferable to another institution. For program-specific grade requirements, refer to the relevant section in this catalog.
Letter Grade A AB+ B BC+ C CD+ D DF
Numerical Grade 95-100 90-94 87-89 83-86 80-82 77-79 73-76 70-72 67-69 63-66 60-62 Below 60
Grade Point 4.0 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.0
W
Withdrawal Grade assigned when a student withdraws from a course within the stated course withdrawal period (see timeframes and deadlines on the Academic Calendar). A “W” indicates that the course was attempted but not completed.
I
Incomplete Grade assigned only in situations where the student shows the potential to pass the course but has unfinished work because of illness or other unavoidable circumstance.
To qualify for an incomplete in a course, the student must meet with the instructor and complete a “Request for an Incomplete Grade Form.” This form must be signed by the student, approved by the course instructor and the student’s program director. An action plan for completion must be submitted. The completed form is sent to the VPAA and the registrar. If the request for an incomplete is approved, the incomplete work must be completed and submitted by 5 p.m. the Friday of the sixth complete week after the end of the course in which the “I” was given, or the “I” grade is changed to a grade of “F.”
If the student is subsequently enrolled in a course where the “I” course is a prerequisite, the student must complete all incomplete coursework within the drop/add period of the next semester (or six weeks after the end of the course in which the “I” was given, whichever is first), or the student will be dropped from the enrolled course. P
Pass Assigned in certain courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis.
NP Not Passed Assigned in certain courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis. AU Audit assigned to students who audit a course (no examinations are taken and no credit is awarded). A student who does not achieve the minimum passing grade of “D-” receives no credit for the course. If the course is required for graduation, it must be repeated. If credit is not obtained for an elective course, substitution of another elective is recommended. A student who receives two “F’s” in a course cannot retake that course.
Developmental Courses as Prerequisites All students must fulfill basic skill requirements in English and mathematics.
English
Independent Study
Directed Study
Independent study allows students with particularly inquiring minds to delve into a topic that deeply interests them. It combines the fundamental characteristics of all good teaching – guidance by a qualified, conscientious instructor and flexibility – independent of regular classroom attendance. Students authorized to pursue independent study are required to complete all course requirements as specified by the instructor. The instructor may require periodic meetings or discussion seminars relative to course materials or student progress. A student qualifies for this study after completing one semester at the College, gaining a GPA of 2.5 or higher and approval of the VPAA.
Students may register for an existing Harcum course as Directed Study. Similar to an Independent Study, a student receives a specific course syllabus, is assigned a faculty member, and has regularly scheduled meetings. This option is available only to students who must complete a course that is not offered in the semester at hand.
Portfolio Credit A portfolio credit is defined as a reflection of the knowledge that the student has mastered as it relates to the objectives and requirements of a particular course. The portfolio should contain a combination of documents and information that provides evidence of mastery of specific course requirements. Some examples of materials used for the portfolio are licenses, completion of training programs, a resume, and a paper. The portfolio should then be assessed by a faculty member with expertise in the subject matter, and approved by the VPAA.
Auditing Courses Community members may enroll in academic courses as auditors. Tuition for auditing is the same rate as tuition charged for courses taken for grades. Auditing students are expected to attend class regularly and contribute to class discussion; every effort should be made to purchase the required books and complete assigned reading. Taking examinations and submitting term papers is not necessary, and auditors receive no course grades for academic credit. English Language Academy who wish to audit a course register for courses through the Office of the English Language Academy. Au pairs register for course work through the English Language Academy.
Students must meet the minimum skills levels that are required to pass the reading and English components of the college placement exam. These skill levels may be verified by scores on the Reading and English components of the college placement exam or by passing IAD 050 and/or IAD 100 with a C or better. Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student's transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student's GPA.
Mathematics Students may have to demonstrate proficiency in the mathematical skills necessary for either MTH 113 or MTH 115. Students can demonstrate proficiency on the Accuplacer, a departmental pre-test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in a prerequisite course. Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student’s transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student’s GPA. A grade of C- or lower in MTH 111 will not qualify as a prerequisite for MTH 115. C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
41
Academic Standing Academic standing may take one of several forms depending upon the individual situation. An evaluation of student achievement is made at the end of each semester.
Warning An official warning letter is given to fulltime students who have not successfully completed a minimum of 12 semester hours of academic credit for the semester.
Probation Satisfactory progress will be determined by the grade point average (GPA). A step-up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2.0 GPA requirement for graduation. Credits Attempted 1-15 16-30 31 and above
GPA Required 1.5 1.75 2.0
Any student whose GPA does not meet the above scale (based on their term GPA or their cumulative GPA) will be put on academic probation. Students on probation may not take more than 13 credits in the next semester.
Limited Load Any full-time student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2.0, or any student who is on academic probation, is restricted to a limited load of 13 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework. Any part-time student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2.0 is restricted to a limited load of 6 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework.
Academic Dismissal Dismissal includes forced withdrawal from courses and residence. Academic Dismissal from the College applies to the following students: • Any student who is on academic probation for two consecutive semesters. • Any student who receives a grade of “F” in three courses or all courses attempted in a single term. A student who is academically dismissed may apply for readmission. Application is made in writing to the program director who then forwards the application together with the program director’s recommendation to the VPAA for a final decision. Application for readmission must include evidence of likelihood of academic success. (Requirements for dismissal from individual programs of study may differ from this policy). In addition to maintaining good academic standing, each financial aid recipient must make academic progress according to financial aid guidelines. Copies of these standards are available in the Financial Aid Office, are outlined in this catalog and are mailed to each financial aid recipient.
Academic Honors Attaining a cumulative grade point average of 3.50 or higher entitles the graduating student at Commencement to the distinction of Graduation with Honors. Students are entitled to the following academic honors based upon their semester grade point average: President’s List All full-time students who have earned letter grades with quality point equivalents and a GPA of 4.0 are eligible for the President’s List. Dean’s List All full-time students who have earned 12 credits, letter grades with quality point equivalents and a GPA of 3.50-3.99 are eligible for the Dean’s List. Honor’s List part-time and Continuing Education students who have earned 12 credits, are currently taking 6 to 11 credits, have earned letter grades with quality point equivalents and a GPA of 3.50 – 4.00 are eligible for the Honor’s List.
Academic Appeal Grade Appeal A student may appeal grading by a faculty member up to within two weeks of the semester following the assignment of the grade. The student must document in writing the reasons he or she considers the grade to be incorrect and present the documentation to the faculty member who will respond within ten business days. The student must present supporting evidence such as tests and papers. If the faculty member denies the appeal, the student may appeal to the program director in writing within ten days. If this appeal is denied, the student may appeal to the VPAA in writing who will respond within ten business days.
Other Academic Grievances If a student has a cause for grievance in academic matters, the student is requested to meet with the faculty member involved. If an agreeable decision is not reached, the student should then request a meeting with the program director to discuss the matter. If further steps are necessary, the VPAA should be consulted.
42
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Class Attendance
Class Cancellations
Students are expected to attend regularly all scheduled classes. Refer to the instructor’s specific course syllabus or program handbook for course specific policies. It is the student’s responsibility to notify the instructor of any situation that causes the student to miss class. It is the student’s responsibility to make up any work or to obtain class notes and/or handouts.
The College will, in extreme circumstances, delay or cancel classes and administrative office operations due to inclement weather or other emergency conditions. In the event that the College must cancel or delay the start of morning classes and administrative operations, the President will make that decision before 5:30 a.m. on the day in question. If the decision is made to delay opening, there will be either a one hour delay or a twohour delay.
Financial Aid Implications Any change in course load may affect a student’s financial aid. The Financial Aid Office is notified the last day of attendance for students dropping or withdrawing from a course.
Advising As with any academic issue, students may exercise their right to appeal adverse attendance decisions. Please refer to the current College Catalog for the complete Academic Appeal procedure.
• If there is a one hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 10 a.m. • If there is a two hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 11 a.m. • Notification to the local radio and television stations, Harcum’s phone, website, student-staff email and via e2Campus, the College emergency notification system, will be made as quickly as possible. • Announcements on local radio and television will note the change (see list below).
Accelerated Progress/ Course Exemption Transfer Credit Please refer to the Transfer Student Policy (Admissions Section)
Advanced Placement Program Harcum College participates in the Advanced Placement Program of the College Board. At the time of entrance, credit and advanced placement is awarded to students with scores of at least 3 on the Advanced Placement Tests in a variety of disciplines. Inquiries about the Advanced Placement Program should be directed to the Admissions Office (610-526-6050).
International Baccalaureate Harcum College recognizes the International Baccalaureate (IB) Program and awards special consideration to students presenting IB credentials on an individual basis. Students requiring additional information about the IB should contact the Director of International Programs (610-526-6118).
The decision to cancel evening classes will be made by the President prior to 3:00 p.m. on the day in question. If offices are to close before the end of the workday because of weather conditions, the President will make the decision, and offices will be notified by automated voice messages on all active campus telephone extensions, via e2Campus, and via email. Radio and television stations that are requested to carry Harcum closing information are: • KYW-AM (1060) • KYW-TV (CBS3) • WTXF-TV (Fox 29) • WCAU-TV (NBC10) • WPVI-TV (6ABC)
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
43
Online Education Harcum College has offered online courses since 2002. Online courses provide the flexibility, convenience, and anytime/anywhere access that many of today’s learners require to suit busy family, work and school schedules. Harcum’s online courses are designed, developed and taught according to best practices in online education and feature dynamic interactive learning environments. All instructors are trained and supervised according to best practices with the focus on instructor facilitation of student-centered learning in individual and group assignments, projects and activities. Harcum College’s Online courses adhere to the same academic standards as their faceto-face counterparts on campus: all academic policies and procedures on campus and course goals and objectives apply to online courses. Harcum has two programs that are offered online: Medical Laboratory Technician and Histotechnology.
Requirements Online courses are not for everyone. There is a high level of social interaction in an online course, but it is not the same as being in a classroom on campus. Although they are more convenient and flexible, online courses are not easier than traditional courses.
Readiness Before registering for an online course, it is highly recommended that you take a readiness assessment that has been designed to help you to determine if you are adequately prepared to be successful in an online course. In addition to technical skills, there are other requirements that must be met. The student must have reliable and consistent access to a computer with Internet access, an email account, and the appropriate computer software (please note that tablets such as iPads will not provide full access and functionality to an online course). A high-speed Internet connection is best, but it is not absolutely necessary. Online students must have a backup plan in the event their computer or Internet service fails. Computer malfunction is not accepted as an excuse for late work. All course work should be saved on the student’s computer and on a separate disk or flash drive. Online students must be able to devote 8-12 hours (online and offline) per week to the course.
44
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Graduate Requirements The following requirements must be met to obtain a degree from the College: 1. An Associate Degree student must have earned a minimum of 62 credit hours. Some programs require more than this minimum. The exact requirements for each program are indicated in the current Catalog. 2. For all degrees, a minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required. Basic Skills Standards (as outlined in the current Catalog) must also be fulfilled. 3. Credits for developmental courses do not count toward graduation. 4. All financial obligations to the College must be paid in full before a student may participate in the graduation exercises. 5. The diploma and transcript of grades also will be withheld until the student meets his/her financial obligations.
Commencement Commencement exercises are held annually in May. Candidates for graduation must complete a graduation application and submit it to the Office of Student Records during the semester preceding the one of expected graduation. Applications for graduation will be available from the student’s advisor, the Office of Student Records, or online. May graduation applications are due by December 1st. August and December graduation applications are due by May 1st. A student enrolled in a practicum or program which will be completed in June, as the final requirement for the program, may participate in the May graduation ceremony and receive his/her diploma upon completion of the curriculum. All other exceptions must have written approval of the President. All students who complete the requirements for graduation in August or December may participate the following May in the graduation ceremony.
Transcripts An official transcript of a student’s Harcum College record may be sent to an authorized person or agency upon receipt of the student’s written authorization. There is a fee associated with this request. Transcript requests should be directed to the Office of Student Records. No transcript or student record will be sent to any person or agency without the student’s written authorization with the exception of the following: • Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary of Education, an administrative head of an education agency (defined by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974), or state education authorities. • Organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs and improving instruction, and other documents. • Accrediting organizations. • Parents of dependent students as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (Parents who claim students as dependents on their income tax return have a right to inspect the educational records of the student without prior written consent of the student. For details, contact the Office of Student Records). • By judicial order. • For financial aid reasons. No transcript or grade reports are sent unless all financial obligations to Harcum College have been met.
Student Records Students have a right to assurance that their academic and personal records will be recorded accurately and held in confidence. Access to and release of information placed on the records shall conform to the requirements set forth in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended. For details, contact the Office of Student Records.
Graduation Rate Information Information concerning graduation rates for full-time, first-time students is available at the Office of Student Records at www.harcum.edu/gradrates.
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Right to Return for Additional Study Harcum College reserves the right to invite only those students whose progress and conduct have been satisfactory to return for a consecutive semester of study.
Filing Grievances to Accrediting Bodies and Pennsylvania State Please refer to the list of accrediting bodies on page 9 or contact the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
To maintain an atmosphere conducive to learning, each member of the Harcum community acquires both rights and responsibilities. The students’ rights and responsibilities are described in the Student Handbook. The Handbook can be found on the Harcum website at www.harcum.edu/studenthandbook.
Academic Conduct and Violations Personal integrity is a goal that Harcum fosters. Students should be guided by the fundamental ideals of honor and integrity in the personal conduct of their lives. The Harcum degree represents not only the fulfillment of academic requirements but also the development of character and personal conduct. A student who is dishonest in any assignment, test or examination receives a grade of “F� and the incident is reported to the VPAA. The penalties for such violations are cumulative. A second violation will result in failure of the course; the third, expulsion from the college.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
45
Programs of Study
46
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Programs of Study
Core Curriculum
Harcum College offers an educational program which recognizes that career opportunities for its graduates are expanding rapidly. The entire curriculum is directed toward the growth and development of each student as an individual and as a responsible member of society. Seeking to meet the needs of its students, Harcum offers a wide range of programs. Many programs closely parallel those offered in fouryear institutions. Certain programs such as Early Childhood Education, Fashion Design, and Retail Merchandising are designed to lead directly to a career while, at the same time, to prepare the student for transfer after graduation to baccalaureate degree programs. Many programs allow students to follow a more flexible and individualized curricula leading to the associate’s degree.
The purpose of Harcum’s core curriculum is to provide students with a body of knowledge and a set of skills that will lead to the growth of independent and lifelong learning. As Harcum students become immersed in a particular associate’s degree program to acquire the knowledge and professional experience necessary for a successful career, the core curriculum provides the well-rounded education that the College considers essential. The core curriculum is designed to develop the following general education student learning outcomes:
Majors
• Apply critical thinking and mathematical reasoning to problem-solving.
Harcum’s majors fall under four academic centers: Center for Allied Health Science, Center for Art and Design, Center for Business, and Center for Social Sciences. Many Harcum majors feature a practicum or internship as an important part of the curriculum. In the practicum or internship, qualified students spend a period of time gaining valuable experience in a workplace where they apply knowledge acquired in the classroom.
• Employ effective oral and written communication skills in a variety of contexts (e.g., research paper, personal letter). • Utilize information literacy skills in conducting academic research.
• Demonstrate comprehension of basic principles of science. • Display an appreciation of human achievement and aesthetic values. • Express an understanding of human behavior, individually and collectively.
Core Curriculum Requirements All degree students are required to complete a minimum of 21 core curriculum credits. These requirements include the following minimum number of credits in each of six core curricular areas: English Composition – 6 Credits ENG 101 English Composition I ENG 102 English Composition II Mathematics – 3 Credits College-level Mathematics course as required by program of study. Science Elective – 3 or 4 Credits BIO 101 General Biology I BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II BIO 108 Introduction to Human Anatomy BIO 204 Nutrition BIO 205 Microbiology BIO 210 Nutritional Biochemistry CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry GSC 105 Science and Our World
• Demonstrate the ability to participate responsibly in a complex global community.
Course and Curriculum Changes Harcum College reserves the right to drop a course for insufficient enrollment and substitute courses in any curriculum.
The outcome of a general education through engagement with the liberal arts and sciences core curriculum is more than a body of knowledge gleaned from individual courses. It is an intellectual outlook that fosters respect for human achievement, regard for and sensitivity to creativity and aesthetic values, confidence in one’s ability to solve problems and make responsible choices, a sense of individual and social responsibility, and a lifelong commitment to learning and the development of one’s potential.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
47
Arts/Humanities Elective – 3 Credits ART 110 Basic Drawing ART 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling ? ART 112 Figure Drawing ART 114 Painting ART 116 Design I: Two Dimensional ART 118 Design II: Three Dimensional ART 213 Fashion Illustration DES 103 History of Furniture ENG 103 Public Speaking ENG 201 Introduction to Short Fiction ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty HUM 121 The Humanistic Tradition HUM 122 Music Appreciation HUM 201Ethical Issues in Professional Life HUM 202 Health Care Law and Ethics HUM 212 The Art of the Film *MUS 104IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Percussion *MUS 105IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Piano *MUS 106IS Voice Lessons *MUS 107IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Woodwinds *MUS 108IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Brass *MUS 109IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Guitar *MUS 110IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Electric Bass PHT 103 Digital Photography RET 115 Fashion History (*Note that each of the music performance courses award 1 credit.)
48
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Social Science Elective – 3 Credits GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies PSY 111 Introductory Psychology PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom PSY 154 Child Development PSY 156 Human Development PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities PSY 212 Group Dynamics PSY 213 Educational Psychology PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology SOC 109 Principles of Sociology SOC 110 Social Problems SOC 115 Diversity in Society SOC 117 Animals in Society SOC 122 Occupational Roles and Tasks through the Life Span SOC 203 Geriatric Sociology SOC 211 Minority Groups SOC 275 Marriage and the Family Diversity Elective – 3 Credits GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology SOC 109 Principles of Sociology SOC 110 Social Problems SOC 115 Diversity in Society SOC 211 Minority Groups SOC 275 Marriage and the Family
Basic Skills Standards All students must fulfill basic skills requirements in English, reading, and mathematics.
English Students must demonstrate proficiency in reading and writing skills required for ENG 101. Students can demonstrate proficiency on the college placement test or by earning a grade of C or higher in IAD 050 (Introduction to Academic Discourse I) and/or IAD 100 (Introduction to Academic Discourse II). A C- in IAD 050 or IAD 100 is not a passing grade. Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student's transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student's GPA.
Mathematics Students may have to demonstrate proficiency in the mathematical skills necessary for either MTH 113 or MTH 115. Students can demonstrate proficiency on the Accuplacer, a departmental pre-test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in a prerequisite course. Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but will be recorded on the student’s transcript and will apply to the calculation of the student’s GPA. A grade of C- or lower in MTH 111 will not qualify as a prerequisite for MTH 115.
Center for Allied Health Science
50
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Allied Health Science Associate of Science Many opportunities exist in hospitals, clinical and research facilities, and doctors’ offices for individuals who want to become members of the Allied Health professional team. This team includes nurses, radiologic technologists, medical laboratory technicians, physical therapist assistants, occupational therapy assistants, phlebotomists, histology technicians, dental hygienists, and more. Harcum’s Allied Health Science curriculum offers options to meet the needs of individuals pursuing an allied health career. The Allied Health Science Associate of Science Degree Program is designed for students who desire to transfer to a four-year institution where they may complete the final two years of a bachelor’s degree program. Students may also enter the Allied Health Science program to complete pre-requisite coursework required for the professional health science programs offered at Harcum College.
Program Outcomes • Demonstrate professional behavior, commitment to excellence, and value and respect diversity in the health care field. • Demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills. • Apply knowledge of chemical, biological, and physiological concepts to the health science profession. • Integrate research with computer applications to enhance professional development in the health care profession.
Allied Health Curriculum
Prerequisites for Admission
FIRST SEMESTER IDS 103 AHS 102 ENG 101 AHS 100 AHS 103
College Orientation and Research Skills Comprehensive Medical Terminology English Composition I Introduction to Allied Health Science Research Methods and Computer Applications
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER BIO 103 PSY 111 MTH 113 ENG 102 HUM 202
Human Anatomy & Physiology I Introductory Psychology College Mathematics English Composition II Healthcare Law and Ethics
4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr.
• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses. • GPA of 2.0 and/or minimum SAT score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only). Note: Applicants who do not meet standard admissions requirements may need to provide an additional essay and/or additional letter of recommendation before an Admissions decision can be made. Students below standard requirements will be reviewed on a case-bycase basis by the Admissions Committee and will require approval from the Program Director.
THIRD SEMESTER BIO 104 CHE BIO 204 ELE ELE
Human Anatomy & Physiology II Chemistry Elective Nutrition General Elective General Elective
4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 17 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER ELE ELE PSY 156 SOC 109 ELE
General Elective General Elective Human Development Principles of Sociology General Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
Total Credits: 63 Credits
• Adopt a philosophy that incorporates elements of spiritual, physical, and mental well-being to maintain a healthy lifestyle. • Demonstrate professional responsibility and accountability with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
51
Animal Center Management
Animal Center Management Curriculum
Dental Assisting Certificate
Associate of Science
FIRST SEMESTER
One-Year Certificate
Graduates of the Animal Center Management program will be prepared for management careers at facilities where animals are maintained. These facilities include, but not limited to, zoological parks, wildlife refuges, veterinary hospitals, kennels, humane societies, and research facilities. Included in the curriculum are business courses, general education courses, and Animal Center Management courses that complement the major. Service Learning will also be interwoven into the curriculum, which will benefit the community as well as the student.
ACM 101
Program Outcomes • Utilize animal knowledge, (e.g. nutritional needs, husbandry requirements, healthy practices) to create and critique the infrastructure of an animal center. • Design, plan, and manage a safe environment for both the humans and animals in a variety of contexts using common behavior characteristics and safe-handling/restraint procedures. • Apply business concepts (e.g. accounting, human resources, merchandising, managerial) to construct a successful animal center business model. • Demonstrate effective professional and client communication skills. • Students will become proficient with a variety of software systems commonly used in management facilities. • Identify how regulations, ethics, and liability affect animal center management policies and procedures. • Apply basic operational management aspects (inventory, computer knowledge, client/patient interactions, etc.) to an animal center.
52
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
ACM 110 BUS 110 ELE HUM
Introduction to Animal Center Management Merchandising for Pet Product Retail Industry Introduction to Business General Elective Humanities Elective
3cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ACM 102 ACM 103 BUS 109 ENG 101 PSY 111
Animal Behavior Canine Basics: Breeds, Care, Training Principles of Management English Composition I Introductory Psychology
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER ACM 240 BIO 101 BUS 230 ENG 102 MTH 111
Animal Management & Nutrition General Biology Human Resource Management English Composition II Quantitative Reasoning
FOURTH SEMESTER ACM 210 Avian and Reptile Management BUS 213 Financial Accounting DIV Diversity Elective BUS 122 Professional & Business Communication ELE General Elective (intern, transfer, or other) ELE General Elective (Intern, transfer, or other)
3 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
Total Credits: 64 cr.
Credits *Students wishing to transfer will need to take a higher-level mathematics course.
Prerequisites for Admission Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
A dental assistant performs specific procedures on patients, exposes and processes radiographs, assists chairside, prepares and delivers dental materials, and participates in laboratory procedures. Dental assistants may perform only under the direct supervision of a dentist. The Dental Assisting student’s educational experience will span three semesters, including a separate ten-week summer session. Upon completion of the certificate program, graduates are eligible to sit for the Dental Assisting National Board Exam. The Dental Assisting Certificate program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements.” The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at (312) 4404653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611.
Program Outcomes • Graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative, and educational skills used by a dental assistant in a variety of dental environments. • Graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines. • Graduates will practice dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state. • Graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the health care delivery system. • Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members.
Dental Assisting Curriculum
Program Requirements Students accepted into the Dental Assisting Certificate program must meet the following additional criteria:
FIRST SEMESTER DA 121 DE 192 DA 247 BIO 108 ENG 101 DA 110
Dental Assisting I Dental Anatomy Preventive Health & Nutrition Introduction to Human Anatomy & Physiology English Composition I Professional Communication in the Healthcare Setting
4 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2 cr. 16 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER DA 142 DA 100 DE 150 DA 122 DA 141 PSY 111
Dental Materials Dental Assisting Experience Dental Radiology Dental Assisting II Basic Dental Science Introduction to Psychology
3 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
SUMMER SESSION (Tuition is charged for the Summer Session) DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum DA 245 Dental Office Procedures
8 cr. 2 cr. 10 cr.
Total Credits: 44 credits
Prerequisites for Admission Acceptance into the Dental Assisting Certificate Program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: • Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics with a C or better. • College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses. • GPA of 2.0 and/or minimum (new) SAT score of 840 Evidence-based Reading/ Writing and Math, or (old) score of 750 (critical reading and mathematics scores only). Policies regarding individuals with bloodborne infectious diseases are available on Harcum’s website under the Dental Assisting Program and upon request from the College’s Student Health Office. Harcum College Dental Assisting students interested in applying to Harcum’s Dental Hygiene Program must meet the Dental Hygiene Program’s admissions requirements. Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program Admissions Sheet for more information, or call the Admissions Office at 610-526-6050.
• Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs and tracked online through Castle Branch. A list of specific requirements for the dental programs is available in Castle Branch. Proof of medical insurance is required. Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen, influenza vaccination, and child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required. • Proof of current certification from an approved healthcare provider. Basic Life Support (BLS) CPR course, including adult, child, infant and AED, prior to enrolling in Dental Assisting I. Current certification must be maintained throughout the program. • Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check are required. New clearances are required annually. A Child Abuse history and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Assisting Program. • Purchase of designated uniform scrubs, lab jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, and manuals. • Attend the mandatory Dental Assisting Program Orientation. • The student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites. • A maximum of 15 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted for the Dental Assisting Certificate program. Transfer credits are evaluated by the College. • To receive a Dental Assistant Certificate, the student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher in all Dental Assisting courses. • A failing grade (C- or lower) or a grade of W in the same Dental Assisting course will result in dismissal from the program.
Expanded Functions Dental Assistant (EFDA) Associate of Science Expanded Functions Dental Assistant (EFDA) performs restorative and preventative procedures on patients under the direct supervision of a dentist. An EFDA must be statecertified to practice. Procedures include rubber dam application; placement of matrix band and wedges; placing, carving, and finishing amalgam restorations, light-cured composite restorations, coronal polishing, fluoride application, and pit and fissure sealants. Students also learn fabrication of temporary crowns and bridges and placement of temporary restorations. Upon successful completion of the Expanded Functions Dental Assisting degree program, the graduate is eligible to sit for the Pennsylvania EFDA certification exam. The Dental Assisting curriculum requirements in the Expanded Functions Dental Assisting Associate of Science degree program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements.” The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at 312-440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611. The Expanded Functions Dental Assisting curriculum requirements are approved by the Pennsylvania State Board of Dentistry.
Program Outcomes • Graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative, and educational skills utilized by an expanded function dental assistant in a variety of dental environments. • Graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines. • Graduates will practice expanded function dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state. • Graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the health care delivery system. • Graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
53
Expanded Functions Dental Assistant Curriculum
Prerequisites for Admission
FIRST SEMESTER DA 121 DE 192 DA 247 BIO 108 ENG 101 DA 110
Dental Assisting I Dental Anatomy Preventive Health & Nutrition Intro to Human Anatomy & Physiology English Composition I Professional Communication Skills in the Healthcare Setting
4 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2 cr. 16 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER DA 142 DA 100 DE 150 DA 122 DA 141
Dental Materials Dental Assisting Clinical Dental Radiology Dental Assisting II Basic Dental Science
3 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SUMMER SESSION (Tuition is charged for the Summer Session) DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum
8 cr. 8 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER DA 243 ENG 102 MTH 113 PSY 111 DA 245
Dental Assisting III 5 cr. English Composition II College Mathematics Introductory Psychology Dental Office Procedures
Dental Assisting IV Internship Dental Assisting IV Seminar Humanities Elective Diversity Elective
• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses. • GPA of 2.0 and/or minimum SAT score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only). Policies regarding individuals with bloodborne infectious diseases are available upon request from the College’s Student Health Office. Harcum College Expanded Functions Dental Assisting students interested in applying to Harcum’s Dental Hygiene Program must meet the Dental Hygiene Program’s admissions requirements. Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program Sheet for more information, or call the Admissions Office at 610-526-6050.
Program Requirements 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2 cr. 16 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER DA 250 DA 249 HUM DIV
Acceptance into the Expanded Functions Dental Assisting Associate of Science Degree program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:
7 cr. 1 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 14 cr.
Total Credits: 69 Credits
Students accepted into the Expanded Functions Dental Assisting Associate Degree program must meet the following additional criteria: • Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs and tracked online through Castle Branch. A list of specific requirements for the dental programs is available in Castle Branch. Proof of medical insurance is required. Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen, influenza vaccination, child abuse clearance, and criminal record check are required. • Proof of current certification from an approved healthcare provider, including adult, child, infant and AED, prior to enrolling in Dental Assisting I. Current certification must be maintained throughout the program. • Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check are required. New clearances are required annually. A Child Abuse history and a criminal record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Assisting/EFDA Program.
54
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
• Purchase of designated uniform scrubs, lab jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, and manuals. • Attend the mandatory Dental Assisting/EFDA Program Orientation. • Transfer credits are evaluated by the College. A maximum of 30 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted for the Expanded Functions Dental Assisting Associate of Science Degree program. • Students participate in clinical experience and are responsible for their own transportation to and from clinical sites. • Students must achieve a grade of C (75 percent) or higher in all dental courses and B- (80 percent) or higher in DA 243 DA III – EFDA course and DA 250 DA IV EFDA clinical internship. • A failing grade (C- or lower) for DA specific classes and C+ or lower for EFDA specific classes) or a grade of WF in the same Expanded Functions Dental Assisting course will result in dismissal from the program.
Essential Functions for Expanded Functions Dental Assisting /EFDA Students The technical standards, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those physical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the Dental Assisting and Expanded Functions Dental Assisting curriculum. The essential abilities required by the curriculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, communication, environmental, and the behavioral and social aspects of the performance as a dental assistant. These are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the fulfillment of these attributes is not adequate. Intellectual: The programs require essential abilities in information acquisition. The student must have the ability to master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging and projected images. The student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature. The ability to comprehend three-dimensional
Dental Hygiene relationships and understand the spatial relationship of the structures is important. Further, the student must be able to complete computer-based assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing, and retrieving information. The student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate, reason, analyze, and synthesize. Problem solving skills are essential. Motor/Sensory: The student must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental assisting and expanded functions dental assisting skills when working with patients and assisting the dentist. Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment. Functional vision, hearing, motor and tactile sensation must be adequate to perform those duties delegated by the dentist, including but not limited to: manipulation and delivery of dental materials, exposure of radiographs and evacuation and retraction of the oral cavity. The student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs. Communication: Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting. The student must demonstrate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling, and diction. Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible, and accurate. The student must be able to verbally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty, and other members of the dental care team. Environmental: Students must be able to work in a clinical environment that is required to follow guidelines for infection control. This may include chemical solutions and aerosols for surface disinfection. Protective gloves, masks, eye-wear, and clinical attire must be worn. Behavioral and Social: The student must be able to work in a cooperative, professional, and ethical manner with individuals of differing personalities and background. Being able to participate effectively as an integral part of the team is important. Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and follow appropriate protocol. The student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics. The student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly. This includes time management skills, communication styles, and interactions.
Associate of Science The Dental Hygienist is a licensed, preventive, oral health care professional who provides a variety of patient care services. The graduate will be able to work in a variety of settings such as private practice, group specialty practice, hospitals, schools, and public health settings. The student’s clinical experience will span three semesters, including a summer session and will take place at several facilities, including the Harcum College on-campus Cohen Dental Center, St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children, Philadelphia VA Hospital, Community Volunteers in Medicine, and the Kornberg School of Dentistry. After completion of the associate degree program, graduates are eligible to sit for licensing board exams. The Dental Hygiene Associate of Science Degree program is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements.” The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at (312) 440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611.
Dental Hygiene Curriculum SUMMER ENTRY– Summer I ENG 101 CHE102 MTH 113
English Composition I Principles of Chemistry College Mathematics
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 9 cr.
FALL SEMESTER – Fall I BIO 103 DE 150 DE 192 DH 101 DH 170
Human Anatomy and Physiology I Dental Radiology Dental Anatomy Preventative Oral Health Services I Dental Histology/Embryology
SPRING SEMESTER – Spring I DH 121 BIO 104 BIO 205 DE 191 DH 110 DH 111 DH 180
Medical Emergencies Human Anatomy and Physiology II Microbiology Head and Neck Anatomy Preventative Oral Health Services II – Seminar Preventative Oral Health Services II – Clinic (Part I) Periodontics I
DH 111
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will provide comprehensive dental hygiene care to a diverse population based on the current standards of care.
DH 280 DH 200 ENG 103 PSY 111
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development within the changing environment of the healthcare profession.
FALL SEMESTER – Fall II
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will incorporate ethical and professional judgment into the practice of dental hygiene. • Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will demonstrate effective communication skills; written, oral, and interpersonal. • Graduates in the Dental Hygiene Program will apply critical thinking, problem solving and self-assessment skills in the provision of dental hygiene care.
1 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr. 1 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 16 cr.
SUMMER SESSION – Summer II
Program Outcomes
• Graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will integrate knowledge from general education, basic science, and dental hygiene courses.
4 cr. 3 cr. 2 cr. 4 cr. 2 cr. 15 cr.
DH 142 DH 190 DH 201 DH 202 DH 203 DH 270 DH 280 BIO 210
Preventative Oral Health Services II – Clinic (Part II) Periodontics II – Lab Dental Anesthesia – Part I Public Speaking Introductory Psychology
Dental Materials Oral Pathology Preventative Oral Health Services III – Seminar Preventative Oral Health Services III – Clinic Dental Anesthesia – Part II Pharmacology Periodontics II Nutritional Biochemistry
2 cr. 0 cr. 1 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 9 cr.
2 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 4 cr. 1 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 19 cr.
SPRING SEMESTER – Spring II DH 210 DH 211 DH 271 DH 282 ENG 102 SOC 109
Preventative Oral Health Services IV – Seminar Preventative Oral Health Services IV – Clinic Community Dental Health Current Concepts in Dental Hygiene English Composition II Principles of Sociology
2 cr. 5 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 17 cr.
Total Credits: 85 C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
55
Dental Hygiene students meeting Expanded Functions Dental Assisting (EFDA) entrance requirements are eligible to take an optional Expanded Functions I & II course any time after graduation. This will make students eligible to sit for the Pennsylvania Expanded Functions Certification Examination.
Prerequisites for Admission Acceptance into the Dental Hygiene Associate of Science Degree program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: • Completion of high school Algebra I, Algebra II, geometry, chemistry, and biology (with lab) with grades of B or higher. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses. • Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 950 Critical Reading and Math or (New) 1030 Evidence-based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite ACT of 20. • A college cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of SAT scores.
Application Deadline All application materials must be received by February 15. Admission to the Dental Hygiene program is competitive and completion of minimum admission requirements does not guarantee admittance to the program. Criteria such as completion of non-Dental Hygiene coursework, cumulative grade point average, and date of completion of minimum requirements may be used in the evaluation and decision process. Because of class size limitations, the College does not guarantee continuous enrollment between non-Dental Hygiene coursework, the Dental Assisting Certificate Program, and the Dental Hygiene Program. Should a current Harcum student be interested in the Dental Hygiene Program, a new application, along with supporting documents, must be submitted to the Admissions Office. All Dental Hygiene admissions requirements must be met.
56
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Program Requirements Students accepted into the Dental Hygiene program must meet the following additional criteria: • Medical documents and clearances as required by the Allied Health Programs: Clearances are done through an online system from Castle Branch. Proof of medical insurance is required. Annual Quantiferon Gold blood test, drug urine screen and influenza vaccination, child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required. • Proof of current certification from an approved CPR course, Basic Life Support (BLS) for healthcare providers, including adult, child, infant and AED, prior to enrolling in Preventative Oral Health Services I. Current certification must be maintained throughout the program. • Child Abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check. A Child Abuse history will and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Hygiene Program. • Harcum Placement Tests. All candidates must take the Harcum Placement Tests in English, mathematics, and reading. All remedial coursework must be completed prior to enrollment in the Dental Hygiene Program. • Purchase of designated instrument kit and supplies, uniform scrubs, shoes, name tags, textbooks, manuals, and forms packets. • Attend the mandatory Dental Hygiene Program Orientation. • The student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites. • Students may need to supplement the patient pool in the clinical education experience. • A maximum of 33 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted. Transfer credits are evaluated by the College.
Dental Hygiene students must achieve a grade of C or higher in all science and dental hygiene courses and maintain a grade point average of 2.0 or higher throughout the program. A failing grade (C- or lower) or a grade of W/F in two dental hygiene or science courses on the first attempt will result in dismissal from the program. Re-entry into clinical courses is on a spaceavailable basis. Policies regarding individuals with bloodborne infectious diseases are available on the Harcum website under the Dental Hygiene Program and are available upon request from the College Student Health Office.
Essential Functions for Dental Hygiene Students The Essential Functions, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those physical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the dental hygiene curriculum. The essential abilities required by the curriculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, communication, environmental, and the behavioral and social aspects of the performance as a dental hygienist. These are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the fulfillment of these attributes is not adequate. Intellectual: The program requires essential abilities in information acquisition. The student must have the ability to master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging, and projected images. The student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature. The ability to comprehend three-dimensional relationships and understand the spatial relationship of structures is important. Further, the student must be able to complete computer-based assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing, and retrieving information. The student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate reason, analyze, and synthesize. Problem solving skills are essential. Motor/Sensory: Students must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental hygiene care to the patients. Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment.
Histotechnician Functional vision, hearing, and tactile sensation must be adequate to perform a clinical examination, including, the gathering of information on texture, color, palpable changes in tissues, and fine changes on tooth surfaces. The student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs. Communication: Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting. The student must demonstrate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling, and diction. Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible, and accurate. The student must be able to verbally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty, and other members of the dental care team. Environmental: Students must be able to work in a clinical environment and follow required guidelines for infection control. This may include chemical solutions and aerosols for surface disinfection. Protective gloves, masks, eyewear, and clinical attire must be worn. The student must be able to work in a cooperative professional manner with individuals of differing personalities and background. Being able to participate effectively as a member of a healthcare team is important. Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all required academic and clinical requirements and follow appropriate protocol. The student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics. The student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly. This includes time management skills, communication styles, and interactions.
Associate of Science Histotechnicians play a critical role in preparing biopsy specimens for microscopic examination by the pathologist. They are involved with the detection and diagnosis of cancer and other pathological conditions, as well as following the treatment and progress of disease. Successful histotechnicians are problem solvers, responsible, professional, and enjoy challenges. Once formal training is completed, there are numerous opportunities for employment in hospitals, reference labs, clinics, and research facilities. Designed to prepare individuals for employment in a histology laboratory, the Histotechnician Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited on-site requirements, offering students the flexibility to earn an associate’s degree on a full-time or part-time basis. Additionally, Harcum Histotechnician graduates qualify to take the Board of Certification exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP). The Histotechnician program at Harcum College is fully accredited by The National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 5600 N. River Rd., Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018-5119. Telephone: 847939-3597. More information on this career can be found at these websites: www.ascp.org and www.nsh.org.
Program Outcomes • Students will be able to analyze the results of histopathologic tissue samples in order to aid the pathologist in diagnosing diseases and recommending treatment.
Essential Functions for the Histotechnician Program Cognitive Functions: The HT student must possess the following intellectual skills: communicate effectively in written and spoken English, possess and apply mathematical skills, possess the psychological health required for full utilization of abilities: reasoning, sound judgment, and analytic ability. Computer literacy is essential for success in online courses. Psychomotor Functions: The HT student must be able to: move freely from one location to another in physical locations such as the clinical laboratory, patient care areas, corridors, and elevators, possess sufficient eye motor coordination to allow delicate manipulations of specimens, instruments, and tools, possess fine motor skills to handle equipment used in the histology laboratory, identify and distinguish objects macroscopically and microscopically, lift and move objects of at least 20 pounds possess a sense of touch and temperature discrimination, use hands for repetitive activity. Affective Functions: The HT student must be able to: follow written and verbal directions, work under time constraints, maintain alertness and concentration during a normal work period, apply knowledge, skills, and values learned from course work and life experiences to new situations, work safely with potential chemical and biologic hazards, using universal precautions; show respect for self and others; projects an image of professionalism including appearance, dress, and confidence.
• Students will demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills. • Students will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern histopathology laboratory. • Students will summarize the significance of continued professional development. • Students will create a plan to demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees. • Students will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance. C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
57
Histotechnician Curriculum
Important Information
FIRST SEMESTER HTN 101 HTN 111 MTH 113 AHS 103 BIO 103
Histology Lecture 1 Histology Practicum 1 College Mathematics Research Methods & Computer Applications Human Anatomy & Physiology I
1 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 14 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER HTN 102 HTN 112 BIO 104 BIO 205
Histology Lecture 2 Histology Practicum 2 Human Anatomy & Physiology II Microbiology
Prerequisites for Admission 3 cr. 6 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr. 17 cr.
SUMMER SEMESTER ENG 101 DIV HUM
English Composition I Diversity Elective Humanities Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 9 cr.
Histology Lecture 3 Histology Practicum 3 Chemistry Elective English Composition II
3 cr. 6 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER SOC HTN 104 HTN 114 HTN 105
Social Science Elective Histology Lecture 4 Histology Practicum 4 HT Certification Exam Prep Seminar
3 cr. 3 cr. 6 cr. 1 cr. 13 cr.
Total Credits: 69 Credits
58
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
The accredited Histotechnician Associate of Science Degree program offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a laboratory career and meet the following entrance requirements: • A high school or college GPA of 2.0. Students accepted to the HT Program must meet the following criteria: • Physical examination • Immunizations
THIRD SEMESTER HTN 103 HTN 113 CHE ENG 102
*BIO 103 Human Anatomy & Physiology I, BIO 104 Human Anatomy & Physiology II, BIO 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not offered online by Harcum College. These courses may be taken at any accredited college or university and transferred to Harcum College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better.
• Background checks
Medical Laboratory Technology Associate of Science Medical Laboratory Technology is a dynamic profession with new technology and methodology continually evolving. Medical laboratory technicians play an important role in detection, diagnosis, and treatment of disease. Successful medical laboratory technicians are problem solvers, responsible, professional, and enjoy challenges. Once formal training is completed, there are numerous opportunities for employment in hospitals, reference laboratories, clinics, research facilities and private practices. Designed to prepare individuals for employment in a clinical laboratory environment, the Medical Laboratory Technology Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited onsite requirements, offering students the flexibility to earn an associate’s degree. Additionally, Harcum Medical Laboratory Technology graduates qualify to take the Board of Certification Exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP). The Medical Laboratory Technology Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is accredited by The National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). NAACLS can be contacted at 5600 N. River Rd., Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018-5119 or 847-939-3597. More information on this exciting career can be found at these websites: www.ascp.org and www.ascls.org.
Program Outcomes • Students will analyze laboratory results to diagnose disease and pathologic conditions. • Students will demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills. • Students will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern clinical laboratory. • Students will summarize the significance of continued professional development. • Students will demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees. • Students will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance.
Essential Functions for Medical Lab Technician Program Cognitive Functions: The MLT student must possess the following intellectual skills: communicate effectively in written and spoken English, possess and apply mathematical skills, possess the psychological health required for full utilization of abilities: reasoning, sound judgment, analytic ability. Psychomotor Functions: The MLT student must be able to: move freely from one location to another in physical locations such as the clinical laboratory, patient care areas, corridors, and elevators, possess sufficient eye motor coordination to allow delicate manipulations of specimens, instruments, and tools, grasp and release small objects (test tubes, pipettes, microscope slides), manipulate other laboratory materials (reagents, manual and automated pipettes, etc.), identify and distinguish objects macroscopically and microscopically, lift and move objects of at least 20 pounds, possess a sense of touch and temperature discrimination, use hands for repetitive activity. Affective Functions: The MLT student must be able to: follow written and verbal directions, work effectively under time constraints and under pressure, work independently, prioritize workload according to laboratory department needs, when multitasking maintain alertness and concentration in a loud and hectic environment, apply knowledge, skills, and values learned from course work and life experiences to new situations, work safely with potential chemical, radiological, and biologic hazards using universal precautions, show respect for self and others, projects an image of professionalism including appearance, dress, and confidence.
Important Information
Medical Laboratory Technology Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER ENG 101 MLS 101 MLS 140 MTH 113 AHS 103 BIO 101
English Composition I Introduction to Medical Laboratory Technology Applied Lab Techniques I College Mathematics Research Methods & Computer Applications General Biology I
3 cr. 3 cr. 1 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 17 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ENG 102 *CHE *BIO 205 MLS 113 MLS 114 MLS 130
English Composition II 3 cr. Chemistry Elective 4 cr. Microbiology 4 cr. Basic Hematology & Clinical Microscopy 3 cr. Applied Hematology & Microscopy 1 cr. Immunology 3 cr. 18 cr.
SUMMER SESSION DIV HUM SOC
Diversity Elective Humanities Elective Social Science Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 9 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER MLS 211 MLS 212 MLS 213 MLS 214 MLS 240
Clinical Chemistry Clinical Hematology and Coagulation Clinical Immunohematology Clinical Microbiology Applied Lab Techniques II
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 1 cr. 13 cr.
* BIO 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not offered online by Harcum College. These courses may be taken at any accredited college or university and transferred to Harcum College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better. ** The final spring semester is completed at the hospital practicum site during day shift hours, Monday through Friday. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 must be maintained before the practicum begins. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the hospital practicum site.
Prerequisites for Admission The accredited Medical Laboratory Technology Associate of Science Degree program offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a laboratory career and meet the following entrance requirements: • High school or college GPA of 2.0. Students accepted into the MLT program must meet the following criteria: • Physical examination, immunizations, and background checks.
FOURTH SEMESTER Clinical Rotation Practicum Courses** MLS 221 Applied Lab Techniques in Chemistry MLS 222 Applied Lab Techniques in Hematology MLS 223 Applied Lab Techniques in Immunohematology MLS 224 Applied Lab Techniques in Microbiology MLS 225 Applied Lab Techniques in Serology MLS 226 Applied Lab Techniques in Coagulation MLS 227 Applied Lab Techniques in Urinalysis MLS 230 MLT Certification Prep Seminar
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 1 cr. 1 cr. 1 cr. 1 cr. 17 cr.
Total Credits: 74 Credits
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
59
Nursing Program Associate of Science
Nurses are unique health care providers who implement the highest level of health care services and collaborate with other members of the health care team to promote and maintain the health of diverse populations. The Nursing Program at Harcum College promotes excellence in nursing education by providing an educational foundation in the arts and sciences that enhances the application of nursing theory into clinical practice in a variety of health care settings. The nursing curriculum provides experiences in meeting human needs holistically across the healthillness continuum. Theoretical and clinical learning experiences are integrated within the clinical nursing courses. Graduates of the Nursing Program are awarded the Associate of Science Degree in Nursing and are eligible to take The National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX – RN) examination to become a Registered Nurse. Full approval from the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing was received in October, 2005 and October, 2017. The Harcum College Nursing program is accredited by the Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN). In August 2017 the program was granted "Continuing Accreditation" by the Board of Commissioners for ACEN following the Spring 2017 on-site program review. The Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing can be contacted at the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of State, Bureau of Professional and Occupational Affairs, State Board of Nursing, P.O. Box 2646, Harrisburg, PA 17105-2649; Phone: 717-783-7142; or Fax: 717-783-0822; Website: https://www.dos.pa.gov/ProfessionalLicensin g/BoardsCommissions/Nursing/Pages/default .aspx The Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (ACEN) can be contacted at 3343 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 850, Atlanta, GA 30326, Phone. 404-975-5000 Fax: 404-9755020 or www.acenursing.org.
Program Outcomes • Evaluate nursing care provided to patients, families and groups across the lifespan from diverse backgrounds in a variety of settings to ensure that it is compassionate, age and culturally appropriate and based on a patient’s values and needs.
Nursing Program Curriculum The program begins in late August. Laboratory and clinical experiences are offered in the day, evening, and weekend based on availability of clinical sites. Upon completion of the program requirements, graduates are eligible to take the National Council for Licensure Examination for Registered Nurse (NCLEX-RN).
• Collaborate as a member of the interprofessional health care team to manage and coordinate the provision of safe, quality care for patients, families and groups.
First Semester (Fall)
• Demonstrate use of best current evidence and clinical expertise when making clinical decisions in the provision of patient-centered care.
NUR 105 NUR 106
• Participate in the use of evidence-based quality improvement processes in the delivery of patient-centered care. • Demonstrate effective use of strategies to mitigate errors and reduce the risk of harm to patients, self and others in a variety of settings. • Critique information and patient care technology to communicate relevant patient information, manage care, mitigate error, and support decisionmaking. • Integrates integrity and accountability into practice that uphold established regulatory, legal, and ethical principles while providing patient-centered standard-based nursing care.
NUR 100
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
9 cr.
Second Semester (Spring) Nursing of Adults I Mental Health Nursing
7 cr. 2 cr.
Third Semester (Fall) NUR 205 NUR 206
Nursing of Adults II Maternal Child Nursing
5 cr. 4 cr.
Fourth Semester (Spring) NUR 211 NUR 216
Nursing of Adults III 4 cr. Transition to Nursing Practice 2 cr. Total Nursing Course Credits: 33 Credits
Total General Education Course Credits: 33 Credits Total Nursing Program Credits: 66 Credits
Admission Criteria An applicant’s scholastic aptitude, academic achievements, and ability to succeed in the Nursing Program are considered in making the decision to admit a student into the Nursing Program. Applicants must complete all Prerequisites for Admission in order to be considered for admission to the Nursing Program.
Prerequisites for Admission • Appraise leadership, management, and priority setting skills in the provision and management of safe, quality, patientcentered care.
Students applying to the Nursing Program must complete all of the following general education course requirements with a minimum grade of C. These prerequisite courses can be transferred from another institution and must be completed prior to acceptance into the Nursing Program.
BIO 103 BIO 104 BIO 205 ENG 101 ENG 102 HUM MTH 113 PSY 111 PSY 156 SOC 109
60
Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice
Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 cr. Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 cr. Microbiology 4 cr. English Composition I 3 cr. English Composition II 3 cr. Humanities Elective 3 cr. College Mathematics 3 cr. Introductory Psychology 3 cr. Human Development 3 cr. Principles of Sociology 3 cr. Total General Education Credits 33 cr.
• The applicant must have documentation of a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.8 at the time of formal application to the Nursing Program. A grade of “B” or better in all prerequisite science courses is required and a grade of “C” or better in all other prerequisite courses. NOTE: Students who have repeated a science course one or more times in order to obtain a passing or higher grade will not be accepted.
Disclaimer
Acceptance Requirements
The Nursing Program of Harcum College reserves the right to amend regulations, fees, conditions, courses, laboratories, and clinicals as circumstances may require without prior notice to persons who might thereby be affected. The provisions of the Nursing Program are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between Harcum College and the students of the Nursing Program. Note: The Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing requires Harcum College to inform applicants that they may be denied licensure or the privilege of taking the licensure examination (NCLEX-RN) if they have pleaded guilty and/or been convicted by a judge of a misdemeanor, felonious act, or illegal act associated with alcohol or an illegal act associated with substance abuse(s) in the course of this Commonwealth or any other state, territory or country. For more information, contact the State Board of Nursing at 717-783-7142 or www.dos.state.pa.us/nurse.
Upon acceptance into the Nursing Program, students are required to:
Program Requirements
• TEAS Exam required. • Interview may be required. Upon completion of all application requirements, candidates will be reviewed for admission to the Nursing Program. Acceptance into the Nursing Program is competitive. Completion of requirements does not guarantee admittance into the Nursing Program.
• Provide evidence of an optimal level of individual health to complete Core Performance Standards. (Critical Thinking, Interpersonal Abilities, Communication, Mobility, Motor Skills, Hearing, Visual, Tactile and Strength/Stamina) – Refer to Student Nursing Handbook. • Meet all health and immunization requirements of the Nursing Program., including titers for Rubeola, Mumps, Rubella, Varicella Zoster and Hepatitis B. • Meet yearly required flu vaccination. • Proof of current certification from an approved American Heart Association Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Course with AED training for health care providers. • Provide evidence of a negative 10-panel urine drug screening test. • Provide proof of current health insurance coverage. • Child Abuse History Clearance (original copy). • Fingerprint (Department of Human Services) • Federal Certified Criminal Background Check (original copy).
• Attend the mandatory College and Nursing orientation. • Purchase all required current editions of textbooks and supplemental learning materials.
The application of theory in practice is integral to learning in the clinical setting. Therefore, course grades are based upon the assessment of two components: 1. The didactic (classroom) component – the student’s knowledge of nursing content 2. The clinical practicum – the student’s demonstration of nursing theory in practice through the attainment of specific clinical practicum learning objectives. Students must successfully pass both theory and clinical practicum to progress to the next nursing course. Failure in either the didactic or clinical component results in a course failure. An “unsatisfactory” rating in any clinical practicum results in a failing grade for clinical and thus a failure for the nursing course. Students who are unsuccessful in a nursing course must follow the procedures outlined in the Nursing Student Handbook. In all cases, the Nursing faculty reserves the right to take action when a student is not performing at the expected level of achievement and/or is deemed unsafe in the clinical setting. Specific policies and requirements related to the Nursing Program are contained in the Nursing Student Handbook.
• Purchase designated uniforms and equipment for laboratory and clinical practice. • Provide self-transportation to and from clinical rotation sites. • Achieve a minimum grade of C+ in each Nursing course. • A grade of C or lower will result in a course failure. • A student can only repeat one Nursing course, or withdraw from one nursing course one time throughout the entire Nursing program. (NOTE: NUR 100 – Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice cannot be repeated). • A second failure or withdraw of a Nursing course will result in dismissal from the Nursing program. • Meet the 66 credits required for completion of the Nursing Program. • Complete all degree requirements of the Nursing Program within four semesters after beginning the first Nursing course. C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
61
Phlebotomy Technician Certificate A career as a phlebotomy technician is a rewarding path for someone who desires to work directly with patients. Phlebotomy technicians are trained to create an atmosphere of trust and confidence with patients while skillfully and safely drawing blood specimens for analysis in the clinical laboratory. Technologists and physicians depend upon the phlebotomy technician to collect quality patient specimens in order to produce accurate laboratory results. Once training is completed, employment opportunities include, but are not limited to, hospitals, clinics, physicians’ offices, laboratories, and blood banks.
Program Outcomes • Students will explain information applicable to phlebotomy procedures such as venipuncture and capillary puncture, blood collection additives, order of draw, special collections, point of care, specimen handling and processing. • Students will demonstrate correct collection procedures for body fluids. • Students will relate the importance of the phlebotomist to the integrity of the results reported by the lab and identify guidelines to prevent lawsuits. • Students will apply knowledge of medical terminology, human anatomy, and body systems to phlebotomy principles and procedures. • Students will identify the importance of effective communication skills when relating to patients and discuss the role of regulation in maintaining standards of professionalism, confidentiality, and safety.
62
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Essential Functions for the Phlebotomy Program Essential functions represent the non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable. The student should not be hesitant in the use of a needle for blood drawing. The following is a list of the technical abilities and skills.
Applicants for admission into Phlebotomy courses must possess: • Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination. • Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices. • Mobility: ability to maneuver in the clinical setting. • Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy. • Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i.e., phone receivers, hearing aid, etc.). • Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English. • Writing: ability to communicate effectively in written form in English. • Reading: ability to read, understand and follow directions printed in English. • Affective: work effectively under time constraints and under pressure. • Computer literacy is essential in blended courses.
Phlebotomy Curriculum PBT 210 Phlebotomy Theory and Techniques This course will prepare students with the ability to function as a competent phlebotomist by presenting a background in human physiology along with practical phlebotomy skills, safety practices, and a general overview of the working environment in the present healthcare setting. This course is essential for the student who wishes to complete the clinical practicum and earn phlebotomy certification through the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP). Pre-requisite: High School diploma Credits: 3 PBT 201 Phlebotomy Practicum The Phlebotomy Practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phlebotomy technique. This practicum will provide the required number of hours and venipunctures necessary to qualify for the Board of certification Exam in Phlebotomy. Pre-requisite: PBT 210 Credits: 2 PBT 202 Phlebotomy Certification Exam Prep Seminar. Registration for this course is concurrent with the Phlebotomy Practicum and serves to prepare students for success in the certification exam. Credits: 1 Total Credits: 6 Credits Students completing the PBT 210 and PBT 201 courses are eligible to take the phlebotomy certification exam sponsored by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists.
Application Process Registration for the non-credit Phlebotomy Technician Certificate program is conducted through the Office of Continuing and Professional Studies. Contact: Office of Continuing and Professional Studies, 610-5266083. The administration of the Phlebotomy Technician Certificate program is conducted by the Department of Clinical Laboratory Science.
Occupational Therapy Assistant Associate of Science The Occupational Therapy Assistant Associate of Science Degree program is designed to prepare students for a career in occupational therapy assisting. Occupational therapy is a health profession which utilizes everyday life activities to help people of all ages prevent, lessen, or overcome disabilities or illnesses that interfere with their ability to lead independent and satisfying lives. The occupational therapy assistant, under the supervision of a registered occupational therapist, works in a variety of settings, including hospitals, schools, rehabilitation facilities, mental health settings, and in communitybased intervention. • Occupational Therapy Assistants must complete a two-year educational program accredited by Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA) to be eligible to sit for the national certification examination (see below). After successful completion of the exam, candidates may apply for their state license to practice as Certified Occupational Therapy Assistants (COTAs). • The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program at Harcum College is fully accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, Suite 200, Bethesda, MD 20814-3449. ACOTE’s telephone number c/o AOTA is 301-6526611. Website: www.acoteonline.org. • Strict clearance requirements apply to all students in the OTA Program. If you have ever been arrested, you are required to contact the program director immediately in writing to jfoster@harcum.edu to determine if your record and/or expungement will impact your ability to attend required clinical rotations.
• Occupational Therapy Assistant (OTA) graduates are eligible to sit for the national certification examination for the Occupational Therapy Assistant, which is administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT). Please note that any arrest or conviction within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or any other state, territory, or country may prevent the ability to sit for the NBCOT Certification Examination, be placed in fieldwork, and/or attain state licensure. If ever arrested or found guilty of a misdemeanor or felonious act, you will be urged to request a character review through NBCOT. This can be accessed at http://www.nbcot.org/earlydetermination-character-review
Program Outcomes • Graduates will integrate information from biological, physical, and psychosocial sciences to demonstrate an understanding and to formulate a holistic view of the person and how illness or disability can affect occupational performance. • Graduates will gather and apply information to formulate conclusions based in sound clinical reasoning to develop intervention plans that are clientcentered and within the scope of practice of an OTA. • Graduates will select and implement evidence-based interventions to support participation in areas of occupation throughout the continuum of care and across the lifespan. • Graduates will demonstrate appropriate communication skills (written, verbal, and non-verbal) to educate and communicate with clients, caregivers, and other health professionals consistent within the OTA scope of practice. • Graduates will demonstrate and uphold professional standards and responsibilities to promote ethical practice appropriate to the role of the OTA.
Occupational Therapy Assistant Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER OTA 113 OTA 114 OTA 121
SOC 122 OTA 126 *AHS 101 *BIO 103
Functional Anatomy for OTA’s Applied Kinesiology Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles & Fieldwork Level I A – General Concepts/Emerging Practice Occupational Roles & Tasks throughout the Life Span Professional Seminar I Basic Medical Terminology Human Anatomy & Physiology I
1 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr.
3 cr. 1 cr. 1 cr. 4 cr. 18 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER OTA 123 OTA 124
OTA 125 OTA 127 BIO 104
Bio-Psycho-Social Conditions Occupational Dysfunction in Childhood & Adolescence & Fieldwork Level I B – Child / Adolescent Practice Activities & Adaptations for Childhood & Adolescence Professional Seminar II Human Anatomy & Physiology II
3 cr.
4 cr. 3 cr. 1 cr. 4 cr. 15 cr.
SUMMER SEMESTER – Core Courses *ENG 101 English Composition I *PSY 111 Introductory Psychology *MTH 113 College Mathematics
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 9 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER OTA 224
OTA 225 OTA 226 OTA 227 *ENG 102 *HUM
Occupational Dysfunction in Adulthood & Geriatric & Fieldwork Level I C – Adult / Geriatric Practice Activities & Adaptations for Adulthood & Geriatric Clinical Skills throughout the Lifespan Professional Seminar III English Composition II Humanities Elective
4 cr.
3 cr. 3 cr. 1 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 17 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER OTA 228 OTA 231 OTA 232
Professional Seminar IV Fieldwork Experience Level IIA Fieldwork Experience Level IIB
1 cr. 6 cr. 6 cr. 13 cr.
Total Credits: 72 Credits *Core courses marked can be taken prior to entering the Occupational Therapy Assistant program.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
63
Program Schedules • Full-time: program courses are offered one day/week, supported by online assignments during the week, with core educational courses offered on weekdays, evenings, or online. • Part-time: a student can be part-time, if core requirements have been met elsewhere. Two of the four semesters will be a part-time credit load of 11 credits. A maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution. No prior Occupational Therapy Assistant courses will be accepted from another institution. The Occupational Therapy Assistant program does not accept advance placement or credit for experiential learning. • Fall start for program courses: all program courses meet on Fridays. • Spring start for program courses: all program courses meet on Saturdays. • Pre-program developmental and core requirements coursework may be started at any time (Fall, Spring, or Summer semesters). • Clinical component: during Semesters IIII, there are part-time clinical experiences scheduled at clinical sites, four days per semester. Semester IV consists of two eight-week, full-time clinical placements during the usual and customary hours that a clinician would work for that specific setting.
Prerequisites for Admission • Completion of biology with “C” or better is recommended. • Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math. Minimum composite ACT: 19. • For students with college credits, a minimum college GPA of 2.5.
Program Requirements Once students have been accepted into the program, the following additional criteria must be met before enrolling in professional coursework: • All non-transfer Occupational Therapy Assistant students must take placement exams in English, Math, and Reading. Any required developmental coursework must be completed before enrolling in OTA 121 Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles. Placement exams are waived for transfer students. • All Occupational Therapy Assistant students must provide proof of the following medical and legal clearances (or of application in progress): • State Child Abuse Clearance. • State Criminal Record Check. • FBI Background Check. • Current (not older than one year) physical exam. • Documentation of measles, mumps, rubella, and varicella immunizations. • Two-step PPD test (if positive, chest x-ray necessary). • Hepatitis B series (at least begun with first three doses). • Tdap booster (within the past ten years). • All Occupational Therapy Assistants are required to have health insurance throughout their period of enrollment at Harcum. If a student is not covered under another plan, they will be withdrawn from the program until proof of health insurance is provided.
Graduation (Qualification to sit for National Certification Exam) All program-specific courses (all OTA, BIO, and PSY courses) must be completed with a grade of C or better. Students must complete Level II fieldwork within 18 months following completion of the didactic portion of the program. • A student who receives a “C-“ or less has failed the course and will be required to repeat the course before continuing in the program. • Students must maintain an overall GPA of 2.5 or better in order to remain in the program. A student whose GPA falls below 2.5 will be put on probation. • If the GPA remains below 2.5 for two consecutive semesters, the student will be dismissed from the program. • A student who has failed any two OTA program courses, or has failed the same OTA program course twice, will be dismissed from the program and will not be permitted to re-enter. This policy pertains to all OTA program courses, which include both academic and clinical courses (fieldwork placements).
Clinical Experiences Students participate in two levels of clinical fieldwork experiences throughout their enrollment in the Occupational Therapy Assistant program: Fieldwork Level I is designed to provide students with opportunities to collect data by observing, shadowing, and interviewing professionals in the field, as well as participating in client intervention. Fieldwork Level II is a hands-on experience, in which fieldwork students gradually assume the roles and responsibilities of an entry-level occupational therapy assistant. The curriculum requires three Fieldwork Level I experiences; each one is taught as part of an “anchor course” in each of the first three semesters and reflects that semester’s focus: • Fieldwork Level I A – General Concepts/Emerging Practice, • Fieldwork Level I B – Child / Adolescent Practice, and • Fieldwork Level I C – Adult / Geriatric Practice. Each of the three Fieldwork Level I experiences is carried out as a four-day placement during the academic semesters. Fieldwork Level II experiences consist of two eight-week, full-time (40+ hour/ week) placements and follow the facilities’ business hours.
64
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
All placements are assigned by the Academic Fieldwork Coordinator. Selection of placements is guided by the goal of giving students the broadest exposure to the field as possible, including traditional and emerging practice settings. Traditional settings include acute care hospitals, rehabilitation centers, assisted living facilities, schools, mental health facilities, and other educational / medical facilities. Emerging practice settings are represented by community-based programs, specialty programs, such as driver training or hippotherapy. A clinical instructor from the placement site’s staff supervises all fieldwork experiences. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites.
Essential Functions for Occupational Therapy Assistant Students Essential Functions are defined as the skills you need to bring into the program in order to be successful as an Occupational Therapy Assistant student. An inability to perform any of the functions listed below, even with accommodations, may indicate that you do not have the prerequisite skills to be successful in this profession and that occupational therapy assisting should not be your field of choice. Call the Program Director for questions. Physical Factors: Motor skills Standing (with good balance) / Walking / Sitting / Lifting 80 lbs. / Carrying 50 lbs. / Pushing/Pulling 80 lbs. / Bending / Kneeling / Crawling / Floor sitting / Grasping (firm/strong) / Grasping (light) / Finger dexterity / Reaching forward / Reaching overhead / Coordination of hand, wrist, and fingers / Eye-hand coordination. Physical Factors: Sensory Perceptual Vision acuity: near / Vision acuity: far / Vision: depth perception / Color vision / Full field of vision/Spatial perception (ability to “visualize” objects) / Form perception (ability to perceive and recognize shapes) / Hear normal conversation / Hear telephone conversation / be comfortable with tactile contact / Discriminate objects by touch. Physical Factors: Environmental Ability to do in-door work and out-door work / Tolerate exposure to dust, fumes, odors, and toxic or caustic chemicals / Being around moving machinery, electricity / Exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces / Exposure to vibration / Wearing of protective clothing (mask, silicone gloves).
Cognitive Factors: Reasoning Deal with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions / Interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form / Problem solving- deal with unexpected situations / Carry out written or oral one to two-step instructions / Ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time / Ability to generalize instructions from one situation to another / Mathematics – add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers and fractions, calculate time, make simple measurements / Reading – comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts / Clerical reading – perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy / Writing – prepare reports using prescribed format, make entries into medical and educational charts / Writing – conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar, and style / Work pace – maintain a work pace appropriate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site /Computer Skills – send and receive email, perform a basic web search, participate in online course work. All OTA students must have regular access to a computer with Internet connection. Social-Emotional and Communication Factors: Social skills Ability to engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye-contact and using appropriate body language / Dependability – effective time management, follow-through on commitments & responsibilities / Professional presentation – presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers / Initiative – self-starting projects, tasks, and communication, searching out answers / Empathy – being sensitive, responding to the feelings and behaviors of others / Cooperation – working effectively with other individuals / Organization – prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities, maintaining effective work space / Supervision – ability to give and receive constructive feed-back and to modify behavior accordingly / English language proficiency – ability to understand spoken and written English, express self clearly in English, and be easily understood when using the English language.
Physical Therapist Assistant Associate of Science Physical Therapy is a field of health care that uses the application of physical agents, therapeutic exercise, and activities in the treatment and restoration of human bodily function. The Physical Therapist Assistant program prepares students to provide direct patient care, using physical therapy treatments in a variety of departmental settings under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist. Graduates of the program are eligible to take the national licensure examination. Physical Therapist Assistant students can be accepted into the College in the fall, spring, or summer semesters; the Physical Therapist Assistant course sequencing begins only in the fall for the full-time course sequence (day classes) and January for the part-time course sequence (evening classes). The Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education accredits the Physical Therapist Assistant Associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College. Graduates are eligible to sit for the national board examination for the physical therapist assistant.
Graduate Outcomes • Understand, apply, and integrate the fundamental theories of patient treatment including the knowledge of indicators, contraindicators, and precautions of specific treatment procedures. • Use critical thinking and problem solving skills to select the most appropriate patient care activities in a safe and legal manner. • Analyze, assess, and re-assess the effect of physical therapy treatment as it relates to the patient’s plan of care. • Perform patient treatment within the scope of physical therapy practice. • Demonstrate and educate the patient, family, and healthcare team in physical therapy techniques which will maximize the patient’s functional independence. • Implement patient treatments, monitor and appropriately adapt to the patient’s condition during a treatment session, and accurately document the treatment results.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
65
• Use communication skills (both verbal and non-verbal) to develop effective interpersonal relationships with patient, family, and colleagues. • Recognize the values and beliefs of diverse patient populations and display empathic responses to the patient.
Physical Therapist Assistant Curriculum: Full-time Division SUMMER SESSION AHS 101 BIO 103 ENG 101 MTH 111
Basic Medical Terminology Human Anatomy & Physiology I English Composition I Quantitative Reasoning
Program Outcomes Students can review the outcomes results for the Physical Therapist Assistant Program at www.fsbpt.org or www.apta.org or at http://harcum.edu/PTA. The PTA Program at Harcum College is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE), 1111 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone 703-706-3245; email: accreditation@apta.org; website: http://www.capteonline.org. Although many of these courses may be transferred for college credit, the Physical Therapist Assistant program is not intended to prepare students to enter a masters-level or doctorate-level physical therapy program. Graduates are eligible to sit for the national board examination for the physical therapist assistant. Students can review the outcomes results for the PTA Program at www.fsbpt.org or www.apta.org or http://harcum.edu/PTA.
Physical Therapist Assistant Curriculum: Part-time (Evening) Division Required Prerequisite Courses 1 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 11 cr.
FIRST SEMESTER BIO 104 ENG 102 PSY 111 PTA 109 PTA 110 PTA 111
Human Anatomy & Physiology II English Composition II Introductory Psychology Functional Anatomy Introduction to Physical Therapy Foundation Principles of Physical Therapy
4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 17 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER DIV PTA 112 PTA 114 PTA 116 PTA 130
Diversity Elective Physical Therapy I/Electrophysiology Applied Kinesiology Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise Introduction to Rehabilitation
3 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr.
SUMMER SESSION HUM PTA 150
Humanities Elective Clinical Affiliation I
Selected Topics in Physical Therapy Pathophysiology Orthopedics Rehabilitation Applications
2 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 13 cr.
Clinical Seminar Clinical Affiliation II Clinical Affiliation III
Medical Terminology Anatomy and Physiology Anatomy and Physiology II English Composition I Quantitative Reasoning
1 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SPRING (January) Semester I PSY 111 PTA 109 PTA 110 PTA 111
Introductory Psychology Functional Anatomy Introduction to Physical Therapy Foundation Principles of Physical Therapy
3 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 10 cr.
SUMMER (May) Semester I PTA 112 PTA 116
ENG 102 PTA 114 PTA 130
Physical Therapy I/ Electrophysiology Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise
4 cr. 2 cr. 6 cr.
2 cr. 6 cr. 6 cr. 14 cr. Total Credits: 77 Credits
English Composition II Applied Kinesiology Introduction to Rehabilitation
3 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 10 cr.
WINTER Semester (approx. Jan. 2-30) PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I (full-time day) ***FULL-TIME DAY***
3 cr.
SPRING II DIV PTA 218
FOURTH SEMESTER PTA 240 PTA 250 PTA 251
AHS 101 BIO 103 BIO 104 ENG 101 MTH 111
FALL (August) Semester I 3 cr. 3 cr. 6 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER PTA 212 PTA 218 PTA 222 PTA 231
The following courses must be completed prior to initiating the Physical Therapist Assistant course sequence, and can be completed the prior summer.
Diversity Elective Pathophysiology
3 cr. 4 cr. 7 cr.
SUMMER II HUM PTA 222
Humanities Elective Advanced Orthopedics
3 cr. 3 cr. 6 cr.
FALL II PTA 212 PTA 231
Selected Topics in Physical Therapy Rehabilitation Applications
2 cr. 4 cr. 6 cr.
SPRING III PTA 240 PTA 250 PTA 251
Clinical Seminar Clinical Affiliation II *FULL-TIME DAY* Clinical Affiliation III *FULL-TIME DAY*
2 cr. 6 cr. 6 cr. 14 cr.
Total Credits: 77 Credits 66
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisites for Admission Acceptance into the Program is dependent upon the following: • Completion of Algebra I and II, Geometry, Biology (with lab) with earned grades of C or higher. • A minimum GPA of 2.5. • Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math. Minimum composite ACT: 19. A college cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of SAT scores. • All application documents must be submitted to the Admissions Office. The Admissions Committee will review only completed application files. • It is strongly recommended that applicants complete a minimum of 20 hours of volunteer or work experience in a physical therapy department. • It is recommended that the student meet with the program director of the Physical Therapist Assistant program prior to entering the program.
Program Requirements • A maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution. • No prior Physical Therapist Assistant courses will be accepted from another institution (exceptions are granted on a case-by-case basis per Physical Therapist Assistant program policy). • Prior to or during the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and FBI criminal history background check must be completed successfully (both should show a clear record). Clearances must be successfully completed in order to proceed to site visits and clinical affiliations. • Students may be unable to complete requirements for graduation and/or obtain a license to practice based on results of these background checks. • Accepted students must demonstrate math proficiency and complete the college placement examination in English and reading above the developmental level.
• Students without the prerequisites are required to complete preparatory coursework before admission to the program. This will increase the number of semesters required to complete the program. • Once accepted to the program, annually students are required to have a physical examination, chest x-ray, Quntiferon Gold blood test, hepatitis B vaccine, and proof of current CPR certification and proof of medical insurance. • There is an annual fee for obtaining the required clearances and tracking the medical and required documents for clinical education. Students are required to register in the program’s on-line tracking system, and are responsible for all associated fees. • PTA students are required to comply with the PTA dress code and professional behavior standards. • Physical Therapist Assistant students must maintain a minimum grade point average of 2.0 throughout the program. • Physical Therapist Assistant students must earn a grade of C or higher in MTH 113, AHS 101, BIO 103, BIO 104 and C or higher in all Physical Therapist Assistant courses to proceed in the Physical Therapist Assistant course sequence. • Students must demonstrate academic ability to earn a grade of C or higher in all Physical Therapist Assistant courses. • Failure (grade of C- or lower) of any two Physical Therapist Assistant courses will result in dismissal from the program. • Students must take all Physical Therapist Assistant courses in the sequence in which they are offered. Failure to do so will result in an increase in the number of semesters required to complete the program. • Class attendance is mandatory for all Physical Therapist Assistant lectures, labs, and clinical affiliations. • Physical Therapist Assistant Policies and Procedures (per Physical Therapist Assistant Policy and Procedure Manual and the PTA Program Clinical Education Manual) are binding.
Essential Functions for the Physical Therapist Assistant Student For students to be successful in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program, they must possess the ability to achieve competency level performance in all physical therapy procedures which include, but are not limited to, the following: Cognitive • Reason with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions. • Master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging, and projected images. • Interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form. • Problem solve and deal with unexpected situations. • Carry out written or oral, one, two, or three-step instructions. • Remember instructions and carry out tasks over time. • Generalize instructions from one situation to another. • Read and comprehend physical therapy evaluations, educational and medical charts, manuals and instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures. • Document entries into medical charts. • Prepare and write written educational reports using appropriate grammar, punctuation, and spelling. • Manage his/her time effectively and ability to maintain a work pace appropriate to a given caseload, including regular and punctual attendance at the clinical affiliation sites as well as all classes. • Recall coursework materials and integrate appropriately in problem solving scenarios. • Demonstrate an entry-level knowledge of clinical and didactic materials.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
67
• Effectively process information, prioritize and problem solve in an environment containing multiple distractions. • Understand spoken and written English and utilize the English language appropriately in written assignments and documents. Psychomotor • Functional vision, hearing, motor and tactile sensation which must be adequate to monitor and assess a patient’s health needs and to perform duties as noted in a PT plan of care. • Adequate ability to guard patients safely during ambulation activities on level surfaces and stair climbing when the patient is using a cane, walker, crutches, or other assistive devices. • Ability to transfer patients safely from bed to chair or mat and from table to chair using minimum, moderate, maximum, or dependent-lift techniques. • Ability to perform the full range of motion to a patient. • Ability to apply graded manual resistance to patients’ individual muscle groups for the purpose of determining the patient’s strength or applying exercise techniques for strengthening or stretching all muscle groups. • Ability to safely and competently apply modalities and electrical stimulation, including contra-indication/precaution review, using appropriate parameters and set-up techniques. These treatments include, but are not limited to: moist heat, cold packs, cryocuff, intermittent compression, paraffin, fluidotherapy, ultrasound, transcutaneous electrical stimulation, Russian stimulation, high volt galvanic stimulation, and neuromuscular stimulation. • Ability to apply ultrasound safely, which includes manipulating dials at the same time that the sound head is kept moving on the patient’s treatment site.
• Ability to communicate effectively with patients by explaining procedures to patients; obtaining consent from patients to proceed with treatment; receiving information from patients, their charts, other health care providers and/or their physician; introducing self while confirming patient’s identity and documenting clear, concise, and accurate notes in the patient’s chart.
• Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and to follow appropriate classroom, testing, and clinical protocols.
• Ability to set up treatment sessions using laboratory or clinic equipment within the time restraints of the treatment requirements to provide safe and effective treatments to the patient.
All Physical Therapist Assistant students will participate in clinical observations prior to the start of their affiliations. These observations will introduce the Physical Therapist Assistant students to the exploration of physical therapy practice and the integration of professional behaviors in various health care settings. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the facility (ies). Students participate in three clinical affiliations which are assigned by the Director of Clinical Education, as follows: PTA 150 for four weeks at the end of the junior year and PTA 250 and 251 for seven weeks, each at the end of the senior year. Grading for all clinical affiliations is on a pass/fail basis. Clinical affiliations PTA 250 and 251 must be completed within 18 months of completion of the didactic coursework. All Physical Therapist Assistant and general education courses must be completed prior to initiation of the terminal clinical affiliations. The clinical sites include: acute care hospitals, rehabilitation centers, nursing homes, sports medicine facilities, and other medical facilities. A clinical instructor from the clinical site’s physical therapy staff supervises all clinical affiliations. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites. The travel distance for the student for each clinical affiliation will be dependent on the location of each clinical site assigned. The Physical Therapist Assistant program does not guarantee any minimum or maximum travel distances. The clinical affiliations are full-time (40 hours per week) and follow the facilities’ business hours. The clinical affiliations are full-time, typically during the day, including those affiliations for the students completing the coursework in the part-time/evening division. Students must successfully complete each affiliation prior to continuation in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program.
• Ability to perform CPR. • Ability to apply standard precautions when indicated for patients with potential blood borne pathogens. • Ability to monitor vital signs and respond to emergencies. Affective • Ability to handle stresses of competency testing, lab practicals, and clinical affiliations. • Empathy – being sensitive and responding to the feelings and behaviors of others. • Ability to engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye-contact, and using appropriate body language. • Ability to cooperate and work effectively with other individuals. • Ability to initiate or self-start projects, tasks, and communication, searching out answers using appropriate resources.
• Ability to complete wound care techniques on open wounds.
• The organizational and time management skills necessary to coordinate class, study, and clinical responsibilities.
• Ability to perform cleaning procedures for sterile techniques with all size whirlpools.
• Ability to give and receive constructive feedback and to modify behavior accordingly.
• Good body mechanics in the process of all patient treatment techniques.
• Ability to present oneself in a manner (dress, body language, personal hygiene, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers.
68
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
• Ability to express self clearly in English, and be easily understood when using the English language.
Clinical Experiences
Radiologic Technology Associate of Science Radiologic Technologists, or radiographers, are an integral part of the health care team. Using knowledge of anatomy, physiology, positioning, and radiation technique to obtain high quality diagnostic images of the human body, radiographers employ the dexterity developed during training to complete examinations safely and quickly. Working with some of the most sophisticated, technologically advanced equipment presently available, radiographers enjoy the rewards of close patient contact. Radiologic technology is a personally rewarding, well-respected profession with great potential for growth through other related imagining modalities. The mission of the Radiologic Technology Program is founded on the mission of Harcum College in that the Radiologic Technology Program combines career preparation with a well-rounded core education. While student learning is a priority, the curriculum also fosters responsible citizenship by involvement in a local community service project. The Radiologic Technology Program provides the community with caring, compassionate, and skilled professionals. Upon graduation from Harcum College, the graduate will demonstrate entry level proficiency in imaging the human body to assure the correct diagnosis and proper treatment of each patient. Hospitals and imaging centers employ the majority of radiographers, but there are many other settings in which they work. Radiographers may also cross-train and work in highly specialized areas such as interventional radiology, computerized tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging. Radiographers may pursue advanced education and employment in management, education, research, or sales. The Harcum College Radiologic Technology Associate of Science Degree program is nationally accredited by the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology (JRCERT). Additional information can be found at: Joint Review Committee in Education in Radiologic Technology, 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 2850, Chicago, IL 60606-3182, 312-7045300, www.jrcert.org, or mail@jrcert.org.
Program Outcomes Upon completing the program graduates will be able to: • Demonstrate and employ the skills of clinical competence. Student will demonstrate proper positioning techniques to produce optimal diagnostic images. Student will manipulate technical factors to produce quality images. Student will demonstrate appropriate radiation safety principles. Student will provide competent patient care.
Radiologic Technology Curriculum SUMMER 2 AHS 102 RAD 101
Comprehensive Medical Terminology Introduction to Radiologic Sciences & Patient Care
6 cr.
FALL 1 *BIO 103 RAD 102 RAD 103 MTH 113 **RAD 104
Human Anatomy & Physiology I Radiographic Procedures I Radiographic Exposures I College Mathematics Clinical Education I
• Demonstrate effective communications skills
*BIO 104 RAD 105 RAD 106 SOC 115 **RAD 107
• Demonstrate effective critical thinking skills.
SUMMER 1 & 2
• Demonstrate Professionalism Student will demonstrate a professional demeanor with their diverse patient population. Student will adhere to uniform policies and act in a professional manner in the clinical setting. Students will answer patient questions professionally and respect their confidentiality.
4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2 cr. 16 cr.
SPRING 1
Student will practice effective verbal and writing skills for the professional field and continuing education. Students will continue to refine verbal and written skills to communicate with patients, co-workers, and the radiologist.
Student will adapt positioning of non-routine patients. Student will demonstrate problem solving ability. Student will design an alternate care plan for trauma patients.
3 cr. 3 cr.
Human Anatomy & Physiology II Radiographic Procedures II Radiographic Exposures II Diversity in Society Clinical Education II
ENG 101 English Composition I RAD 201 Radiographic Procedures III **RAD 108 Clinical Education III
4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2 cr. 16 cr.
3 cr. 2 cr. 3 cr. 8 cr.
FALL 2 RAD 205 RAD 202 ENG 102 RAD 203 **RAD 204
Radiographic Procedures IV Radiation Protection & Biology English Composition II Radiographic Pathology Clinical Education IV
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SPRING 2 RAD 208 HUM 202 PSY RAD 209 **RAD 207
Radiographic Procedures V Health care Law & Ethics Psychology Elective Registry Review Clinical Education V
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
Total Credits: 76 Credits * If applying for transfer credit, these two courses must be completed at the same college or university. ** Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical education site.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
69
Prerequisites for Admission
Program Requirements
• Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing and Math, or minimum composite ACT: 19.
• No prior Radiologic Technology courses will be accepted from another institution.
• A minimum 2.5 GPA for either high school or recent college experience.
All radiologic technologists, including student radiographers, must be able to meet certain standards, both physical and mental, in order to perform the duties and expectations of a general radiographer. Each student must have the following abilities:
• Additional essay required. • Job shadowing experience: It is highly recommended that all applicants shadow a Radiologic Technologist for 6-8 hours in a hospital or imaging center and submit the appropriate form for verification.
Essential Functions for Radiologic Technology Students
• Use keyboard for retrieving information from the computer. • Reach up to 6 feet off the floor with the assistance of step stool. • Work around, set up, and maintain a sterile field. • Walk up and down stairs without difficulty or delay. Cognitive
Physical
• Act quickly and make responsible decisions in emergency situations.
Application Deadline
• Walk upright, bend over easily, and be able to carry between 20 and 30 pounds. This is the approximate weight of 4 or 5 image receptors.
• Understand and apply clinical instructions given from Department personnel.
All application materials for the Radiologic Technology program are due to the Office of Admissions by February 15.
• Position patients for radiographic examinations.
• Complete tasks in a timely fashion consistent with department and clinical protocol.
• Maneuver all x-ray equipment, for example, raise the x-ray tube or lower it, and push and position the mobile units.
• Work cooperatively with other health care workers.
Additional Information • Prior to the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and criminal history background check must be completed. • There are some out of pocket expenses involved with the clinical component. These include but are not limited to: uniforms and shoes, x-ray markers and radiation monitoring badges, CPR training, transportation to and from the clinical site, and all medical clearances including a yearly flu shot. • Once accepted to the program, students are required to have a physical examination, PPD test, hepatitis B vaccine, proof of current CPR certification, and proof of medical insurance (See Health Center forms).
• Hear and distinguish various equipment and background sounds during equipment operations. • Visually and acutely monitor patients in dimmed lights, and be able to respond quickly to emergency situations. • Assist patients in and out of wheelchairs. • Push wheelchairs and stretchers with patients in them. • Assist patients while walking with them. • Move and/or lift patients from stretchers to radiographic table, and vice-versa. • Administer CPR after proper certification and instructions. • Read and apply instructions in treatments or examinations, write and record notes and patient histories properly. • Communicate in a clear and concise manner to patients, to people in other departments, as well as to family members of the patient.
70
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
• Follow directions from senior technologists / Clinical Instructors. • Act in an ethical manner consistent with the Code of Ethics developed by the ARRT. • Possess emotional well-being to complete, comply, and deliver services necessary for correct diagnosis and treatment of the patient.
Veterinary Nursing Associate of Science The terms veterinary technician and veterinary nurse are currently used interchangeably in the veterinary profession. This six-semester, associate’s degree program prepares students to enter a career as a veterinary nurse in private veterinary practice, zoo/wildlife medicine, biomedical research, pharmaceutical sales, teaching, humane societies, raising livestock, or anywhere that the health and welfare of animals is a concern. Students get their hands-on experience at the University of Pennsylvania School of Veterinary Medicine. Accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association, the program’s graduates are eligible to sit for the Veterinary Technician National Exam.
Program/Department Mission Statement The Harcum College Veterinary Nursing Program strives to promote lifelong learning and compassionate care by providing the highest level of veterinary nursing education. The Veterinary Nursing Program, in partnership with the University of Pennsylvania Veterinary Hospitals, offers opportunities for students to develop advanced technical abilities; to demonstrate the highest respect and concern for the welfare of patients; and to work as a member of the veterinary team in a professional and ethical manner, while promoting the profession of veterinary nursing , and the role of the licensed veterinary nurse, through community outreach and knowledgeable client education.
Program Outcomes • Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate effective verbal and written communication skills. • Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate safe and effective animal handling techniques. • Veterinary Nursing graduates will demonstrate competency in clinical skills enabling them to work effectively in a variety of veterinary settings. • Veterinary Nursing graduates will successfully demonstrate knowledge in all domains represented on the Veterinary Technician National Examination.
Veterinary Nursing Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER ENG 101 MTH 116 OR MTH 113 CHE 111 OR CHE 103 VET 102 VET 109
English Composition I Pre-Calculus Algebra College Mathematics General Chemistry Introduction to Chemistry Introduction to Veterinary Nursing Anatomy & Physiology of Domestic Animals I
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 17 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ENG 102 VET 110 VET 235 VET 227 DIV
English Composition II Anatomy & Physiology of Domestic Animals II Laboratory Animal Science Exotic Animal Nutrition and Management Diversity Elective
3 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr 3 cr. 17 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER SOC VET 117 VET 228 VET 225 VET 240
Social Science Elective Veterinary Clinical Pathology I Surgery & Radiology Principles of Medicine Veterinary Clinical Pathology II
3 cr. 4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 18 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER VET 116 VET 118 VET 245 HUM VET 250
Veterinary Clinical Pathology III Pharmacology & Anesthesia Advanced Nursing Skills Humanities Elective Veterinary Technology Senior Seminar
FIFTH SEMESTER Small Animal Practicum* VET 304 Oral/Written Report and Final Exam VET 305 Wards Rotation VET 306 Intensive Care Rotation VET 307 Surgery Rotation VET 308 Anesthesia Rotation VET 309 Specialty Medicine Rotation VET 315 Radiology Rotation VET 316 Emergency Rotation
1 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 1 cr. 2 cr. 2 cr. 1 cr. 2 cr. 13 cr.
SIXTH SEMESTER Large Animal Practicum* VET 314 Orientation, Final Exam and Case Study 1 cr. VET 320 Anesthesia Rotation 2 cr. VET 321 Operating Room Rotation 1 cr. VET 322 Critical Care Rotation 1 cr. VET 323 Patient Care Rotation 1 cr. VET 324 Overnight Nursing Rotation 1 cr. VET 325 Medicine/Nursing Surgery Rotation 1 cr. VET 326 Field Service Rotation 1 cr. VET 327 Clinical Laboratory & Pathology Rotation 1 cr. VET 328 Sports Medicine Rotation 1 cr. VET 329 Large Animal Elective 1 cr. 12 cr. Total Credits: 92 Credits
*Small Animal and Large Animal Practica Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete two twelve-week practica: 1) the Small Animal Practicum at the Matthew J. Ryan Veterinary Hospital, the University of Pennsylvania’s small-animal hospital in Philadelphia; and 2) the Large Animal Practicum at New Bolton Center, the University of Pennsylvania’s large-animal hospital in Kennett Square, PA. These practica involve approximately 40 hours per week including weekend and evening duty. The practica are undertaken after completion of all academic coursework. To attend practica, students must have a GPA of 2.0 or higher in Veterinary Nursing courses as well as an overall GPA of 2.0 or higher. Public transportation to New Bolton Center is not available. Therefore, students are required to room at New Bolton or provide their own transportation to attend practicum.
4 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 1 cr. 15 cr. C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
71
Policy pertaining to Success on Penn-Vet Practicum: • All students must complete both the large and the small animal practicum at PennVet. • Students must receive a grade of C or better in all rotations. • Any student receiving a grade less than C in any one rotation must re-register and retake that rotation. • If a student receives a grade less than C in a second rotation, the student will be academically dismissed from the program. • PennVet reserves the right to terminate the practicum for any student who does not meet requirements as specified in the Veterinary Nursing Essential Functions.
Admission Requirements Acceptance into the Veterinary Nursing Associate of Science Degree program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: • Completion of Algebra I and II, biology and chemistry, with earned grades of “C” or higher. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses. • Minimum SAT or ACT score: (Old) 900 Critical Reading and Math or (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite ACT: 19.
Personal essay Letter of Recommendation Harcum Placement Tests: candidates may be required to take the Harcum Placement Tests in English, math, and/or reading. The Admissions Office will notify the candidates who need to take the placement exam(s).
Program Requirements Academic regulations applying to all students at Harcum College are published in the Harcum College Catalog and Student Life regulations appear in the Student Handbook. Academic programs are allowed to have rules that are more stringent than College rules, and when that occurs, the stricter rule takes precedence. Listed below are rules particular to the Veterinary Nursing Program. • To pass a 4 credit class with a lab, you must pass the lab as well as the lecture. • You must earn a grade of C (73) or better in ALL of your classes, including general education classes. The C or better rule also applies to practicum rotations. • If you do not earn a grade of C or better in any class, you will have to take the class over. • Students are allowed only two attempts to pass a Veterinary Nursing class. Failure to earn a grade of C or better with the second attempt will result in dismissal from the program. • Students are allowed to repeat a maximum of two Veterinary Nursing classes during their time in the program. • Needing to retake a third Veterinary Nursing class will result in dismissal from the program. • Veterinary Nursing students are allowed to register for two 18-credit semesters. • Before starting practicum all students must have documented 60 hours of practical experience in a veterinary setting.
Essential Functions for Veterinary Nursing Students Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable. The following is a list of the technical abilities and skills applicants for admission into Veterinary Nursing Program courses must possess: • Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination, including adequate hand strength, and the ability to safely use a syringe. • Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices. • Mobility and Physical Strength: ability to maneuver in patient care settings and the laboratory, ability to lift 30 pounds, and the ability to stand for extended periods of time. • Cognitive and Social: ability to make ethical and rational decisions, maintain emotional and psychological stability in stressful situations, ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time, to engage in face-to-face verbal conversation, make eye contact and use appropriate body language, work cooperatively with others and accept constructive criticism from supervisors, and to modify behavior accordingly. • Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow, and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy and distinguish objects through a microscope. • Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i.e., phone receivers, hearing aid, etc.) including successful use of a stethoscope • Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English. • Writing: ability to communicate effectively in the written form in English. • Reading: ability to read, understand, and follow directions printed in English. Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable.
72
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
73
Center for Art and Design at Harcum
74
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Art & Design Associate of Science
The Art & Design Program prepares students for careers in the visual arts through fostering and cultivating creative expression, problem solving, and critical thinking and communication skills. The curriculum is studio centered and focuses on engaged teaching and learning in a supportive college environment. Studio courses provide exposure to a wide-variety of materials and techniques, while teaching fundamental principles of design, sculpture, drawing and digital practices. Students will discover and develop new ways of thinking and seeing the world- expressive and intellectual. Courses outside of the studio are designed to ensure students’ understanding of the history of the arts, the relationship between art and social and global issues, and the impact art and design may have on those issues. With access to the Philadelphia area’s creative communities, galleries, museums and flourishing businesses, students will gain insight and take part in exciting collaborations, develop their skills, and learn from art and design leaders. Throughout the program, students will learn to document and organize their creative work into a proficient portfolio, which will provide a platform to enter a professional position, and prepare graduates, who wish to continue their education, with the documentation required for admission. Art and Design graduates will be prepared to follow their interests whether that be an individual artistic practice, continued education, or entry-level work in design.
Digital Design
Program Outcomes • Graduates will design creative solutions to artistic and theoretical problems. • Graduates will explore and discover the unexpected in art. • Graduates will demonstrate best practices regarding presentation and photographic documentation of their art and design work. • Graduates will demonstrate their ability to interpret, discuss and interact with their own and others’ art & design work through presentation and critique. • Graduates will develop a sense of artistic responsibility through an awareness of the social, cultural and environmental impact artists and designers have on the world.
Art & Design Curriculum First Semester AD 101 AD 103 AD 105 AD 107 ENG 101
2D Form & Design: Value Sculptural Practices: Additive Drawing as Dialogue The Digital Image English Composition I
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
Second Semester AD 102 AD 104 AD 106 AD 108 ENG 102
2D Form & Design: Color Sculptural Practices: Subtractive Drawing: Abstraction, the Art of Observation The Contemporary & The Modern English Composition I
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr.
The Digital Design Program prepares students for a freelance or entry-level career in the design field. Learning from professionals in the field, students develop techniques and procedures required to produce a concept and render a visual image using professional design software. Students are prepared to meet the demand of working with deadlines, clients, art directors, and budgets.
Program Outcomes • Develop the skills necessary to effectively use the basic tools of design, illustration, and production. • Demonstrate creative problem solving through projects that require realistic solutions. • Acquire a working knowledge of digital design, layout, illustration, typography, and computer graphics. • Be prepared for the employment demand of working with deadlines, clients, art directors, and budgets. • Create a professional portfolio and online digital portfolio. Many types of organizations hire designers as full-time or part-time employees. Many designers prefer freelance practices, building their businesses over time. Most digital designers spend the vast majority of their time working on computers. Many younger designers break into the industry by employing these skills.
3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr
Third Semester AD 210 AD 211 MTH 113 AD Elec DIV
Studio Lab Practitioners, Galleries & Museums College Math Art & Design Elective Diversity Elective
4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr.
Fourth Semester AD 220 AD Elec AD Elec SOC SCI
Portfolio: Capstone Experience Art & Design Elective Art & Design Elective Social Science Elective Science Elective
4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr.
Total Credits 62 cr.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
75
Digital Design Curriculum
Fashion Design
Fashion Design Curriculum
First Semester ART110 ENG101 DDN151 DDN152 DDN154 IDS103
Basic Drawing English Composition I Digital Imaging Production Layout and Design Typography College Orientation and Research Skills
Associate of Science
FIRST SEMESTER
3 3 3 3 3 3 18
The mission of the Fashion Design Program is to prepare students with the necessary education and skills to gain successful employment in the fashion industry and/or to transfer into a four year program. Students will learn computer, drawing, and apparel construction skills and will engage in community service through service learning projects.
ART 110 ART 116 ENG 101 FSH 104
3 3 3 3 3 3 18
Program Outcomes
SECOND SEMESTER
Second Semester ENG102 DDN161 DDN163 DDN165 DDN171 DDN176
English Composition II Color Theory Computer Illustration Graphic Design The History of Art and Graphic Design Interactive Graphics
Third Semester DDN252 DDN258 DDN262 DDN268 MTH115 SOC
Introduction to Web Design Illustration Studio Design Studio I Creative Advertising Financial and Business Math Social Science Elective
3 3 3 3 3 3 18
Fourth Semester DDN281 DDN282 DDN284 DDN286 SCI DIV
Computer Graphics Corporate Identity Design Studio II Portfolio Studio Science Elective Diversity Elective
3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Total Credits 72
• Apply design thinking to develop, design, construct and create a high quality original apparel collection • Employ flat pattern and draping techniques in creating garments. • Analyze and evaluate a variety of textiles to select the most appropriate for design applications • Evaluate and support design decisions in the context of current and historic fashion movements, designers and influencers. • Practice professional behavior and utilize appropriate industry terminology in oral, written, and visual communication. • Create concept boards, design boards, and technical drawings using handillustrated and digital techniques. • Prepare for a career in the fashion industry by creating both physical and digital portfolios and articulating process and inspiration. • Employ Computer Aided Design to model product construction in technical packs.
76
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
FSH 106 IDS 103
SCI FSH 105 ART 118 RET 211 ENG 102 FSH 204
Basic Drawing Design I: Two Dimensional English Composition I Introduction to Fashion Design and Merchandising Apparel Construction Skills College Orientation and Research Skills
Science Elective Photoshop for Fashion Design II: Three Dimensional Textiles English Composition II Advanced Construction
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
3/4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18/19 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER FSH 102 FSH 201 MTH 111 SOC BUS 122 RET 105
Flat Pattern Design Illustrator, Flats & Technical Drawing Quantitative Reasoning Social Science Elective Professional Communications Retail Consumers
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER RET 115 FSH 107 FSH 202 FSH 205 DIV RET 106
History of Fashion Draping Portfolio & Presentation Fashion Workshop Diversity Elective Visual Merchandising
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
Total Credits: 72/73 Credits Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
Fashion Merchandising Associate of Science Fashion Merchandising is an exciting and ever-evolving field that plays a central role in the fashion industry. It’s not just about design. Someone needs to manufacture, distribute, sell, and buy the clothes! That person has experience in fashion merchandising. Fashion Merchandisers combine creativity and a love of fashion with an understanding of business and marketing practices. The unique program at Harcum College offers three tracks: Retail Buying, Visual Merchandising and Fashion Marketing that lead to a careers as a fashion business professional.
Potential Careers for Fashion Merchandisers include: Digital Marketer Retail Buyer Wholesale Account Manager Merchandise Planner Visual Merchandiser Retail Manager Event Promoter Stylist
Program Outcomes • Evaluate the impact of fashion trends, cycles, and target markets to create effective marketing strategies in both conventional and digital formats. • Utilize professional terminology in oral, written, and visual communication. • Demonstrate proficiency with industry technology including, but not limited to, spreadsheets, word processing, and Adobe Suite. • Use drawing and computer-aided design to create concept, design, and trend boards (Photoshop and Illustrator). • Identify, differentiate, and evaluate a variety of textiles for buying, costing, and selling apparel products. • Use elements and principles of design and color for effective styling and creation of visual merchandising. • Prepare for a career in the fashion industry and create both physical and digital portfolios of their work. • Evaluate and support their creative work in the context of current and historic fashion movements, designers, and influencers.
Fashion Merchandising Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER FSH 104 ELE RET 105 BUS 110 ENG 101 BUS 122 IDS 103
Introduction to Fashion Design and Merchandising Elective Retail Consumers OR Introduction to Business English Composition I Professional Communications College Orientation & Research Skills
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER FSH 105 ELE RET 106 ENG 102 BUS 221
Photoshop for Fashion Elective Visual Merchandising English Composition II Principles of Marketing
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER FSH 202 ELE SCI MTH 115 DIV
Portfolio and Presentation Elective Science Elective Business and Financial Mathematics Diversity Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER SOC FSH/RET RET 115 RET 211 ELE INT 201
Social Science Elective Fashion or Retail Elective Fashion History Textiles Elective OR Academic Internship
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 15/16 cr.
Total Credits: 63/64 Credits Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
77
Interior Design Associate of Science Interior Designers are highly imaginative, artistic, and resourceful. Combining their creative talents with critical thinking and technical skills enables designers to develop design solutions that are safe, functional, attractive, and socially and environmentally responsible. At Harcum College, Interior Design is a humanistic discipline: the art of conceiving, planning, and creating interior spaces that are made to serve people in answer to their individual and collective needs and desires. We focus on encouraging students to become thoughtful, innovative, and responsible designers. Through the studio experience, students learn by doing. Critical thinking, creative exploration, and the development of technical skills enable students to become Interior Design professionals. They learn to balance theory and practice, form and function, all while expressing their own personal style. Students will learn CAD, Sketch-UP, Photoshop, and other regularly updated computer programs to meet the current needs of the industry. Practicum and co-ops are available for students to receive hands-on experience in the field.
Program Outcomes • Graduates will apply knowledge of design principles to develop creative solutions to interior design problems. • Graduates will demonstrate oral, written, and graphic communication skills and techniques needed for success in the interior design field. • Graduates will create effective design solutions through the selection of appropriate materials, finishes, and furniture. • Graduates will solve interior design problems with applicable codes and industry standards. • Graduates will demonstrate the attitudes and values of professional responsibility, accountability, and effectiveness with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others and the environment. Program Schedules Individuals seeking a career change (with or without a prior degree) find this program especially attractive. The Interior Design program is designed for full-time or part-time students. Flexible schedules accommodate working professionals. Graduates meet academic eligibility standards for professional licensing examinations (NCIDQ). Please call 610-526-6095 to set up an individual meeting to review your college transcript(s) to determine what may be eligible to transfer. By transferring general education credits, students may be exempt from re-taking core requirement courses. Students may begin the Interior Design program in the fall, spring, or summer.
DES 101 DES 107 DES 103 DES 150 ENG 101
Interior Design I Technical Drawing History of Furniture Drawing for Interiors English Composition I *
4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 17 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER DES 102 DES 104 DES 108 DES 151 ENG 102
Interior Design II Interior Perspective Materials Introduction to 3D Modeling English Composition II *
4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 17 cr.
SUMMER DES 250 DES ELE
CAD Design Elective
4 cr. 3 cr. 7 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER DES 201 DES 270 DES 260 MTH 113 ELE
Interior Design III Advanced Technical Drawing Business Practices College Mathematics Diversity Elective
4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 17 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER DES 202 DES 208 DES 206 SCI SOC
Interior Design IV Portfolio Preparation Building Systems Science Elective Social Science Elective
4 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3/4 cr. 3 cr. 17/18 cr.
Total Credits: 75 credits *Courses offered as seated or online.
Design Electives
• Sustainable Design • Facilities and Planning
Prerequisites for Admission:
• Hospitality and Retail Design
Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
• Commercial Design, Government Design • Residential Design, Home Staging • Kitchen and Bath Design
• Manufacturer's Rep, Home Furnishing Sales and Design
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
FIRST SEMESTER
DES 212 Lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces DES 230 Practicum I DES 231 Practicum II DES 306 Kitchen & Bath Fundamentals DES 308 Sustainable Design DES 251 CAD II DES 111 Feng Shui DES 312 Decorative Arts Please note for NICIDQ eligibility a work component beyond 60 Interior Design credits is required.
As a graduate you may choose to enter the profession as designers specializing in areas which include:
78
Full-time Course Sequence
Photography
• Fine art: Photographs with artistic talent and creativity sold as fine artwork
The Photography Program prepares students for entry-level opportunities in the fastpaced world of professional photography. Learning from professionals in the field, students learn to communicate visually an idea through a photograph. The program provides opportunities, not only for a high level of technical training and skills needed to do quality photography, but also to help the student become a successful freelancer, business person, or a highly valued employee.
Many types of organizations hire photographers as full-time or part-time employees as well as freelancers. More than half of all photographers are self-employed photographers, who build their businesses over time. Many young photographers break into the industry using their workflow skills in digital asset management, archiving, editing, and retouching.
Program Outcomes
Photography Curriculum
• Demonstrate mastery of the functions of the DSLR camera and the use of various formats, including videography.
First Semester
• Develop strong foundational skills in composition, lighting, and posing.
ENG101 PHT141 PHT143 PHT145 PHT148 IDS103
• Demonstrate the ability to communicate through visual imagery.
Second Semester
• Utilize professional practices and develop problem solving skills. • Develop the ability to work creatively on assignments and produce the finished product in a professional and timely manner. • Create a professional portfolio and web presence.
Career Opportunities Photographers find career options in such fields as: • Portraiture: Formal portraits including school and senior portraits, environmental portraits, fashion, and pet portraits; photographs taken on location such as weddings and religious ceremonies • Commercial and industrial: Photographs of objects such as models, merchandise, buildings, and landscapes, to be used in media such as advertisements, catalogs ecommerce, and websites • Visual journalism/ storytelling: Photographs, video and multimedia capture of newsworthy people and places as well as sporting, political, and community events for news media or the internet
ENG102 PHT162 PHT164 PHT168 SOC
• Graduated high school or have earned a GED Application Requirements • Completed Application • Official high school transcript(s) • Office college transcripts (if applicable) • TOEFL scores (TOEFL scores are required for students for whom English is a second language)
Recommended but not required
English Composition I Fundamentals of Photography Basic Lighting Theory of Composition/ History of Photography Digital Photographic Imaging College Orientation and Research Skills
• Develop technical skills in digital asset management, editing, cataloging, color management, and archiving.
Admissions Requirements
English Composition II Theory of Light/Portraiture New Media/Visual Journalism Introduction to Color Photography Social Science Elective
3 3 3 3 3 3 18
• Work samples (5-15 completed pieces in electronic format) • Written Essay • Letter(s) of Recommendation
3 3 3 3 3 15
Third Semester MTH115 PHT251 PHT253 PHT256 PHT261 HUM
Financial and Business Math Fashion Photography Portrait Essentials Commercial Photography Advanced Photoshop Art/Humanities Elective
3 3 3 3 3 3 18
Fourth Semester SCI DIV PHT280 PHT292 PHT291
PHT283 PHT286 PHT284 PHT288
Science Elective Diversity Elective Video Production/Multimedia Portfolio Preparation Professional Development Photography Elective Students choose one of the following electives: Advanced Portraiture Techniques Advanced Commercial Photography Advanced Visual Journalism Fine Art Photography - Traditional Process
3 3 3 3 3 3
18 Total Credits 69
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
79
Center for Business
Accounting Associate of Science
The Accounting program provides comprehensive instruction in maintaining financial records and preparing and analyzing financial reports. Earning an accounting associate degree prepares you for a profession where your skills will be respected in any industry. Accounting career paths include accountant, payroll, auditing clerk, and bookkeeper in private industry or a governmental agency. Additional experience and education can lead to becoming a Certified Public Accountant "CPA". The coursework is designed around understanding and practicing accounting as a manager/owner and professional. Courses include accounting, managerial accounting, cost accounting, and advanced accounting classes.
Program Outcomes • Record and validate accounting transactions to determine appropriate valuation for reporting purposes, performing each step in the accounting cycle in a timely manner. • Analyze financial statements evaluating the profitability, liquidity, and solvency of the business or agency organization and suggest future course(s) of action. • Collect, structure, and report accounting information for managerial planning and decision-making. • Apply critical thinking to accounting transactions requiring a sound legal basis as they apply to business. • Use basic capital budgeting techniques to evaluate economic proposals. • Demonstrate efficient utilization of accounting software.
Business Management
Accounting Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER ENG 101 BUS 110 MTH 115 BUS 109 IDS 103
Composition I Introduction to Business Financial and Business Mathematics Principles of Management College Orientation and Research Skills
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ENG 102 BUS 222/3 BUS 213 BUS 122 BUS 227
Composition II Macroeconomics or Microeconomics Financial Accounting Professional and Business Communication Principles of Business Law
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
Program Outcomes
THIRD SEMESTER BUS 214 CIS 203 ACC 210 SCI HUM
Managerial Accounting Computerized Accounting Systems Intermediate Accounting I Science Elective Humanities Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER BUS 260 ACC 230 SOC ACC 220 ELEC DIV
Introduction to Business Finance Cost Accounting Social Science Elective Intermediate Accounting II Elective Diversity Elective
The Business Management program provides a strong foundation of the basic principles of general business and prepares students to develop the skills needed for entry-level management positions or transfer to a four-year institution. The program includes computer systems, marketing, management, accounting, business law, finance, and economics. Students who choose this degree program will learn specific technical skills and will experience the "real world" of business through internships that prepare them for successful professional careers or attend a four-year university.
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2/3 cr.* 3 cr. 17-18 cr.
Total Credits: 62 – 63 Credits *can be taken earlier in semesters depending on prerequisites Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
• Apply contemporary management theory and practices in the key functional departments within an organization (marketing principles, strategy development, operations, and management). • Utilize basic accounting theory and practices and apply to the development and interpretation of financial statements. • Evaluate marketing challenges and formulate practical solutions. • Demonstrate the necessary business skills to communicate and lead effectively.
Marketing
Business Management Curriculum
Associate of Science
FIRST SEMESTER ENG 101 BUS 110 MTH 115 CIS 101 IDS 103
Composition I Introduction to Business Financial & Business Mathematics Introduction to Microcomputers College Orientation & Research Skills
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ENG 102 BUS 109 BUS 122 SCI BUS 222/3
Composition II 3 cr. Principles of Management 3 cr. Professional & Business Communication 3 cr. Science Elective 3/4 cr. Macroeconomics or Microeconomics 3 cr. 15 or 16 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER BUS 213 BUS 227 BUS 221 BUS/CIS HUM
Financial Accounting Principles of Business Law Principles of Marketing Elective Humanities Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER BUS 270 BUS 260 BUS/CIS ELEC SOC DIV
Operations Management Introduction to Business Finance Elective Elective Social Science Elective Diversity Elective
Marketing is the process of creating, communicating, and delivering products or services. Students in the Marketing degree program will develop an understanding of marketing, advertising, and consumer behavior with an emphasis on digital and social media marketing practices. Graduates of the Marketing program will attain an Associate degree in Marketing and a Certificate in Digital and Social Media Marketing. As a student, you will take both quantitative and qualitative coursework and learn how to analyze potential markets, segment customers, write marketing plans, develop budgets, analyze data, and create portfolios. Through Digital and Social Media Marketing courses, students will analyze popular online application platforms (Buzzfeed, Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, etc.) and incorporate them in the development of a marketing plan along with digital and social media marketing concepts such as Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search Engine Marketing (SEM).
• Create a marketing plan that incorporates both traditional marketing and social media marketing strategies • Develop and evaluate traditional, digital, and social media marketing metrics to determine effectiveness of an organization’s campaign goals (e.g. Search Engine Optimization (SEO), Search Engine Marketing (SEM), Price per Click (PPC), costs of customer acquisition, and pull-through, split- testing, etc. • Create and evaluate a business website from a marketing plan that synthesizes digital theories, business theories and proven website practices.
Full-time Course Sequence FIRST SEMESTER ENG 101 BUS 110 MTH 111 MTH 115 SMM101
Program Learning Outcomes IDS 103
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2/3 cr.* 3 cr. 3 cr. 17/18 cr.
• Distinguish between and analyze current and emerging social media marketing platforms used to target and attract customers. Platforms studied include, but are not limited to Buzzfeed, Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, LinkedIn, Twitter, YouTube, paid advertising, and business websites.
Total Credits: 62 - 64 Credits * can be taken earlier in semesters depending on prerequisites Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
• Apply knowledge of major business functions to create a comprehensive marketing plan. • Synthesize traditional forms of marketing, advertising, and consumer behavior to create and evaluate digital and social media campaigns.
English Composition I Introduction to Business Quantitative Reasoning or Business & Financial Mathematics Introduction to Digital & Social Media Marketing College Orientation & Research
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ENG 102 SMM 210 BUS 221 BUS 122 SOC
English Comp II 3 cr. Digital & Social Media Strategy 3 cr. and Management Principles of Marketing 3 cr. Professional & Business Communication 3 cr. Social Science Elective 3 cr. 15 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER BUS 242 ELEC SMM 220 BUS Elec HUM BUS Elec
Advertising Elective Consumer Behavior Business Elective Humanities Elective Business Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER LDR 102 SCI SMM 230 ELEC DIV
Negotiations, Building Relationships, Resolving Conflicts Science Elective Web Design Applications Elective Diversity Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
Total Credits: 63 credits
82
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Sports Management Associate of Science The Sports Management program provides students with the opportunity to pursue careers at all levels of sports management, from local recreational facilities to professional organizations. This degree leads to possible employment in three sports industry segments: Spectator, Participant, and Consumer. Students will be prepared to enter the workforce in entry-level positions and/or continue their education at four-year institutions. The coursework is designed to give the student a broad-based understanding of management, finance, accounting, marketing, communications, and the legal aspects of business. Specific coursework in Sports Management will provide students with knowledge of the role of sports in society and the role of management in sports and facilities management. The curriculum is also designed to give students the foundation needed to prepare for the national certification exam administered by the Sports Management Institute.
Program Outcomes • Apply contemporary management theory and practices in the key functional departments within a sports management organization (marketing principles, strategy development, operations, and management). • Compare and contrast introductory economic and financial concepts to understanding business, sports, and society.
Sports Management Curriculum Full-time Course Sequence FIRST SEMESTER ENG 101 BUS 110 MTH 115 SPM 101 BUS 109 IDS 103
English Composition I Introduction to Business Financial & Business Mathematics Sports in Society Principles of Management College Orientation & Research Skills
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 18 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ENG 102 SPM 102 CIS 101 SCI BUS 223
English Composition II Principles of Sports Management Introduction to Microcomputers Science Elective Microeconomics
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3/4 cr. 3 cr. 15/16 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER BUS 122 BUS 221 BUS 230 BUS 213 SPM 103
Professional & Business Communication 3 cr. Principles of Marketing 3 cr. Human Resource Management 3 cr. Financial Accounting 3 cr. Facilities Management 3 cr. 15 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER BUS 227 BUS 260 HUM SOC DIV
Principles of Business Law Introduction to Business Finance Humanities Elective Social Science Elective Diversity Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
Total Credits: 63/64
• Evaluate marketing challenges and formulate practical solutions to attract athletes and spectators to participate in sport events. • Demonstrate the necessary business skills to communicate and lead effectively.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
83
Center for Social Sciences
Criminal Justice Associate of Science Crimimal Justice The Criminal Justice Program’s mission is to provide students desiring careers in law enforcement, security (including homeland security), corrections, parole, probation, forensic analysis, and related careers with the knowledge and skills needed to succeed in those fields or to transfer to four year institutions. The Program offers an excellent foundation in theory and skills in criminal justice. Major courses, combined with general education requirements, serve to develop the critical thinking and professionalism skills demanded by today’s challenging careers in criminal justice.
Program Outcomes • Graduates will be able to explain major criminal justice concepts including crimes and defenses, criminal procedure, the functions of criminal justice agencies, theories of policing, and the interplay of societal issues with the criminal justice system. • Graduates will be able to distinguish criminal law issues from those of civil law and identify the appropriate jurisdiction, court processes, constitutional protections, and typical processes for each. • Graduates will be able to analyze criminal justice scenarios to determine ethical, legal, constitutional, and sociological issues and report orally and in writing. • Graduates will demonstrate professional and ethical behavior as required in the field of criminal justice and demonstrate an understanding of the issues of ethics in criminal justice
FIRST SEMESTER CJ 101 ENG 101 MTH 113 HUM SOC
Intro to Criminal Justice English Composition I College Mathematics Humanities Elective Social Science Elective
Prerequisites for Admission: 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER LS 101 ENG 102 CJ 185 DIV SCI
Introduction to Legal Studies English Composition II Policing & Police Practices Diversity Elective Science Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 or 4 cr. 15 or 16 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER CJ 200 CJ 215 CJ 230 ELE LS 202
The American Court System Juvenile Delinquency & Justice Punishment & Corrections General Elective Torts
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER CJ 275 CJ ELE CJ CJ ELE
Criminal Law & Procedure Criminal Justice Elective General Elective Criminal Justice Elective Criminal Justice Elective General Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 2/3cr.* 17-18 cr.
Total Credits: 63 - 64 Credits *can be taken in earlier semesters depending on prerequisites Students must complete 30 credit hours at Harcum. ELE General Elective is an open elective. Any 3-credit college-level course may be taken to fulfill the open elective requirement.
Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
Criminal Justice Electives CJ 195 Domestic Violence & the Justice System CJ 205 Organized Crime CJ 210 Police/Community Relations CJ 235 White Collar Crime CJ 240 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice CJ 285 Criminal Justice Internship CJ 250 Criminal Evidence CJ 255 Principles of Investigation
Early Childhood Education Associate of Arts The Early Childhood Education Program is designed to prepare students for one of two optional career paths: • Through courses in early childhood development, program planning, and a variety of supervised practicum experiences with young children, students will be prepared to enter the field of childcare as assistant teachers or assistant group supervisors. After two years’ experience in the field, graduates with an associate degree may advance professionally to hold positions as lead teachers or group supervisors. Graduates of the program work in infant/toddler programs, preschool settings, and other childcare venues. • Students who wish to become certified teachers in Early Childhood Education (Pre-K through 4th grade), Elementary/Middle Grades (Grades 4th – 8th) and/or Special Education are provided with the opportunity to acquire foundation skills in education, as well as to fulfill their core course requirements before transferring to a four-year education program.
All professional coursework begins in the Fall semester. Students may enroll in other semesters to complete core and preparatory coursework. Supervised field experiences are an integral part of the Early Childhood Education curriculum. A Harcum-based childcare center for infants, toddlers, and preschoolers provides the opportunity for close coordination between academic and practical learning. In the first three semesters, students make regular site visits as part of their ongoing coursework. In the final semester, students take on more direct responsibilities and, through extensive supervised practical work at the site, develop entry-level skills in early childhood education. Child Development Associate (CDA) Option: A CDA qualifies a student to work in Head Start, Keystone Starts, and NAEYC accredited child care centers. Students who have recently completed a CDA (not older than 3 years) may transfer in six credits that will be reviewed with the student and approved by the Early Childhood Education program director. For more information, contact the Early Childhood Education office at 610-5266035.
Program Outcomes • Graduates will examine and analyze theories, trends, and issues affecting child development. • Graduates will identify the importance of family and community building. • Graduates will observe and assess young children and accommodate for the needs of diverse learners. • Graduates will demonstrate leadership and professionalism. • Graduates will plan developmentally appropriate lessons that consider
Early Childhood Education Curriculum Prior to placement in College level math and English courses, students are required to complete a placement test to determine if the student is adequately prepared or if the student will be required to take college preparation courses. College preparation courses qualify for financial aid but do not count towards degree completion.
FIRST SEMESTER EDU 112 PSY 154 ART 120 ENG 101 EDU 120
Early Childhood Education Child Development Integrated Arts in Education English Composition I Classroom Management
4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr.
Prior to enrolling in 200-level coursework in Early Childhood Education, all developmental course work in reading and English must be completed, and students must meet professional development requirements. A student placing at developmental level courses may need to consider a 2 and a half to 3-year track to allow completion of preparatory course work.
SECOND SEMESTER EDU 122 Introduction to Special Education EDU 220 Early Literacy EDU 202 Program Planning: Infant/Toddler ENG 102 English Composition II HUM Humanities Elective (ENG 103 Public Speaking preferred for ECE majors)
3 cr. 3 cr. 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 16 cr.
THIRD SEMESTER EDU 206 EDU 209 EDU 212 PSY 213 MTH 115
Science Methods PreK-4th Math Methods PreK-4th Social Studies Methods PreK-4th Educational Psychology Business Mathematics
student differences.
FOURTH SEMESTER
• Graduates will display effective skills in written and verbal communication.
PSY 113 EDU 228 ELE BIO or GSC
The Inclusive Classroom PreK Methods & Field Experience General Elective Science Elective (based on lab)
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
3 cr. 6 cr. 3 cr. 3 or 4 cr. 15 or 16 cr.
Total Credits: 62 - 63 (based on science lab) *All program specific courses required in the Early Childhood Education curriculum must be completed with a grade of C or higher.
86
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisites for Admission Acceptance into the Early Childhood Education program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: • Graduated high school or have earned a GED. • Priority application deadline date is May 1. Before beginning professional coursework, accepted students must show proof of the following: • Child abuse clearance • Criminal record check • Physical examination • Immunization (Mantoux/PPD TB test, MMR booster) • Hepatitis B series immunization *Please note that observation sites require the legal and medical clearances listed above. Results of the background checks may affect the ability to complete the degree in Early Childhood Education and obtain a position in the field.
Essential Functions for Early Childhood Education Students Essential Functions are defined as the skills a candidate must bring into the program in order to be successful as a student in the Early Childhood Education program and, after graduation, an Early Childhood Education professional.
Physical • Motor skills: standing (with good balance); walking; sitting; lifting/carrying 50 lbs.; pushing/pulling 100 lbs.; bending. Crouching; kneeling, crawling; floor sitting; grasping: firm/strong; grasping: light; reaching forward; reaching overhead; eye-hand coordination; comfort with dance and movement. • Sensory/Perceptual: vision acuity: near; vision acuity: far; vision: depth perception, full field of vision; hearing: hearing normal conversation; comfort with background music; toleration of noise; tactile perception: comfort with tactile contact. • Environmental: Indoor work; outdoor work; exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces; wearing of protective clothing (mask, latex gloves); handling of bodily fluids and solids; exposure to smells of bodily fluids and solids; handling of cleaning fluids/wipes; handling of electrical appliances or tools. Cognitive • Reasoning: recognize abstract and concrete variables; define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions; interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form. • Problem-solving: deal with unexpected situations; carry out written or oral multiple-step instructions; remember instructions and carry out tasks over time; generalize instructions from one situation to another. • Mathematics: add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers and fractions; calculate time; make simple measurements. • Reading: comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts; read aloud to groups in an engaging manner.
• Clerical reading: perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy. • Writing: prepare reports using prescribed format; make entries into medical and educational charts; conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar and style. • Work pace: maintain a work pace appropriate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site. Social-Emotional • Social skills: engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye contact and using appropriate body language; relate appropriately to a range of individuals of a variety of ages and backgrounds (children, colleagues, parents, agency representatives). • Dependability (effective time management, follow through on commitments and responsibilities). • Professional presentation: presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers; initiative – self-starting projects, tasks and communications; searching out answers using appropriate resources. • Cooperation: working effectively with other individuals. • Organization: prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities; maintaining effective workspace. • Supervision: give and receive constructive feedback and modify behavior accordingly. The ability to perform all of the above-listed Essential Functions – with or without accommodations – is essential for successful completion of the Early Childhood Education Program. Under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), students with disclosed and documented special needs are entitled to reasonable accommodations related to their disability to help them achieve Essential Functions.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
87
General Studies
Human Services
The General Studies Associate of Arts Degree program is designed for those students who expect to transfer to a four-year college or are undecided about a specific program of study and wish to explore a variety of academic fields. The curriculum permits students specialized, individual planning through the selection of electives.
The Human Services profession is dedicated to providing services to individuals and families in need of assistance. The goal of human services work is to enhance the quality of life for those who are served. Some of the roles performed include: counselor to those who need support, broker to help people access community services, teacher of daily living skills, advocate for those unable to do so for themselves, mediator between clients and agencies, and caregiver to children, elders and disabled adults. The pioneers of human services education programs believed that the answer to workforce needs was not to train another group of specialized professionals, but to develop a new type of worker – the “generalist.” Harcum’s program includes generalist skills such as interviewing, observing and recording pertinent information, implementing treatment plans, advocating for clients, conducting group sessions, and mobilizing community resources. As working conditions may vary considerably, students also learn a wide range of interventions and skills that can be adapted to specific populations in various settings, such as residential treatment facilities, correctional facilities, group homes, halfway houses, youth services agencies, mental health facilities, and substance abuse programs. In additional, students receive core educational courses in the liberal arts, social sciences— particularly sociology and psychology— humanities. A major component of all human services education is gaining exposure to the variety of disciplines, professionals, and subject matter that students will encounter in the field. Thus, the Human Services program at Harcum includes elective options in a classroom setting to enhance students’ generalist backgrounds. For example, students have the opportunity to choose selective classes in other disciplines such as Early Childhood Education or Criminal Justice, where they will be able to explore their own interests with students from these programs. This networking experience also simulates a human services setting in which professionals from numerous disciplines collaborate as a team advocating for clients. However, not all electives are offered each semester and all electives must be approved by the Program Director.
Associate of Arts
Associate of Arts
FIRST SEMESTER ENG 101 PSY 111 SOC 109 ELE ELE ELE
Composition I Introduction to Psychology Introduction to Sociology General Elective General Elective General Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 1 cr. 16 cr.
SECOND SEMESTER ENG 102 MTH 113* SCI HUM ELE ELE
Composition II College Mathematics Science Elective Humanities Elective General Elective General Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 or 4 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 1 cr. 16 or 17 cr.
*Students transferring to a four-year college should also complete MTH 116.
THIRD SEMESTER ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE
General Elective General Elective General Elective General Elective General Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
FOURTH SEMESTER ELE ELE ELE ELE ELE
General Elective General Elective General Elective General Elective General Elective
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 15 cr.
Total Credits: 62 - 63 Credits
Prerequisites for Admission Acceptance into the General Studies program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: Graduated high school or have earned a GED.
Program Outcomes • Examine the required roles and responsibilities of the human service professional. • Analyze the specific needs of clients who deviate from optimal functioning in one or more areas. • Identify appropriate goals and objectives to meet the specific needs of clients. • Construct, implement, and evaluate the effectiveness of service plans for clients. • Examine basic concepts for understanding characteristics of and interactions among diverse groups of people.
HUMAN SERVICES REQUIREMENTS HSC 101 HSC 102 HSC 201 HSC 203
Introduction to Human Services Fundamentals of Case Management Intervention Skills and Strategies Crisis Intervention Skills and Strategies
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr.
SOCIOLOGY REQUIREMENTS SOC 109 SOC 110 SOC 211 SOC 203 SOC 275
Principles of Sociology Social Problems Minority Groups Geriatric Sociology Marriage and the Family
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr.
PSYCHOLOGY REQUIREMENTS PSY 111 PSY 156 PSY 158 PSY 253
Introductory Psychology Human Development Psychology of Disabilities Abnormal Psychology
3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr. 3 cr.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS HUM 201 ENG 101 ENG 102 MTH 115 SCI ELE IDS 103 GEN ELE GEN ELE
Ethical Issues in Professional Life 3 cr. English Composition I 3 cr. English Composition II 3 cr. Financial and Business Mathematics 3 cr. Science Elective 3/4 cr. College Orientation and Research Skills 3 cr. General Elective 3 cr. General Elective 3 cr. Total: 63/64 credits
Students must complete at least 30 collegelevel credits at Harcum. Please note that Partnership students may take a maximum of 12 credits per semester.
Prerequisites for Admission: Graduated high school or have earned a GED. 88
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
89
Course Descriptions
Prefixes represent the following subject areas: ACC Accounting
HTN Histotechnician
ACM Animal Center Management
HUM Humanities
Art and Design
IDS
Interdisciplinary Studies
AHS Allied Health Science
LS
Law & Justice
AD ART
Art
MLS Medical Laboratory Science
BIO
Biology
MTH Mathematics
BUS
Business
CHE Chemistry CIS
Computer Information Science
OTA Occupational Therapy Assistant
CJ
Criminal Justice
PED Physical Education
DA
Dental Assisting
PHT
Photography
PSY
Psychology Physical Therapist Assistant
DDN Digital Design DE
Dental Education
PTA
DES
Interior Design
RAD Radiologic Technology
DH
Dental Hygiene
RDG Reading
EDU Education
RET
ENG English
SMM Marketing
ESL
English as a Second Language
SOC Sociology
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Retail Merchandising
FSH
Fashion Design
SPM Sports Management
GSC General Science
TR
Therapeutic Recreation
GST
VET
Veterinary Nursing
Gender Studies
HSC Human Services 90
MUS Music NUR Nursing
Accounting ACC 210 Intermediate Accounting I
AHS 101 Basic Medical Terminology
AHS 107 Medical Office Management
This course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pronouncements for financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent assets.
This course provides the student with the ability to recognize, analyze, define, spell, and use basic medical terminology. Emphasis is placed on terminology used in the rehabilitation professions. Terms related to anatomy, physiology, pathology, and therapeutics are covered.
This course is designed to teach students the medical office administrative skills that are commonly performed in a health care setting. Students will be given hands-on experience using electronic simulation. Emphasis will be placed on good communication skills, electronic health records, managing accounts receivable and payable, and health insurance and reimbursement. Learning these vital skills will help prepare the student for entry-level office management.
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 113/115, BUS 110, BUS 222/223, BUS 213 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 1
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting II This course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pronouncements to the financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent liabilities and stockholders' equity. Prerequisite: ACC 210 Credits: 3
ACC 230 Cost Accounting This course provides an understanding of cost accounting systems and procedures and how they are used for business strategy and implementation. This course presents an analysis of key data for planning and controlling to assist in management decisions. Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 113/115, BUS 213 Credits: 3
Allied Health Science AHS 100 Introduction to Allied Health Science This course explores the role of the Allied Health professional in society today, focusing on changes in the health field, issues relating to health professionals, and factors affecting the economics of the health care industry. An in-depth look at the various professions that compose the allied health field is explored along with information on employment opportunities and trends within each profession. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology In this course students will become familiar with and correctly utilize terminology that is used in all allied health professions. Students will correctly analyze, define, and apply medical terminology. Students will be able to label diagrams and to divide words into component parts, use the correct pronunciation of each word, and identify the terms that describe positions, directions, and planes of the body. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
AHS 103 Research Methods and Computer Applications Research Methods and Computer Applications is a three-credit course designed for students enrolled in all academic programs at Harcum College. This course will serve as an introduction for students to develop effective research strategies in accessing information from various online resources and will impart basic computer literacy skills necessary to utilize Microsoft software applications efficiently (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Publisher).
Prerequisite: AHS 102 and AHS 106 Credits: 3
AHS 108 Medical Billing This course is designed to teach students the principles of medical billing and reimbursement. Students will be given hands-on instruction on how to complete claim forms (CMS-1500 and UB-04) as well as other important forms such as: patient registration forms, encounter forms, pre-authorization, and referrals. CMS reimbursement methodologies and revenue cycle management will be discussed in great detail. Prerequisites: AHS 102 and AHS 106 Credits: 3
AHS 110 Introduction to ICD-10-CM Coding This course is designed to teach students the principles and guidelines of ICD-10-CM diagnosis coding. Students will learn how to accurately assign diagnosis codes to patient encounters. Students must receive a grade of “C� or higher at the end of the semester to in order to register for AHS 111 and AHS 112.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: AH 108 Corequisite: BIO 108 Credits: 3
AHS 106 Medical Coding Concepts
AHS 111 Introduction to CPT Coding
This course is designed to teach students the general principles of ICD-10-CM (International Classification of Disease), CPT-4 (Current Procedural Terminology), and HCPCS (Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System) coding. Students will learn how to translate medical diagnoses, conditions, signs, and symptoms into code numbers. Emphasis will be placed on coding guidelines, control of fraud and abuse, and coding accuracy.
This course is designed to teach students the principles and guidelines of the Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) Coding System. CPT codes are the United States standard for how medical professionals document and report medical, surgical, radiology, laboratory, anesthesiology and Evaluation and Management (E/M) services. All healthcare providers, facilities and payers use CPT codes for reporting and reimbursement.
Corequisite: AHS 102 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: AHS 110 Credits: 3 C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
91
Art and Design AHS 112 CPC Review course This course is designed to help students prepare for the CPC exam. Students will demonstrate their knowledge of ICD-10CM, CPT, and HCPCS level II coding guidelines and regulatory rules. Mock examinations will help the student to identify the correct usage of CPT, HCPCS Level II, and ICD-10-CM codes. Prerequisite: AHS 110 Credits: 3
AHS 201 Patient Care Technician
ACM 103 Canine Basics: Breeds, Care, Training
AD 101
Whether the graduate is working in a dog shelter, or at a veterinarian hospital, or hands on with service animals, or in a canine daycare center, or as a pet sitter, or in the canine unit for the police, a strong knowledge of canine behavior and training is essential. This course provides students with the fundamental tools to succeed in any position that requires them to work with dogs.
This course emphasizes hands on learning within the studio setting. Participation in the course enables students to acquire and develop skills in the creation of two dimensional design. Using black and white media including ink, markers, graphite, and cut paper, students will explore creative methods to express ideas and solve problems. Throughout the course, focus is placed on the elements and principles of design that are essential to the creation of effective graphic compositions.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
This course will focus on the skills that are needed to work in a physician’s office or long-term nursing care facility. Emphasis will be on communicating with the patient and properly documenting patient records including measuring and recording vital signs, blood collections, and urinalysis.
This class teaches how to promote the animal center and drive business to the animal center. A key emphasis is directed to marketing to Millennials through social media.
Prerequisites: AHS 100 Credits: 4
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Animal Center Management
ACM 210 Avian and Reptile Management
ACM 101 Introduction to Animal Center Management An animal center is a business that focuses on the care and well-being of animals. This is a survey course that will discuss sectors in the animal industry that graduates can obtain employment in. These industries are: veterinary hospital, non-profit animal center (shelter medicine), entrepreneurial (boarding, training, daycare, food industry, pet store, etc.), laboratory research, and zoos. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
ACM 102 Animal Behavior For proper caring and to avoid injury to the animal and/or the handler, it is important to understand the behavior of animals. Animal Behavior introduces students to what the animals are thinking and why they behave the way they do. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
92
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
ACM 110 Merchandising for Pet Product Retail Industry
Reptiles and birds are significantly different than mammals and the requirements to properly care for them are unique. Graduates must learn the different nuances between the two and learn the proper way to maintain and handle these two species of animals. Prerequisite: ACM 101, ENG 101 Credits: 3
ACM 240 Animal Management & Nutrition This course is an introduction to the care and management of companion animals and small mammals (dog, cat, hamsters, gerbils, rats, mice, guinea pigs, chinchillas, rabbits, ferrets). Topics include species identification, science of nutrition, nutritional needs, pet food industry, husbandry, and environmental considerations. Handling and restraint of these species will be discussed and common health concerns will be identified. Prerequisite: ACM 101 Credits: 3
2D Form and Design: Value
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
AD 102
2D Form and Design: Color
This course will introduce students to the properties of color such as hue, saturation, and temperature. Students will complete color exercises using gouache, cut paper, and digital tools. A continued focus is placed on the elements and principles of design that are essential to the creation of effective graphic compositions. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AD 103
Sculptural Practices: Additive
This course is an introduction to sculpture and form focusing on additive methods and surface treatment. Students will create three-dimensional sculptures using basic tools, techniques, and a variety of materials. The first half will focus on building form with plaster and cardboard. The second half of the course will focus on hand-built clay forms including coil pots and tilework. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
AD 104
Sculptural Practices: Subtractive
This course is an introduction to sculpture using subtractive methods and surface treatment. Subtractive sculpture is the oldest form of sculpture and involves removing material, as in plaster or clay carving to create a finished work. Students will create three-dimensional forms using tools, techniques, and a variety of materials including soap, dried clay, plaster, paper, and more. Students will brainstorm, plan, sketch, discuss, and create representational and nonrepresentational sculptures. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AD 105
The Digital Image
This course is an introduction to Adobe Photoshop and the skills used in the creative process for editing artwork documentation and creating original imagery for both web and print. Students will learn how to make basic edits like corrections to exposure, color & lighting adjustments, cropping, and re-sizing images. The course continues with more sophisticated edits like adding text, compositing layers, layer masking, and applying filters. Students will learn how to use Adobe Bridge (a media browsing application) for organizing, navigating, and documenting their digital images. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Drawing as Dialogue
This course introduces students to the language, materials, and contemporary practices used to create drawings. Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on observational drawing activities for learning about value, form, and composition. Students will explore abstract mark making and innovative approaches to convey representation. Self-expression is encouraged. In addition, discussion is an essential part of the class dynamic, as is developing the skills of observation and articulation. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
AD 106
AD 107
Drawing: Abstraction, the Art of Observation
This course explores strategies for making abstract drawings using observation and imagery as a point of departure. Subjects will include forms in nature, microscopic imagery, film, and found textures. Students will be introduced to artists who use color and material in unique ways. Materials will include gouache, pastels, and collage. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AD 108
The Contemporary and The Modern
This course introduces modern and contemporary art and design through a thematic approach, connecting artists and movements through subject matter and form. Attention is given to gender, race, and class to expand the canon of who and what is represented. Using a variety of methods, students will begin to develop techniques used to analyze visual images of art and design. Students are encouraged to find their own critical voice through lecture, discussion, research, and analysis. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
AD 210
Studio Lab
Studio Lab challenges students to develop their own artistic approach to the creative process and follow their own particular interests. Under the instructor's guidance, students will develop individual projects in a chosen material and method. On a regular basis, the instruction will assign “tasks,” which are short creative exercises, to be presented to the class. These task are designed to challenge the students to be innovative with alternative materials, tools, and techniques. In addition, students will be introduced to strategies for documenting and presenting their artwork in a professional manner.
AD 211
Practitioners, Galleries & Museums
This course provides an opportunity for students to engage in dialogue about contemporary art, artists, designers, and the process of making art. Through class field trips to museums, galleries, and creative spaces, students will get a glimpse of, and experience the arts in and around Philadelphia. Students will work individually and collectively to document field trips through photographs and text on a blog, allowing them to turn experience into content. Additionally, students will view a selection of *Art 21 videos for an inside perspective from the artist’s voice. *Art21 is a celebrated global leader in presenting thought-provoking and sophisticated content about contemporary art, and the go-to place to learn first-hand from the artists of our time. A nonprofit organization, Art21’s mission is to inspire a more creative world through the works and words of contemporary artists.” (Art21.org) Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Art ART 110 Basic Drawing This course introduces the basic principles and skills of drawing such as linear perspective, modeling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape), proportion, and composition. Self-expression and an individual approach are acknowledged and encouraged. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisites: AD 101, AD 102, AD 103, AD 104, AD 105, AD 106 Credits: 4
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
93
Biology ART 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling This course is an introduction to the methods and tools of visual storytelling. Using the popular medium of graphic novels as a foundation, this course seeks to teach students about devices for linear narrative using a visual approach. Students will learn to create images, and sequences of images, from written/spoken ideas and to develop these images and sequences into a clear and logical narrative arc. Emphasis will be placed on selection and sequencing of details, continuity and coherence, controlling the reader’s focus and pace, setting mood and tone, and other strategies for conveying information. Students will be encouraged to consider the transferability of these narrative concepts to written work. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
ART 112 Figure Drawing
ART 116 Design I: Two Dimensional
BIO 101
This course is an introduction to the elements of design incorporating line, shape, texture, and special concepts on a twodimensional surface. Projects include black and white and color media. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Biology 101 is an introductory biology course designed for non-science major biology students. Topics include cell structure and physiology, patterns of reproduction, genetics, and an introduction to molecular biology. Laboratory activities include basic laboratory skills, utilization of the scientific method, use of the microscope, and reinforcement of lecture topics.
ART 118 Design II: Three Dimensional
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 4 Core Science Elective
The principles of design are explored through construction in wet and dry media in three-dimensional form.
BIO 103
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
ART 120 Integrated Arts in Education
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course introduces the student to creative expression and the multidimensional media available when designing visual and three-dimensional art, music, movement, and creative drama curricula for young children. Students will be introduced to theoretical perspectives of the creative process, its benefits for intellectual, social, and emotional development, and to strategies which encourage young children to expand their self-expression experiences and skills. Students will also design, implement, evaluate, and document creative experiences for young children.
ART 114 Painting
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
This course introduces the basic principles of drawing such as linear perspective, modeling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape) and proportion. Exploration, imagination, and individuality of expression are emphasized. Students work primarily from models and slides using a variety of materials and techniques (both traditional and innovative).
This course teaches the student to develop a visual language of line, form, color, texture, and space while working with watercolor, acrylic, or oil paints. The content includes canvas preparation, various painting techniques, historical reference and dialogue through critique. Subject matter includes figures, still life, landscape, sketches drawn from imagination. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
94
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
ART 213 Fashion Illustration This course is a study of different styles of fashion drawing for practical application to the fashion industry and for illustration purposes. Students are encouraged to develop an individual style and to produce a professional portfolio to represent their own collection. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Humanities Elective
General Biology I
Human Anatomy and Physiology I
This course offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body. It introduces the proper medical terminology used to describe the relative position of body parts, body sections and body regions, and describes the biological levels of organization found in the human body. The maintaining of homeostasis through the interaction of the organ systems is discussed throughout the course. Lectures and laboratory sessions cover the following units: the cell, tissues, the skin, the skeletal system, the muscular system, and the nervous system. Laboratory instruction includes: observation of prepared microscope slides of tissues and detailed study of human bones and muscles, as well as the nervous system. Note: Student must achieve a grade of C or better to take BIO 104. Prerequisite: IAD 100 with a grade of C or better or IAD 100 waived. Credits: 4 Core Science Elective
Business BIO 104
Human Anatomy and Physiology II
This course is a continuation of BIO 103 and offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body. The following topics will be covered in lecture: special senses, the circulatory system, the respiratory system, the digestive system, the excretory system, and the endocrine system. Laboratory instruction will include studies of: reflex activities, structure and function of sense organs, the heart and circulatory systems, respiration, digestion, and urinary systems. Lab activities will involve the dissection of a mammalian eye, heart, and kidney. Prerequisite: BIO 103 with a grade of C (73%) or better. Credits: 4 Core Science Elective
BIO 108
Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
This course is a one-semester course that provides a presentation of the structure and function of the human body. The following topics will be covered: terms used to describe the position of body parts, body sections and body regions, inorganic and organic chemistry, cells and tissues, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, the senses, endocrine system, blood and circulatory system, respiratory system, digestive system, and urinary system. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
BIO 204
Nutrition
This course is an introduction to the science of nutrition. Sources and functions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups, and rudiments of diet therapy are discussed. As matters of general interest, topics such as packaging and labeling of food, food poisoning and storage, food fads and fallacies, and comparing nutritional value versus cost in food buying are discussed with the aid of a series of projects.
BUS 109 Principles of Management Principles of Management teaches and demonstrates the techniques of leadership, management, and organizational structure. The fundamentals of various approaches to managing; planning; decision-making; strategic management; organizing and coordinating work; authority, delegation, and decentralization; organizational design; interpersonal skills; leadership; organizational effectiveness; control methods; and organizational change and development are explored.
Prerequisites: None. Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
Prerequisite: IAD 050 Credits: 3
BIO 205
BUS 110 Introduction to Business
Microbiology
This course covers the structure, physiology, diversity and distribution of microorganisms. Bacteria will be studied extensively but basic principles of virology, fungi, and immunology will also be discussed. The laboratory will include techniques for bacterial cultivation, purification, and identification, as well as methods for the control of infection transmission.
This course provides an introduction to the exciting and dynamic world of domestic and global business. It focuses on understanding the dynamic interrelationships between business functions delivering quality products and services. Special attention is placed on social responsibility, “green� businesses, global enterprises and social media. This course presumes no previous business knowledge.
Prerequisites: BIO 101 or BIO 103. Credits: 4 Core Science Elective
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
BIO 210
Nutritional Biochemistry
This course is an introduction to the biochemistry of nutrition. Sources and functions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups, and metabolic pathways are discussed. An emphasis is placed on the biochemical aspects of nutrition. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
BUS 122 Professional and Business Communication This course teaches students the importance of professional writing and oral presentation in a business environment. Heavy emphasis is placed on the writing and oral presentation of business letters, memoranda, reports, and executive summaries. Students receive instruction and feedback on preparing for a presentation, content and use of visual aids, technology use, effective delivery of presentations, and handling of questions and criticisms. Students will be given group projects to help improve their ability to interact within small groups. Prerequisite: ENG 101 Credits: 3
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
95
BUS 213 Financial Accounting This course provides an introduction to the objectives, principles, assumptions, and concepts of financial accounting. It focuses on procedures and practices from the accounting cycle through financial statement presentation with an emphasis on recognizing, valuing, reporting, and disclosing assets, liabilities, and equity. This course presumes no previous accounting knowledge. Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
BUS 214 Managerial Accounting This course introduces students to the concepts and applications of managerial accounting. Students focus on analysis and recording of various manufacturing costs, cost-volume-profit analysis, preparation of financial statements for a manufacturer, creation of static and flexible budgets and reports, evaluation of capital investments, and various costing systems.
explored include Keynesian model, unemployment, inflation, and the business cycle, measuring domestic output and national income, economic growth, interest rates and aggregate demand and supply, elasticity, the balance of payments, exchange rates, and trade deficits. Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
BUS 223 Microeconomics Microeconomics deals with the behavior of individual households and firms and how government influences that behavior. The principal objective of the course is to introduce methods and tools of economic analysis, and these analytical tools will be applied to questions of current policy interest such as, making, resource allocation, and the production and distribution of goods and services. Key topics include demand, supply and market equilibrium, elasticity of demand and supply, market failures, pure competition, monopoly, and monopolistic competition and oligopoly.
Prerequisite: BUS 213 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
BUS 221 Principles of Marketing
BUS 227 Principles of Business Law
This course will prepare students to think strategically about marketing in today’s global environment. After successful completion of this course, students will have a basic understanding of the marketing concept, the marketing mix (product, place, promotion and price), segmentation, targeting, positioning, customer value, branding, services marketing, global marketing, marketing metrics, consumer and business behavior, ethics and social responsibility in marketing, market research and analysis. In addition, students will understand the role of social media and digital marketing to compete in the global environment.
This course provides students an overview and concise treatment of the legal issues of fundamental importance to the business profession. Key topics explored include the legal system, contracts, sales, property, and government regulation.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
BUS 222 Macroeconomics This course deals with consumers as a whole, producers as a whole, the effects of government spending and taxation policies, and the effects of the monetary policy carried out by the Federal Reserve Bank. The course explores domestic and international economies. Fundamental macroeconomics topics 96
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110
BUS 230 Human Resource Management This course provides an introduction and overview of human resource management as a key function in an organization and career possibility. The main course objective is to acquaint students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities associated with human resource management as a strategic tool to improve effectiveness and efficiency of human capital in achieving an organization’s goals and objectives. Topics which are covered in the course include: human resource policies as recruitment, selection, performance management, rewards, staffing and development, culture and capabilities of an organization and the balance between organizational and indi-
vidual goals, employee motivation, benefits and labor and employee relations. Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110, BUS 109 Credits: 3
BUS 242 Advertising This course examines practical advertising experiences in the context of overall marketing and communications process. The course explores advertising perspectives, developing marketing and advertising strategies, evaluating advertisements, and commercials with an emphasis on social media. Topics covered include crafting and marketing advertising strategies, analyzing advertisements, and selecting appropriate media channels to offer advertising. Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110 Credits: 3
BUS 251 Statistics I This course is designed as a fundamental course in descriptive and inferential statistics. It will cover the essential ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solving many real world problems. The course presents the basic concepts of sampling, sampling techniques, and data presentation. Elementary algebra is employed in deriving measures of central tendency and variability for various discrete probability distributions and the normal distribution. Topics include probability theory, measures of central tendency, and estimation techniques using confidence intervals. Prerequisite: MTH 113 or MTH 115, ENG 101 Credits: 3
BUS 252 Statistics II This course is designed as the second semester of a two-semester course in Statistics. It covers additional ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solving many realworld problems. Statistics II teaches students how to develop testable hypotheses and how to use them to analyze data and answer questions. The course covers hypothesis testing for inferences based on a single sample, statistical inference about means and proportions based on two samples, linear regression, and tests of goodness of fit and independence. Prerequisite: BUS 251 Credits: 3
Chemistry BUS 260 Introduction to Business Finance The knowledge of financial principles is advantageous to managers in virtually every discipline in business. This course is designed as an introduction to finance. The content of this course integrates both conceptual and mathematical information. Cases, comprehensive problems, and current events are analyzed and discussed throughout the course to provide students with hands on experience in the use and application of financial tools. The basic concepts of the time value of money, valuation, and capital budgeting are covered. Risk, working capital management, leverage, forecasting, and the analysis of financial statements and ratios are given particular attention. Prerequisite: ENG 102, BUS 213 Credits: 3
BUS 262 International Marketing This course introduces the student to the nature of international marketing and the environments in which it is conducted. Students will explore corporate strategies in marketing on an international scale and the importance of knowing the opportunities and challenges. The issues affecting marketing in a global environment and how managers must deal with these forces will also be addressed. Prerequisite: BUS 221 Credits: 3
BUS 265 International Economics This course presents a principles-level introduction to the core theories of International Economics along with policy analyses of our world’s increasing trade relations and economic integration. The goal is to make economic reasoning about the international economy accessible to a diverse group of students, including both business majors and non-majors. Prerequisites: BUS 222 or BUS 223 Credits: 3
BUS 269 International Finance
CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry
This course is a comprehensive first level course in international finance, exploring fundamental techniques and principles. Students will learn about financial decision making in an international corporate setting. There will be emphasis on the three major areas of concern for managers: management control, financial reporting, and taxation.
This course is a beginning course designed to acquaint the student with the language and tools of chemistry. It includes elementary principles of general inorganic, organic and biochemistry. The course is suitable for Allied Health students. The general inorganic topics include measurement, energy, atoms, nomenclature, elements of the Periodic Table, ionic, covalent, hydrogen, hybrid, acids, bases, and typical reactions. The organic topics include IUPAC nomenclature, isomers and stereo isomers, polarized light and optical activity, unsaturated and aromatic hydrocarbons, functional groups of biological interest and basic organic reactions. The biochemistry topics include nomenclature, bonding, carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, the metabolic pathways (electron transport system, cellular respiration, fatty acids, ketones and amino acids), and energy production.
Prerequisite: BUS 260 Credits: 3
BUS 270
Operations Management
This course is designed to acquaint students with the discipline of operations management. This is an overview course in operations management where students will be exposed to the different tools used by management, in both the service sector as well as the manufacturing sector, to improve the decision-making process and ultimately “operations.” Topics include: productivity, strategy, decision making, quality improvement, work measurement, project management; and product, process, capacity, and layout decisions. Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115, BUS 110 Credits: 3
LDR 102 Negotiations, Building Relationships, Resolving Conflicts This course introduces students to the skills required for successful negotiations, relationships, conflict resolution, and team building. Through interactive exercises, role-playing, and facilitated discussions throughout the semester, students will explore: 1) negotiation paradigms and contracts, concepts, and algorithms, 2) techniques to build relationships, and 3) conflict resolution strategies. Readings concerning negotiation, relationship building, and conflict resolution skills are required. Each student’s understanding of the core concepts and objectives will be assessed by class participation, weekly reflections on learnings, negotiation role-play case studies, and conflict resolution role-play case studies, quizzes and a group project.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry This laboratory course is intended for the non-science major or for those who wish to prepare to study General Chemistry (CHE 111). The course covers basic skills needed for General Chemistry (CHE 111) such as atomic structure, writing chemical formulas, balancing equations and basic stoichiometry. Laboratory experiments are designed to offer a hands-on familiarity with the principles discussed in the lectures. Prerequisite: MTH 073 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test. Credits: 4 Core Science Elective
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
97
Computer Information Science CIS 101
Introduction to Microcomputers
This course is designed to provide the student with an understanding of computer data processing and information systems. The course provides explanation of computing concepts, practical application of technology theory. It features integrated coverage of management information systems, Google Suite, networking, e-mail and the Internet. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
CIS 102
Application of Microcomputers
This course provides an in-depth exploration of computer data processing and information systems. Students will work with the major productivity applications, such as word processing, presentation software, electronic spreadsheet and data management in Windows operating systems, utilizing Microsoft, and open source products. This course provides lucid explanations of practical applications of technology theory and contemporary issues, with emphasis on the historical and social impacts of technological innovations. Students will have hands-on learning in various forms of online collaboration, such as applications, forums, discussion groups, and newsgroups; and become familiar with a variety of web publishing, such as message boards, web page design, blogs, and podcasts. Readings in technology issues are required. Each student’s mastery of the core concepts and objectives will be assessed by class participation, demonstrated computer use during class time, homework assignments submitted online, creation of a website, and the quality of the final presentation of the website to the class. Prerequisite: CIS101. Credits: 3
98
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
CIS 106
The Worldwide Web and Beyond
CIS 203
Computerized Accounting Systems
This course provides hands-on training to develop effective strategies for searching the Internet using search engines, metasearch engines, and virtual libraries. Students learn how to evaluate Internet resources and become familiar with e-mail, discussion groups (list-servers), Usenet newsgroups, webliographies, telnet, fulltext resources, and web page design.
This course emphasizes the creation, implementation, and control of computerized accounting systems. Students use the computer to implement the accounting system modules. Emphasis is on financial reporting, receivables, payroll, and payables as they relate to the standard needs of business. Peachtree Accounting System is used.
Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1
Prerequisite: BUS 110, BUS 213, ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115 Credits: 3
CIS 123
Introduction to Database Management
Using Microsoft Access, students are introduced to the Microsoft Access environment in detail. Students learn how to create, maintain and update a database, query a database, and create forms and reports. The second part of the course is used to refine what students have already learned and to add to their knowledge and understanding of the usefulness of Macros and Visual Basic for applications code. Prerequisite: CIS 101. Credits: 3
CIS 140
Criminal Justice CJ 101
Introduction to Criminal Justice
This course provides an introduction to the American system of criminal justice. The crime problem, the police, the judicial system, and correctional facilities and theories are examined. Both the legal and behavioral aspects of each stage of the criminal justice process are discussed and analyzed. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Web Design
This hands-on course is designed to familiarize students with Microsoft’s web editor, Front Page. Students learn how to create and edit web pages, to insert links from images, add graphics, and insert and format tables. Advanced features such as creating forms for user interaction and adding dynamic multimedia components are covered. Prerequisite: CIS 101. Credits: 3
CJ 185
Policing & Police Practices
An introduction to a range of historical, political, and sociological problems in institutions vested with the responsibility to enforce laws and/or preserve order. Emphasis is also placed on the study of the relationship between police and the communities in which they serve. Prerequisite: CJ 101. Credits: 3
CJ 195
Domestic Violence & the Justice System
The main objective of the course is to introduce students to the subject of family violence, especially as it relates to the legal system in the United States. Topics include the historical roots of domestic violence, social scientific theoretical perspectives, the roles and the players, the typical prohibitions, the experience of victims who seek help from authorities, and efforts at developing prevention and intervention strategies. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
CJ 200
The American Court System
An analysis of judicial decision-making, with an emphasis on the structure and performance of American trial and appellate courts. In addition to reviewing the basic legal concepts that underlie the criminal courts, students examine research findings on the behavior of judges, juries, prosecutors, defense attorneys, defendants, and other key actors in the judicial process. Prerequisite: CJ 101. Credits: 3
CJ 205
Organized Crime
This course addresses that branch of criminality commonly known as “organized crime.” Discussion focuses on a more precise understanding of the term itself, as well as the various forms this type of criminal deviance has taken. There is also an analysis of the impact of notorious criminals whose exploits have shaped organized crime throughout the 20th century to the present.
CJ 210
Police/Community Relations
This course focuses on the challenges presented by policing in modern communities. Focusing on the practical side of policing, topics include the impact of selection, training, and professional socialization on community law enforcement, as well as the effects of discretion, racial diversity, and urban crime. Prerequisites: CJ 101, CJ 185. Credits: 3
CJ 215
Juvenile Delinquency & Justice
This course provides an overview of the phenomenon of juvenile delinquency and the system designed to handle this form of social deviance. Topics to be covered include discussions of theoretical explanations of delinquency, the evolution of the concept of juvenile justice, and the system’s response to the problems of child abuse, status offenders, delinquent youth gangs, and trends in juvenile crime. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
CJ 235
This course examines various forms of white-collar crime, including corporate crime, occupational crime, and governmental crimes. Case studies illustrate the features of many of the different offenses that are included under the term, white-collar crime, including consumer frauds, embezzlement, bribery, and insider trading. An introduction to some of the legal issues involved in the investigation and prosecution of white-collar crime are provided. Prerequisite: CJ 101. Credits: 3
CJ 240
Punishment & Corrections
Critical Issues in Criminal Justice
Various issues in criminal justice are investigated from an analytical perspective, using assigned readings, class discussion, and guest speakers. Issues may include: the Drug War, the Death Penalty, Race Relations and Jury Nullification, Gender and the Criminal Law. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
CJ 250 CJ 230
White-Collar Crime
Criminal Evidence
This course provides a general overview of the American corrections system and a survey of today’s most important correctional problems. Emphasis is placed upon the nature of the prison experience, alternatives to incarceration, judicial intervention in correctional affairs, and the controversy concerning the effectiveness of rehabilitation programs.
Exploring authentication, reliability, and credibility of evidence through lecture and discussion, the course includes the Federal Rules of Evidence. Students learn why certain types of evidence are not permitted in courtrooms and gain insight into investigation and research techniques that are likely to establish a credible basis for prosecution, defense, or presentation of academic or scientific argument.
Prerequisite: CJ 101. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: CJ 101. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
99
CJ 255
Principles of Investigation
This course is designed to provide in-depth instruction of the processes and techniques that apply to all aspects of criminal investigations, from the initial call for service to the court presentation. Students are exposed to the methods used in evaluation of the crime scene to determine the type of crime that has been committed and the physical parameters of the area of involvement. In addition, students learn how to process the scene by locating, collecting, and preserving physical evidence; interviewing witnesses, victims, and suspects; and preparing crime scene sketches. Prerequisite: CJ 101. Credits: 3
CJ 260
Youth Courts
Students will be introduced to the basic courtroom procedure and practices and concept of youth courts as a restorative justice tool. Students will then demonstrate their understanding of youth courts by explaining the concepts to high school or middle school students and demonstrating and modeling youth court procedures. The course meets twice a week and after the first two-three weeks one meeting will occur in the classroom and one meeting at a site host at a middle or high school. Prerequisite: ENG 101 and permission of the Criminal Justice Program Director. Credits: 3
CJ 275
Criminal Law & Procedure
This course addresses the phenomenon of criminal law and the procedures involved in the criminal justice system. Topics to be covered include the issues of the legal system in the United States, the historical roots of domestic violence, social science theoretical perspectives, the roles and the players, the typical criminal prohibitions, the experiences of victims who seek help from authorities, and efforts at developing prevention and intervention strategies. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
CJ 299
Independent Study
This is an opportunity for an individual student to pursue a program of self-initiated study with a faculty member. This course may be used to fulfill one Criminal Justice elective requirement. Prerequisite: Approval of Program Director and faculty member supervising the study. Credits: 3
Dental Assisting DA 100
Dental Assisting Experience
This course will allow students to observe various dental procedures in a clinical setting at Kornberg School of Dentistry and participate with basic hands on, chairside assisting. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisites: DA 121 and current CPR certification; Corequisite: DA 122. Credit: 2
DA 110
Professional Communication Skills in the Healthcare Setting
This course is designed to guide students to learn and utilize professional communication skills verbally, non-verbally, in writing, and via electronic methods. They will learn to improve and master communication skills with patients, professional colleagues, patient caregivers, and the community to foster improved patient satisfaction, patient compliance, and health outcomes as well as job satisfaction. Professional communication skills gained through this course are designed to help the student be a more successful student clinician as well as have a positive outcome in their future careers in healthcare. Prerequisite: None Credits: 2
DA 121
Dental Assisting I
This course is an introduction to the dental assisting profession and prepares students to function effectively as an integral member of the dental health team. Emphasis will be placed on proper asepsis and sterilization techniques according to blood borne pathogen and OSHA standards maintaining HIPAA guidelines, preparing the operatory and patient for treatment, and to perform basic chair-side assisting. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisite: Current CPR certification, completion of Castle Branch requirements. Credits: 4
DA 122
Dental Assisting II
This course is a continuation of Dental Assisting I and prepares students to function effectively as an integral member of the dental health team and to perform 4handed dentistry in restorative and in the various specialties. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisites: DA 121 and current CPR certification. Credits: 4
DA 141
Basic Dental Science
This course is an introduction to anatomical systems with emphasis placed on head and neck anatomy, oral pathology, pharmacology, and medical emergencies. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
DA 142
Dental Materials
This lecture and lab course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the dental materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry. Special emphasis is placed on their properties, the proper technique of manipulation, and the influence of manipulation upon these properties. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisites: DA 121; DE 192. Credits: 3
100
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Dental Education DA 200
Dental Assisting Practicum
This clinical course is designed to give the student clinical experience in all phases of dental assisting in the practice of dentistry. The practicum spans a ten-week period during the summer: five weeks at the Kornberg School of Dentistry at Temple University and five weeks in private practice. Students participate in a weekly seminar during their clinical experience. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142; DE 150, DE192, a grade point average of 2.0 or higher, recommendation of the program director and current CPR certification. Credits: 8
DA 243
Dental Assisting III
This course expands on the clinical skills and knowledge of the dental assisting student to include restorative functions at an introduction level and prepare them to perform restorative and preventative procedures on patients while working within the State Practice Act. Student must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher. Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200; DE 192, DE 150 and successful completion of the DANB Radiation Health and Safety examination. Credits: 5
DA 245
Dental Office Procedures
This course is an introduction to basic dental office procedures with emphasis placed on the duties of the dental receptionist and utilization of computers to perform business office procedures. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 2
DA 247
Preventive Health and Nutrition
This course offers in-depth study of the role nutrition plays in oral health promotion and disease prevention. Students are introduced to oral health theories, oral disease prevention, patient education skills, and the physical health correlations to dentistry. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 2
DA 249
Dental Assisting IV Seminar
This seminar course addresses problemsolving case studies, legal and ethical aspects of practice, and responsibility of care during the clinical phase of practicum. Student must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher. Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200, DA 243, DA 245, DE 192, DE 150. Credit: 1
DA 250
Dental Assisting IV Internship
This internship is a two-day per week clinical rotation. Students intern at area hospitals or dental practices which cover experience in all phases of clinical dental assisting and expanded functions. Total of 240 hours. Student must earn a grade of B(80%) or higher. DA 243 and DA 250 must be taken in consecutive semesters. Prerequisites: DA 121, DA 122, DA 142, DA 200, DA 243, DA 245; DE 192, DE 150; Pennsylvania Radiology Certification and current CPR certification. Credits: 7
DE 150
Dental Radiology
This is an introductory course designed to provide the student with knowledge of the nature and behavior of x-rays, the principles of radiological health along with the principles and methods employed in the paralleling technique, the bisecting angle technique, extra-oral techniques, and radiographic interpretation of normal and abnormal structures. Students receive hands-on experience in exposing radiographs. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisite or Corequisite: DE 192. Credits: 3
DE 191
Head and Neck Anatomy
This course involves the study of the anatomical structures of the head and neck. The osteology of the skull, the structure of the nasal cavity and sinuses, and the muscles, nerves and vascular system of the head and neck are studied. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisite: DE 192. Credit: 1
DE 192
Dental Anatomy
This course is designed to introduce the student to the structural and functional interrelationship of the human dentition and the oral cavity. The student becomes familiar with anatomical structures of the oral cavity, morphological characteristics, and the dynamics of the primary and permanent dentition through the use of reading assignments, class activities, computer activities, and laboratory exercises. The functional interrelationships of the dentition through occlusion are incorporated throughout. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 2
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
101
Digital Design DDN 151 Digital Imaging Production
.DDN 163 Computer Illustration
DDN 176 Interactive Graphics
Students will examine traditional pre-press and computer-based image production. The course will cover basic design concepts and the use of industry-standard software to produce images that are suitable for print and digital applications.
This course explores the basic concepts of illustration and using the computer as a drawing tool. Students will develop their skills and ability to organize and create custom illustration. Furthermore, students are introduced to both the creative and professional applications of technology to drawing in both vector-based illustration and pixel-based illustration. The course examines the role of digital illustration in the graphic arts and addresses the application of classroom knowledge to solving problems in desktop publishing.
This course focuses on developing the processes encountered in web development. Students will develop the expertise, coding, and software knowledge required for professional digital designers working today.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
DDN 152 Layout and Design In this course, students will learn basic structural layout skills with strong emphasis on proper page partitioning and typography. Conceptual design will also be stressed with the use of several projects designed to motivate the student. Students will create a variety of projects focused on grid-based design. Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
DDN 154 Typography Beginning with the formulation of type’s history and basic terminology, students will learn to see typography as a visual design element. Students will also learn and master typesetting software through a series of lectures and projects. Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
DDN 161 Color Theory Through a series of design projects, students will learn how color impacts design and why understanding how color behaves is critical to the success of the digital designer/illustrator. Additionally, through the use of various media, students will develop skills in design and painting, appreciate the diverse meaning of color globally, and gain authority over the illusive and expressive aspects of color. Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
102
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisite: DDN 151 Credits: 3
DDN 165 Graphic Design In this course students will be encouraged to think creatively to transform a complex concept into a simple but understandable form. All classic forms of logo development and symbols will be explored through rough pencil “thumbs” to finished comprehensive designs. The students will apply graphic design to literature, advertisements, letterheads, and packaging. Prerequisite: DDN 152 Credits: 3
DDN 171 History of Art and Graphic Design This course provides a comprehensive study of the historically important periods, styles, and artists encompassing both fine arts and graphic design. This course will focus on the development of image creation, typography, and visual communications, from the earliest images in caves, to the modern design movement, to contemporary digital design. Students will learn how artists from each generation influence the images we see and create every day. Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
DDN 262 Design Studio I In this course, students will execute designs and illustrations within strict guidelines, such as subject matter, size constraints, and application of typography. Emphasis will be placed on experimentation to develop one’s own style. Projects will focus on the limitations and freedoms met by professional designers and illustrators. Prerequisites: DDN 165 Credits: 3
DDN 268 Creative Advertising The focus of this course will be to encourage creative advertising strategy and creative concept development. Students will define the benefit of a product or service and create advertising that speaks to a particular audience. This course will encompass using the creative process from rough pencil “thumbnails,” to final color comprehensives. Using type, illustration, and photography, students will create ads for print, web, TV, and other media. Prerequisites: DDN 163 Credits: 3
Interior Design DES 101 Interior Design I
DES 107 Technical Drawing
DES 150 Drawing for Interiors
In this course students will develop design skills for residential spaces. Initial studio exploration focuses on the principles of design which include, but are not limited to scale, proportion, balance, rhythm, emphasis, and harmony. Focus will be placed on the arrangement of space, furniture planning, color psychology, and the selection of appropriate finishes and materials within an interior environment.
This course is an introduction to the drawing methods required for an interior designer to communicate design ideas. The student will purchase and learn how to use requisite mechanical drawing tools and equipment. The student will learn how to read plans, survey an existing structure to record accurate measurements, develop floor plans, and elevations, draw electrical plans, and layout finish plans, door and window schedules for any typical residential or contract design project.
This course allows students to develop their drawing skills by using lines and tone on paper to represent a three-dimensional space. Happily for the designer, many kinds of drawings are immediately intelligible to most people because they are seen as “realistic” images of the subjects they represent. Making such images by hand on paper is the art of drawing, which serves the designer well. The student will draw interiors of rooms and buildings without the use of drafting tools to enable them to become more comfortable with freehand drawing and sketching.
Corequisite: DES 107. Credits: 4
DES 102 Interior Design II This course allows the student to work with contract projects and expands the student’s knowledge of space planning, traffic and workflow. Emphasis is placed on the development of a concept for an interior environment. Introduced are ADA (handicap accessible) codes and the use of Sustainable (Green) materials. Learning takes place in the Design Studio. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107. Credits: 4
DES 103 History of Furniture This course provides an overview of the development of furniture styles within a historical and social context.
Corequisite: DES 101. Credits: 4
DES 108 Materials This course provides an understanding of the selection of materials available for floor, wall, and ceiling finishes for both residential and contract design projects. Emphasis is placed on Sustainable Materials and Sustainable Design. The student analyzes the component materials of products with an effort to understand the applications of these materials on the job site. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
This course is an introduction to the methods and media of perspective drawing. Both mechanical drawing, and sketch techniques are taught. Drawing development takes place in the Design Studio and continues at home. Prerequisite: DES 107. Credits: 4
Prerequisite: DES 107. Credits: 3
DES 104 Interior Perspective
DES 151
Introduction to 3D Modeling
This course introduces and provides the fundamental knowledge and practical application of the three dimensional computer modeling program, SketchUp. Prerequisite: DES101, DES107 or approval from Instructor Credits: 3
DES 201 Interior Design III DES 111 Feng Shui This course gives an overview of the history and theory on the practice of Feng Shui. Concepts such as the theory of Yin and Yang, the eight trigrams and the Bagua, the sectors of life experiences, and the methods used to activate each of these sectors are reviewed. Classes take the form of lectures accompanied by slides and class discussions that enable the student to participate in sample case histories. The student is required to take a space and present a written review of some issues and the corrective enhancements recommended for the space.
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
This course is a continuation of DES 102 Interior Design II and focuses on contract design projects that may include a Corporate Headquarters, a Cyber Café, a Bank, an Art Gallery, etc. Learning takes place in the Design Studio. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108. Credits: 4
DES 202 Interior Design IV This course is a continuation of DES 101 Interior Design I and DES 201 Interior Design II and focuses on residential design projects. Projects may include a loft residence, beach condominium, artist in residence coop gallery, fitness center, etc. Learning takes place in the Design Studio. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108, DES 201. Credits: 4
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
103
DES 206 Building Systems
DES 231 Practicum II
This course is an introduction to building systems – heating, ventilation, plumbing, electrical, and lighting. Emphasis is placed on integrating them as design elements. Class lectures and assignments relate to students’ studio design projects.
Further Development of Practicum I
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
DES 208 Portfolio Preparation The student has the opportunity for an individual review of his/her portfolio and, after an evaluation of career objectives, is advised on where to make revisions and additions to the portfolio. Students also plan and implement, as a team, a portfolio show that is given the last week of class. Students’ work is refined, developed, and assembled for prospective employment opportunities. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107, DES 103, DES 102, DES 104, DES 108, DES 250, DES 201, DES 270, DES 150, DES 260, DES 151, Design Elective unless approved by Program Director Corequisites: DES 202, DES 206. Credits: 4
DES 212 Lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces Lighting is presented as a decorative and functional element in residential and commercial interiors. Topics explored include light and texture, color, lamp types, lighting techniques, fixtures, schedules, and switching patterns. Student assignments include graphic exercises in lighting design and lighting calculations based on student design projects. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107. Credits: 3
DES 230 Practicum I With the assistance of a faculty advisor, the student will identify an appropriate internship site with a local interior design firm. All interns are required to complete 90 hours of work/study within the semester, working a minimum of 6 hours per week under the direction of a qualified Interior Designer. Interns are expected to contribute to the host firm at a high level of design interaction. All interns will meet weekly with the faculty advisor and document their experience through journaling. Prerequisites: None. Credits: 3 104
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisites: DES230. Credits: 3
DES 250
CAD I
This course teaches the basic operation of the CAD LT drafting software program. Classes allow hands-on training during the class and lab sessions. All classes are held in the Computer Lab. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107. Credits: 4
DES 251 CAD II (self-directed study) Further study of the capabilities of computer-aided design with emphasis on three dimensional design. Prerequisite: DES 250 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 4
DES 260 Business Practices This course covers the various aspects of business practices for the interior design professional. It includes the development of a business plan, business structure, legal terms, business forms, billing, ordering procedures, contracts, and liabilities. Topics include ethics, trade relations, and clientcontractor design relations. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
DES 270 Advanced Technical Drawing This course focuses on developing an understanding of the built environment and requires the student to design and draw custom details used in interiors. The student will construct a working set of drawings from a selected Design II project. Learning takes place in the Design Studio. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107. Credits: 4
DES 306 Kitchen and Bath Design Fundamentals This course presents the fundamentals of kitchen and bath design. Through lectures, projects, and guest speakers, the student applies space planning and storage solutions. Technical issues such as plumbing, appliances, cabinet options, and specifications are reviewed. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES107. Credits: 3
DES 308 Sustainable Design Interior environmental conditions are explored with specific attention to their impact on human sensory reactions, impact on sustainability, health, and safety. Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107. Credits: 3
DES 310 Selected Studies in Interior Design I Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student. Approval from the program director is required. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
DES 311 Selected Studies in Interior Design II Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student. Approval from the program director is required. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
DES 312 Decorative Arts This course surveys the decorative arts from all cultures from the ancient period to the modern period. Through lectures, speakers and field trips, the student explores textiles, carpets and porcelains of western civilization. The student, through personal exploration and research, creates a decorative art piece throughout the semester. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Dental Hygiene DH 101
Preventative Oral Health Services I – Pre-Clinic
This course is an introduction to clinical dental hygiene practice, which integrates clinical skills, theory and interpersonal skills through a variety of learning experiences. The student is prepared both didactically and clinically for a direct role in the provision of oral health services. The student must have: proof of a current CPR certification from an approved CPR course, including adult, child, infant and AED; health clearance including Blood Quantiferon, and proof of medical insurance. Purchase of instrument kits and uniforms are necessary for participation in this class. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisite: CHE 102 Corequisites: DH 170, DE 192, DE 150, BIO 103. Credits: 4
DH 110
Preventative Oral Health Services II – Seminar
This course is a continuation of dental hygiene theory with emphasis on principles in pedodontic, dental health education, product selection, polishing and scaling technique, and patient motivation as it relates to the clinical setting. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: BIO 103, DE 192, DE 150, DH 101, DH 170 Corequisites: DH 121, BIO 104, DE 191, DH 111, DH 180. Credits: 2
DH 111
Preventative Oral Health Services II – Clinic (Part I and II)
This course is the second in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice. Emphasis is placed on the application of didactic material and the basic sciences to the clinical environment in order to develop proficiency in the development of motor skills, dental hygiene care planning, and patient management skills. Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: DH 170 and DH 101 Corequisites: DH 110, DH 121, DH 180, DH 190. Sequential course: DH 111 must be taken the semester immediately following successful completion of DH 101 or the student will need to repeat DH 101. Credits: 4
DH 121
Medical Emergencies
This course prepares allied health professionals to manage medical emergencies in the health care setting. Topics included will be prevention, recognition of indicative signs and symptoms, and classification and management of medical emergencies. Emphasis is placed on the pathophysiology of the condition leading to the emergency situation. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 1
DH 142
Dental Materials
This lecture course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the dental materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry. Special emphasis is placed on their properties, the proper technique of manipulation and the influence of manipulation upon these properties. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisite: DE 192. Credits: 2
DH 170
Dental Histology/Embryology
This course is designed to educate the student on the histology and embryology of the structures of the oral cavity. An understanding of these structures from a histological perspective is vital in preparing the student for the clinical experience and is foundation knowledge for upper level dental hygiene courses. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisite: CHE 102 Corequisites: BIO 103, DE 192. Credits: 2
DH 180
Periodontics I
This course is designed to survey the basic information regarding the dental specialty of periodontics. Through reading assignments, seminar discussion, and class activities on case-based application, the student will become familiar with the differences between normal and diseased periodontium and the dynamics of the unique disease process that concerns the periodontium. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: BIO 103. DE 150; DH 101, DH 170 DE 192 Corequisites: DH 110, DH 111, BIO 104, BIO 205. Credits: 2
DH 190
Oral Pathology
This course will describe the etiology, pathophysiology, structural, and functional alterations that result from the disease processes. The course includes basics of both general and oral pathology. General pathology includes an overview of basic disease processes, such as cellular adaptations, inflammation, immunology, and wound healing. The oral portion of the course emphasizes the process of determining a differential diagnosis based on clinical signs and symptoms. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, DH 170, DH 110, DH 111 Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202. Credits: 2
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
105
DH 200
Dental Anesthesia – Part I
The Anesthesia Course is a two-part course. Part I provides the didactic knowledge and Part II the clinical technique and hands-on experience. Together, both courses are designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands-on laboratory experience to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting. The successful completion of both courses and the completion of the clinical requirements will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory/clinical knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anesthesia as part of the dental hygiene licensure in the state of Pennsylvania. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.
DH 203
Dental Anesthesia – Part II
The Anesthesia Course is a two-part course. Part I provides the didactic knowledge and Part II the clinical technique and hands-on experience. Together, both courses are designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands-on laboratory experience to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting. The successful completion of both courses and the completion of the clinical requirements will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory/clinical knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anesthesia as part of the dental hygiene licensure in the state of Pennsylvania. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.
Prerequisites: DH 110, DE 191, DH 121, BIO 103, BIO 104 Corequisites: DH 111. Credit: 1
Prerequisites: DH 200, DH 110, DH 111; Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202. Credit: 1
DH 201
DH 210
DH 270
Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, DE 191, DH 110, DH 111, CHE 102. Credits: 2
DH 271 Preventative Oral Health Services III – Seminar
Preventive Oral Health Services IV – Seminar
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to integrate didactic material and concepts to apply to clinical dental hygiene practice. A variety of patient care case studies are examined to further develop the student’s problem solving and critical thinking skills within the provision of care. Course content includes nutritional counseling, tobacco cessation, and family abuse and neglect. An evidence-based research project is a required component of this course. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to integrate didactic materials related to the special needs of patients who are medically compromised so that concepts learned can be applied to clinical dental hygiene practice. The needs of the sensory-impaired, pregnant, and disabled dental patients are examined. This seminar further develops skills in patient management and dental hygiene care planning for the patient with special needs. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.
Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180, DH 200 Corequisites: BIO 210; DH 190, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280. Credits: 2
Prerequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 142, DH 270, DH 280 Corequisite: DH 211. Credits: 2
DH 211 DH 202
Preventative Oral Health Services III – Clinic
This is the third in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice. Emphasis is placed on dental hygiene care planning and treatment of a variety of patient case types. The administration of local anesthesia begins this semester. Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180; Corequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 270, DH 280. Credits: 4 106
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Preventative Oral Health Services IV – Clinic
This course is the fourth and final in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice. Emphasis is placed on developing competency in all dental hygiene procedures, including local anesthesia. Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: BIO 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280 Corequisite: DH 210 Credits: 5
Pharmacology
Pharmacology introduces the dental hygienist to the study of drugs and how they affect biological systems. This course provides the student with a base of knowledge in the principles of pharmacology and the drugs used in the current therapy of disease states, as well as a solid foundation in the terminology and vocabulary that is associated with pharmacology. Special emphasis is given to those drugs administered or prescribed in the dental practice, as well as those drugs whose actions, side effects, or interactions with other drugs may impact dental health care. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.
Community Dental Health
This course is designed to introduce the student to the concepts of public health and community dentistry. Students will participate in community fieldwork during the course. The fieldwork incorporates a dental health education program which will require the student to apply principles of education, epidemiology, research, and biostatistics to assess, plan, implement, and evaluate a program designed for a target community group. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202. Credits: 2
DH 280
Periodontics II
This course is designed as a sequel to DH 180. Emphasis is placed on various aspects of periodontal therapy, both surgical and non-surgical, chemical agents, periodontal maintenance, and implant maintenance. The course focuses on the dental hygienists role in periodontics as it relates to dental hygiene practice. There is a laboratory component to the course. Students must achieve a grade of C (75%) in this course. Prerequisite: DH 180 Corequisites: DH 142, DH 201, DH 202. Credits: 3
DH 282
Current Concepts in Dental Hygiene
Issues related to the current practice of dental hygiene, legal and ethical aspects of practice, and responsibility for the provision of care are discussed in a seminar format. Issues concerning licensure are also discussed. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course. Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202. Credits: 2
Education EDU 112 Introductions to Early Childhood Education This course is a study of the theoretical foundations of early childhood education and their practical implementations, including a historical perspective and an overview of current philosophies. The course will review children’s social, emotional, cognitive, and physical development and explore appropriate expectations for children at various ages. Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in early childhood settings. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 4
EDU 120 Classroom Management This course is designed to emphasize strategies to manage an effective program operation in an early childhood setting, such as: organizing, planning, record keeping, and communicating. This course is designed to (1) define, specify, and measure the behaviors teachers recognize as necessary in managing the needs of children; (2) equip teachers with an understanding of the basic principles of behavior change; (3) provide the teacher with a humanistic philosophical approach to behavior modification; (4) give practice of learning principles in effecting change of the academic study and social behaviors of students.
EDU 122 Introduction to
EDU 209 Math Methods PreK-4th
Special Education
This course focuses on learning theories and teaching strategies for early childhood mathematics. Class sessions will be interactive and will include a variety of hands-on experiences with concrete and virtual manipulatives appropriate for elementary school mathematics. We will explore the teaching of mathematics, investigating both what to teach and how to teach it. It is based on the ideas, goals, and recommendations of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), namely that all children can and do enjoy mathematics, that children learn best by actively exploring and investigating math, and that problem solving, reasoning, and communication are important goals of mathematics teaching and learning. We will be studying the process and content strands and the interrelationships between the strands. Students will work with manipulatives and technologies to explore mathematics, solve problems, and learn ways to teach mathematics content to children.
This course bases its objectives on the knowledge that all teacher candidates will need to know how to work with a diverse group and level of children with disabilities. It will acquaint the teacher candidate with the legal mandates of the teacher serving children with disabilities in the least restrictive setting, as well as the characteristics of those children with disabilities, including the effects of family demographics. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
EDU 202 Program Planning: Infant/Toddler This advanced course is a study of infant and toddler development and the implications for designing quality early childhood experiences for children and their families. Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in infant/toddler settings. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 4
EDU 206 Science Methods PreK-4th This course is designed to help those working in the field of early childhood education and pre-service teachers to become familiar with beginning science concepts, including the study of nature, concepts of time and space, and knowledge about interacting with the physical world. Emphasized are the issues and strategies surrounding teaching in a developmental framework using hands-on experiences. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
EDU 212 Social Studies Methods PreK-4th This course is a study of social studies and health education curricula, instruction, and assessment in early childhood. National, state, and local standards are utilized as frameworks to explore the context, purpose, content, and interdisciplinary nature of the disciplines. By the end of the course, students should appreciate and demonstrate the importance of valuing diversity, reflective thinking, problem-solving and modeling pro-social behavior to young children. The course includes hands-on opportunities to develop and present developmentally appropriate social studies/health curriculum and lesson plans. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
107
EDU 220 Early Literacy This course is designed to help students become familiar with language acquisition, emerging communication, growth milestones, and ages and stages of language development of early childhood. The course will focus on creating developmentally appropriate learning environments that foster and develop literacy in young children. Special emphasis will be placed on developing listening and understanding, speaking and communicating, book knowledge and appreciation/print awareness, and early writing. Some of the strategies used to accomplish these goals during the course include storytelling, read aloud strategies and the use of felt boards, and other developmentally appropriate materials to enhance and develop early literacy. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
EDU 227 Educational Focus Project The purpose of the Educational Focus Project is to give students the opportunity to apply educational theory to the classroom setting. Assignments focus on observations, documentation, and independent, classroom-based research. The focus of the project will enable students to develop indepth knowledge in areas such as careers in Early Childhood Education, scholarships available to the ECE professional and the current trends in the ECE field. The course consists of a combination of meetings with the instructor, internet-based communication, and independent research. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
EDU 228 PreK Methods and Field Experience This advanced course is a study of the preschool child’s development and the implications for designing quality early childhood experiences for them and their families. Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment, and interactions in preschool settings. The course includes observing, recording, and designing child-interest based experiences in a preschool setting. Prerequisites: ART 120, EDU 112, EDU 122, EDU202, EDU 206, EDU 209, EDU 212 EDU 220, PSY 154. Credits: 6
English ENG 097 English for International Students This course focuses on the grammar skills required of a non-native speaker and on the writing process in English. The class is student-responsive and accordingly uses error analysis to determine the linguistic needs of each student. Writing is taught as a process, including pre-writing, planning, proofreading, and writing various drafts. The course covers the use of topic sentences, thesis statements, unity, coherence, and various types of development, usually narrative, process, compare/ contrast, cause effect, and argumentative writing. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 (Graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements.)
ENG 102 English Composition II This course continues the development and strengthening of the language and communication skills of reading, writing, and speaking. Readings from a variety of genres are used to generate discussion, essays, and oral presentations. A research paper is required to demonstrate skills in effective research, information literacy, and technology. Prerequisite: ENG 101 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 3
ENG 103 Public Speaking This course seeks to develop student confidence before an audience and includes such areas as platform delivery, oral delivery, organization, and speech content. Class assignments emphasize elementary speeches of special occasion, instruction, and persuasion (debate/rebuttal). Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
ENG 201 Introduction to Short Fiction This course explores short fiction of the world with an emphasis on interpreting its meaning and relevancy and revealing its diversity as it relates to the 21st century. Through group presentations and discussions, students have an opportunity to widen their intellectual horizons as they read and research masterpieces of great writers. Prerequisite: ENG 101, ENG 102. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
ENG 101 English Composition I
108
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
This course involves instruction in the principles of written and oral expression, centering on the writing of essays. Various texts are studied for understanding of content, structure, and form. A short research project is required to demonstrate successful application of preliminary research skills.
ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry
Prerequisite: IAD 100 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course is an organized study of poetic expression, structure, and language as a recreation of the writer’s experience. Basic tools, particularly meter and rhyme, employed in most types of English language verse are examined.
English as a Second Language ESL 053
Beginner Grammar
At the beginning level, grammar and American cultural context are connected. Students learn the grammar necessary to communicate verbally and in writing, and learn how American culture plays a role in language, beliefs, and everyday situations. In addition to controlled grammar exercises, communicative exercises are crucial so that students can bridge the gap between knowing grammatical structures and using them. Students learn the basic parts of speech focusing on the importance of subjects and verbs. Credits: 6 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 054
Beginner Oral Communication
In this course, the students will practice listening for a variety of purposes and hear examples of different types of spoken English including casual conversations, instructions, directions, requests, descriptions, apologies, and suggestions. The essential listening skills that will be practiced include listening for key words, details and gist; listening and making inferences; listening for attitudes; listening to questions and responding; and recognizing and identifying information. Credits: 3 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 055
Beginner Reading
The following reading strategies will be emphasized: memorizing new vocabulary, using context clues, identifying main ideas, finding key details, understanding transition words, primarily at the sentence level, differentiating between fact and opinion, making inferences, understanding hints, skimming, scanning, using prefixes, roots, and suffixes to understand word meaning, and becoming familiar with the basic allEnglish dictionary. Credits: 5 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 056
Beginner Writing
Although students will be introduced to the concept of the paragraph, they will primarily be writing at the sentence level. Students will write 3-4 sentence descriptive, narrative, and chronological paragraphs. Students will work with simple and compound sentences although one or two more complex structures may be introduced. The students will focus on adhering to the various steps in writing process, paragraph format, and sentence combining. Credits: 6 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 073
Intermediate Grammar
The course will focus on specific grammar usage problems that intermediate students typically experience. Students will use textbooks, computer resources, and communicative activities to learn and utilize correct grammatical structures such as verb tenses, adjectives, articles, other parts of speech, clauses versus phrases, and basic word order. The course will help students identify and correct errors in the above and other problematic grammatical areas and improve students’ grammatical structure in writing activities. Credits: 5 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 074
Intermediate Oral Communication
In this course, students will develop speaking skills necessary for participation in class and for giving simple presentations. Successful oral communication in social as well as academic situations will be stressed. Students will also develop listening skills necessary for comprehending a short lecture. Credits: 3 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 075
Intermediate Reading
In this intermediate level reading course, selections from literature, popular media, and academic texts are read and discussed. Students will analyze paragraphs to find the main idea, learn about prefixes and roots to expand their vocabulary, and complete long-term reading assignments out-of-class to supplement the reading strategies in the textbooks. Credits: 6 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 076
Intermediate Writing
In this course, students are introduced to the concept of the paragraph and write simple descriptive, narrative, and chronological paragraphs. Some students may advance to the 3-paragraph essay. Students will work primarily with simple and compound sentences although one or two more complex structures will be introduced. The students will focus on adhering to the various steps in writing and sentence combining. Credits: 6 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 093
Advanced Grammar
Students at this level are expected to have sufficient linguistic skills to function effectively in English comfortably; thus, error analysis is stressed in several areas. The textbook offers many passages where students are to correct grammar errors in a given passage. In addition, as the teacher pinpoints errors in spoken and written form, specific grammar practice occurs. Much of the specific grammar practice is individualized. Areas in which students often need further study are sentence word order, use of verb forms, the article system, use of prepositions, the verbal system, phrasal verbs , complicated clause structures, the passive voice and the subjunctive mood. Technology and the internet are used to provide the students with websites that will enhance their learning of the above grammar points. Credits: 5 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
109
Fashion Design ESL 094
Advanced Oral Communication
In this course, students will prepare for college level communication focusing on the development of academic listening skills as well as skills to enhance their delivery of oral presentations. This includes improving their pronunciation through group discussions, pair exercises, and other pronunciation practice activities. Credits: 3 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
ESL 095
Advanced Reading
In this course, students will prepare for college level reading assignments through comprehension building exercises and application of reading strategies, important for increasing reading speed and fluency. Students will also work on increasing their vocabulary through practice exercises and the study of roots, affixes, idioms, collocations, and dictionary skills. In addition, students will learn research skills and become more familiar with the library and online research tools. Credits: 6 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course.
FSH 102 Flat Pattern Design
FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills
This course introduces the student to the flat pattern method of pattern design. Draping and drafting patterns of designs from the student’s original sketches will be introduced. Students will learn a number of different techniques in order to produce a finished pattern.
Design and merchandising require basic knowledge that leads to good design and/or quality assessment. In combination with the basic apparel construction process, students acquire valuable apparel skills through supervised laboratory sewing experiences to work through manipulative techniques. Students gain artistic expression through investigation, precision, common sense and good taste and selection and application of fabric and pattern.
Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204. Credits: 3
FSH 104 Introduction to Fashion Design and Merchandising This intensive course provides students with a foundation in the design and graphic skills that are necessary for a career in Fashion Design. General themes and topics include form, color, and pattern; fabric selection and textile technology; model drawing and the purpose of the design sketch; history; and contemporary fashion. The course addresses issues of designing a collection as well as audience and marketing considerations for the designer. Students are expected to complete regular assignments for in-class critique and keep a fashion sketch book throughout the course. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
FSH 105 Photoshop for Fashion ESL 096
Advanced Writing
Students work on perfecting the essay format examining the persuasive and expository essay in detail, as they continue to work on applying their knowledge of grammar in their writing. Students will be introduced to research tools and the importance of citing sources when writing an essay will be emphasized. Technology and the internet are an integral part of this class. An exit writing test is given to support college admission. Credits: 6 Graduation credit is not awarded for this course
This is a project based class where students will develop skills in computer aided design and print production using Adobe Photoshop. The course will introduce the role that computer aided design plays in the fashion industry, for both designers and merchandisers. Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills. The class structure is primarily hands-on – laboriented and project based, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing. The projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling, and critiques. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
110
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
FSH 107
Draping
A study of three-dimensional fashion design conceptualization by draping in muslin or fashion fabric directly on the dress form. Skill development in observing grain of fabric, identifying drapable fabrics, and creating designs suitable for draping. Presentation of a research paper on a major fashion designer’s draping techniques. Prerequisite: FSH 106 and FSH 204 with a C 75% or higher Credits: 3
FSH 201 Illustrator, Flats and Technical Drawing This is a project based class where students will develop skills in drawing technical flats and computer aided design using Adobe Illustrator. This course will introduce sketching Fashion Flats according to Fashion Industry standard. Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills. The class structure is primarily hands-on – lab-oriented and project based, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing. The projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling, and critiques. Prerequisite: FSH 104 Credits: 3
FSH 202 Portfolio and Presentation In this course, Fashion Design and Merchandising students will practice the skills they have learned in previous classes to create a professional portfolio. They will apply knowledge of design principles and elements to create works in both digital and traditional media. Students will evaluate past work, edit and update contents to display their skills. They will practice career preparation, job seeking and presentation techniques to prepare for future employment or further education. Prerequisite: FSH 104 and FSH 105 Credits: 3
FSH 204
Advanced Construction
This course is a continuation of FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills and focuses on the use of commercial patterns. Projects may include a dress, skirt, pant, jacket or coat, shirt or blouse. Special attention will focus on proper fit of a garment. Prerequisite: FSH 106 with a C 75% or higher. Credits: 3
FSH 205 Fashion Workshop This course uses the workshop format to interface the skills developed in design, construction, advanced construction, and flat pattern culminating in a presentation of a collection of each student’s original designs. An approved work experience may be substituted for this course. Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204, FSH 102 (with a C 75% or higher). Credits: 3
FSH 208 Fashion Practicum This course is offered as an elective to Fashion Design students who have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and wish to gain experience in the fashion design field. The student must submit a written proposal for the position to the program director for approval. A minimum of 135 hours of work and a detailed daily log of the experience are required.
Fashion Merchandising RET 105 Retail Consumers This course will introduce the student to the world of fashion retailing - Retailing, marketing, and financial strategies will be addressed. Fashion and business concepts will be covered, such as customer profiling, buying, branding and promotions, and retail management.
RET 211 Textiles This course is a study of textile materials including properties of natural and manmade fibers, yarn formulation, fabric design and production, dyeing, finishing, and textile legislation. Prerequisite/Corequisite: ENG 101. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
General Science
RET 106 Visual Merchandising
GSC 105 Science and Our World
This course will focus on the merchandising, marketing and selling of fashion. We will explore visual merchandising and display, promotion and customer service as key elements in the fashion retail strategy.
This course covers the study of scientific principles with emphasis placed on providing an understanding of how these principles relate to the non-scientist, especially in the areas of industry, ecology, health, the arts (including music), and criminology. This course may be offered online.
Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
RET 115 Fashion History This course is a survey of the history of costume and fashion from Ancient Egypt to the Modern Era. Students will focus on the reasons - practical, sociological, cultural and political - that people have worn the garments that they have. Emphasis will be placed on making connections that are relevant to under-standing the current field of Fashion Design and Merchandising. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
RET 205 Cooperative Store Service Students serve an internship in the fashion industry or a fashion industry-related business under the supervision of a faculty member and on-site personnel. Active participation and a significant level of responsibilities are expected in the internship setting. Reports and projects are required.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Science Elective
Gender Studies GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies This course introduces the student to a wide spectrum of issues that concern gender today and examines the historical roots of those issues. The course focuses on areas such as body image, health issues, motherhood, women’s role in the workplace, the Women’s Movement, women’s political and legal status, gender role socialization, women’s portrayal in the media, and others. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
Prerequisite: Ret 106, RET 116, RET 211, BUS 110, BUS 109, BUS 221, BUS 213. Must have approval from Program Director. Credits: 4
Prerequisites: FSH 102, FSH 106. Credits: 3 C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
111
Human Services HSC 101 Introduction to Human Services
HSC 203: Crisis Intervention Skills & Strategies
This course provides an overview of the human services profession. Students will describe the historical and continuing development of the Human Service system and its three models of delivery. Students will also describe the diverse spectrum and challenges of clients as well as the varying roles and relationships assumed by human service professionals. Ethical standards and dilemmas facing the professional as well as the agency will be discussed.
This course is designed to prepare students to respond effectively in critical situations and to help counsel clients who are experiencing crisis events in their lives. Students will learn that crisis interventions are founded on theory and will be able to apply theory and crisis intervention techniques. Special attention will be paid to counseling approaches for use with circumstantial and developmental life crises in both school and community settings.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, HSC 201, or permission of Program Director. Credits: 3
HSC 102 Fundamentals of Case Management This course examines the human needs and resources made available to assist families and individuals in need. The course describes the function of social work services in residential treatments, psychiatric services, correctional services, medical services, services for the aged, and community services. Prerequisite: HSC 101 or permission of Program Director. Credits: 3
HSC 201 Intervention Skills and Strategies This course is an introduction to the theories, principles, and skills of the helping process in social work practice. Students learn how to engage a client, how to do assessments, develop a treatment plan, choose appropriate interventions and follow up with both individuals and families. Students also develop skills in listening, doing intake interviews and evaluations, making referrals, and writing reports. Case studies and field observations will be used to explore typical presenting problems and appropriate responses. Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, or permission of Program Director. Credits: 3
Histotechnician HTN 101 Histology Lecture 1 This course introduces the student to safety procedures in the histology laboratory, as well as basic principles and procedures of operation. Areas to be explored include the gross room and surgical cutting, fixation procedures, tissue processing, infiltration media, and embedding. Prerequisite: None. Corequisites: HTN 111 Credits: 1
HTN 102 Histology Lecture 2 This course introduces the student to instrumentation used in the histology laboratory and mathematical concepts needed to prepare solutions, buffers, and other lab reagents. Staining techniques for identifying nuclear and cytoplasmic structures, carbohydrates, and amyloid will also be presented. Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 111 Corequisite: HTN 112. Credits: 3
HTN 103 Histology Lecture 3 This course introduces the student to staining techniques used to identify connective tissue and muscle tissue in the histology lab. A study of microorganisms encountered in specimens for histologic examination will be presented, along with staining techniques to identify these organisms. Pigments, minerals, and cytoplasmic granules will be differentiated and identified. Prerequisites: HTN 101/111, HTN 102/112 Corequisite: HTN 113 Credits: 3
HTN 104 Histology Lecture 4 This course will introduce the student to the stains used in the identification of nerve tissue in the histology lab as well as explore specialized histology techniques such as: immunohistochemistry, enzyme histology, and electron microscopy. Students will explore immunohistochemical (IHC) staining methods, identify pathological changes in histology specimens using muscle enzyme histology, cytology, and specimen preparation for examination by electron microscopy (EM). Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 111, HTN 112, HTN 113. Corequisites: HTN 105, HTN 114. Credits: 3
HTN 105 HT Certification Exam Prep Seminar This course provides a review of histology theory and practice through use of the NSH Self-Assessment 14-module series focusing on: fixation, processing, embedding, staining, IHC, flow cytometry, ISH, EM, lab operations, gross dissection and description, cytology, and lab safety. Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 111, HTN 112, HTN 113. Corequisite: HTN 104, HTN 114. Credits: 3 *Note: Students must register for and pay the NSH Self-Assessment Series fee for this course.
112
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
HTN 111 Histology Practicum 1
HTN 114 Histology Practicum 4
The HTN 111 Histology Practicum 1 introduces students to the daily operation of a routine histology lab. The student will gain fundamental practical knowledge and experience of the theory presented in HTN 101: Histology Lecture 1. Students spend 3hours /week at a clinical site for the duration of the semester.
The HTN 114 Histology practicum rotation introduces the student to staining techniques used in identifying nerve tissue. As the last clinical rotation in the histotechnician program, students become proficient in all areas of the histology laboratory and meet the requirements for employment as an entry-level histotechnician. In addition to routine practices, students will receive orientation in immunohistochemistry and enzyme histochemistry. Students spend 6 hours/week at the clinical site.
Corequisite: HTN 101. Credits: 3
HTN 112 Histology Practicum 2 Histology Practicum 2 provides students with practical experience in the histology lab correlating to the theory presented in HTN 102. Histology Lecture 2 with emphasis on instrumentation use and troubleshooting, lab math, H&E Stains, and the beginning of special stains for carbohydrates and amyloid. Students spend 6 hours/week at a clinical site for the duration of the semester. Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 111. Corequisite: HTN 102. Credits: 6
HTN 113 Histology Practicum The HTN 113 Histology practicum will provide practical experience in the application of staining techniques for identification of connective tissue, collagen and elastin, reticulum fibers, muscle and basement membranes, lipids, microorganisms, fungus, pigments, and minerals. Students will be provided with training by clinical instructors in the application of stain, troubleshooting techniques, and the importance of quality control in evaluating stain effectiveness. Students spend 6 hours/week at the practicum site. Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 111, HTN 112 Corequisite: HTN 103. Credits: 6
Prerequisites: HTN 101, HTN 102, HTN 103, HTN 11, HTN 112, HTN 113. Corequisites: HTN 104, HTN 105. Credits: 6
Humanities HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty This course is an introductory course in the general field of the Humanities, using human liberty as a focus of study. Readings and selections from history, literature, philosophy and ethics, science, art, and music form the basic material of the course. Students are expected to discuss, to evaluate, and to write about works which are fundamental to an understanding of the meaning of human liberty within western culture. Prerequisite: ENG 101. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective or Diversity Elective
HUM 122 Music Appreciation (Online) Music Appreciation is designed to give the student a background in the history and appreciation of music from antiquity to the present. Major composers and their representative works, musical forms, and instruments are reviewed and discussed in class. Records and professional concerts are used extensively for illustration. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
HUM 201 Ethical Issues in Professional Life This course examines the moral issues that exist universally in professional life: the moral foundations of professional ethics, the appropriate model for the professional/client relationship, informed consent, privacy and confidentiality, and the obligations of professionals to third parties and to society at large. A variety of professions are discussed to encompass the diverse career interests of students and because the practices and problems of any profession impact upon all of us at one time or another, either professionally or personally. Prerequisite: ENG 101. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
HUM 202 Health Care Law and Ethics
This course is designed to educate the student and promote awareness about the major art works and cultural aspects inherent in the humanities from prehistory to the Renaissance. Aesthetic and formal elements, styles, and ideas as experienced in these art forms are studied.
This course covers the primary medical, legal and ethical issues encountered in dayto-day health care practices. These issues include: licensure, confidentiality, consent, the physician/patient relationship, malpractice, and litigation. A variety of secondary medical legal issues will also be addressed, such as intentional torts, public duties and responsibilities, and employment laws. In addition, codes of ethics, as well as the relationship between law and ethics, are discussed.
Prerequisite: ENG 101. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
HUM 121 The Humanistic Tradition
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
113
HUM 212 The Art of the Film For more than one hundred years, world culture has been increasingly defined and influenced by the moving picture. As in literature, plot, theme, motif, and image are developed in film to provide an audience with an art form that gives insight into the human condition. In this course, we will explore significant cinematic achievement from the earliest Edison kinetoscopes to the critically acclaimed films of today. In addition, important technical strides, such as the transition to sound, will be discussed. Various genres utilizing complete films and clips, as well as documentaries, will be explored. Class assignments will include essays and critiques. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Academic Discourse IAD 050
Introduction to Academic Discourse I
This course provides an authentic academic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating. Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly interconnected communication modes. Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 050 course. Writing will begin with paragraph length compositions and culminate in short essays. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
IAD 100
Introduction to Academic Discourse II
This course provides an authentic academic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating. Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly interconnected communication modes. Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 100 course. Writing will begin with short essays and culminate in college level academic essays. Prerequisite: IAD 050 with a grade of C or higher, or a satisfactory score on the placement test. Credits: 3
INT 201
Academic Internship
The Academic Internship course presents the student with an opportunity to apply classroom theory with period of practical, hands-on experience in a professional work environment. Students will continue to use their internship experience to further develop discipline skills and knowledge and outcomes that will remain relevant throughout their careers. Internship Seminars will be offered to the students prior to their internship to prepare the student for their internship experience and topics covered in the seminars will include: identification of career goals, resume writing, career planning skills, interview skills, contemporary workplace issues and professional communication. The Internship Program will offer flexibility to the student by providing varying levels of time commitment with a minimum of 45 hours of work/study within the semester. Student/Intern will meet their faculty advisor and the internship coordinator throughout the internship and will document their experiences through reflective journaling and assignments. Prerequisite: Program Director approval. Credits: 3
114
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Interdisciplinary Studies IDS 101
Harcum Colloquium
This interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic, and cultural development and provide them with the skills to succeed in college. It also provides instruction in college survival skills, such as time, financial and stress management, and study skills, including textbook reading and test-taking. Students learn to be proactive in their education and develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills. Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1
IDS 103
College Orientation & Research Skills
This interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic, and cultural development, outside and within Harcum College. Information literacy will be introduced, assisting students in developing efficient and effective research strategies and skills necessary to conduct college level research and facilitate lifelong learning. This course is designed to prepare the student to have a successful academic and personal experience at the College. Prerequisite: None Credits: 3
Legal Studies LS 101
Introduction to Legal Studies
This course provides an introduction to the American legal system. The course provides a brief history on the process and procedures by which the legal system was developed, how laws are created, and how laws are organized. Students understand the different sources of law, the different levels of law and the interplay that occurs when different laws, regulate the same matters. This course includes a field trip to the Constitution Center, Independence Hall, City Hall, and the Liberty Bell Pavilion. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
LS 202
Torts
This course combines a general overview of the purposes and procedures of tort law, with examples and exercises on the process and procedures that paralegals employ when working on tort actions. Students work on a mock case and develop a database for all evidence and documents employed in the case. In addition, there is a discussion and demonstration of time-keeping programs. Prerequisites: None. Credits: 3
Medical Laboratory Science MLS 101 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Technology This course introduces the student to the many aspects of the clinical laboratory, and provides an introduction of procedures performed in each lab department: chemistry, blood bank, serology, urinalysis, microbiology, hematology, focusing on specimen collection, safety and infection control, quality control, legal/ethical considerations, and application of computers in the laboratory setting. Prerequisite/Corequisite: MTH 113. Credits 3
MLS 113 Basic Hematology and Clinical Microscopy This course provides a thorough background in the study of hematology focusing on the development and function of red cells, white cells, and platelets. The analysis of other body fluids including urine and spinal fluid are explored. Prerequisite: MLS 101 Corequisite: MLS 114 Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIO 205, CHE Elective. Credits: 3
MLS 114 Applied Hematology and Microscopy This course provides “hands-on� application of material presented in MLS 113. Students study normal and abnormal blood cells and demonstrate proficiency in performing differential cell counts. The binocular microscope is used to examine cells in blood, urine, and other body fluids. Prerequisite: MLS 101 Corequisite: MLS 113 Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIO 205, CHE Elective Credits: 1
MLS 211 Clinical Chemistry This course prepares students for the clinical chemistry practicum rotation by providing information on lab safety and QA/QC in the clinical lab, clinical correlations and analytical procedures involving amino acids, protein, non-protein nitrogen compounds enzymes, carbohydrates, lipids, lipoproteins, electrolytes, blood gases, trace and toxic elements, as well as areas of special chemistry in therapeutic drug monitoring and toxicology. Prerequisites: CHE Elective, MTH 113, MLS 101 Credits: 3
MLS 212 Clinical Hematology This course prepares students for their hematology laboratory rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing both standard and specialized hematology tests and applying test results to case studies in order to identify pathologic states of the blood cells. The process of coagulation is also explored. Students study the appropriate testing techniques to identify coagulation disorders. Prerequisites: MLS 101, MLS 113. Credits: 3
MLS 130 Immunology
MLS 213 Clinical Immunohematology
This course covers the basic theory of immunology along with infectious disease, diseases of the immune system, and the role of serological testing in diagnosis and treatment of these diseases. Students learn multiple and serial dilutions and how to use these techniques in the clinical laboratory setting.
This course prepares students for their blood bank rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing standard and specialized immunohematology procedures required to transfuse a patient successfully with blood products. Students discuss transfusion reaction case studies.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: MTH 113 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: MLS 101, MLS 130. Credits: 3
MLS 140 Applied Lab Techniques I
MLS 214 Clinical Microbiology
Students are introduced to laboratory methods in manual and automated specimen testing, quality control, and use of universal precautions in the clinical setting. Each lab session focuses on a particular area of the clinical laboratory and includes chemistry, hematology, urinalysis, microbiology, serology, and blood bank.
This course introduces the student to the wide variety of pathological microorganisms that can affect humans and how to differentiate these pathogens from normal flora. It explores the many aspects of identification using specialized media and biochemical testing. A review of processing body fluids in the microbiology lab will be included, as well as comparing antibiotics used to fight infection.
Prerequisite/Corequisite: MLS 101. Credit: 1
Prerequisites: BIO 205, MLS 101. Credits: 3 C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
115
MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY CLINICAL ROTATION PRACTICUM COURSES: MLS 221, MLS 222, MLS 223, MLS 224, MLS 225, MLS 226, and MLS 227 comprise the Medical Laboratory Technology Clinical Rotation Practicum and are held at a hospital laboratory site. Students rotate through the various departments of the laboratory and receive hands-on training under the supervision of technologists, as well as case study reviews and preparation for the Board of Certification exam.
MLS 221 Chemistry The chemistry rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of clinical chemistry laboratory procedures and their significance in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. This rotation will allow the student to gain confidence in running both manual and automated tests in the clinical chemistry laboratory. Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240. Credits: 3
MLS 223 Blood Bank
MLS 226 Coagulation
The immunohematology (Blood Bank) rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in Blood Banking. Students will be able to utilize clinical laboratory techniques for testing, preparing, and issuing blood products. Students will be able to assess the need for patient blood product transfusion and be knowledgeable of all precautions taken to insure that patients receive the proper blood type of the product requested.
The coagulation rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the coagulation laboratory. Students will perform testing, differentiate normal from abnormal results, and apply laboratory theory and techniques to the diagnosis and treatment of coagulation disorders.
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240. Credits: 3
MLS 224 Microbiology The microbiology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experience in the identification and isolation of microbial organisms significant in the clinical microbiology laboratory. Students will use laboratory data and determine the clinical significance of results in diagnosing and treating disease caused by microbial organisms. Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240. Credits: 4
MLS 225 Serology
The hematology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experience in the application of laboratory theory and techniques as they relate to the diagnosis and treatment of hematologic disorders.
The immunology/serology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the immunology/serology laboratory. Students will assess the significance of laboratory results in diagnosing and treatment of diseases that are routinely detected in the serology/immunology laboratory.
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240. Credits: 3
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240. Credit: 1
MLS 222 Hematology
Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240. Credit: 1
MLS 227 Urinalysis The urinalysis rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the urinalysis department. They will be able to perform testing, recognize normal and abnormal results, and apply laboratory theory to assess diagnosis and treatment of diseases detected by urinalysis. Prerequisites: MLS 211, MLS 212, MLS 213, MLS 214, MLS 240. Credit: 1
MLS 230 MLT Certification Prep Seminar This course will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the ASCP MLT Board Certification Exam. The student will access pre- and post-tests in all areas of the clinical laboratory science and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness. Prerequisite: MLS 240. Credit: 1
MLS 240 Applied Lab Techniques II 1-0-1 Students correlate theory learned in senior level MLT courses to tests performed in the clinical laboratory. Manual and automated methodologies are used to perform advanced procedures in microbiology, hematology, blood bank, serology,¬ and clinical chemistry. Prerequisites: MLS 101, MLS 140. HTN Corequisites: MLS 211, 212, 213, 214. Credit: 1
116
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Mathematics MTH 073 Fundamentals of College Math This course is designed to reintroduce students to key arithmetic and basic algebraic concepts necessary for MTH 113, College Math. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 (Graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements.)
MTH 111 Quantitative Reasoning In this course students utilize skills required to interpret and evaluate quantitative information that they encounter in everyday life, society, school, and the workplace, and to make quantitatively-based decisions in their lives. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
MTH 113 College Math This course covers the essentials of algebra as well as selected areas of pre-calculus algebra. Topics include operations on real numbers, simplifying and evaluating variable expressions, set notation and set operations, solving linear and compound inequalities, operations on polynomials, factoring, simplifying rational expressions, solving quadratic and rational equations, properties of exponents, arithmetic of radicals, and the rectangular coordinate system. Prerequisite: MTH 073 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test. Credits: 3
MTH 115 Business and Financial Mathematics
Music MTH 116 Pre-Calculus Algebra This course is designed for students who need a rapid review of those algebraic topics essential for the study of calculus. These topics include real and complex numbers, sets, linear, quadratic radical and rational equations, polynomial and rational inequalities, algebra of functions, graphing and equations of parabolas and circles and exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisite: MTH 113 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test. Credits: 3
MTH 117 Pre-Calculus Trigonometry A sequel to MTH 116, this course covers those trigonometric and algebraic topics considered essential for calculus. Those topics include circular and trigonometric identities, matrices, determinants, sequences and series and the binomial theorem. Prerequisite: MTH 116 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 3
MTH 201 Introduction to Calculus I This course covers the differential calculus. Topics include functions; limits and continuity; differentiation of polynomial, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions; extreme values of functions and graphing. Applications to business, life, social sciences and physics are discussed. Prerequisite: MTH 116 or MTH 117 with a grade of C or higher. Credits 4
This course is an introduction to the application of mathematics in personal and business finance. Topics include the various techniques for solving percent problems, retail cost and markup, simple and compound interest, annuities and sinking funds, mortgage and installment loan payments, amortization schedules and calculating the total interest paid on a loan.
MTH 202 Introduction to Calculus II
Prerequisite: MTH 111 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: MTH 201 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 4
This course covers the integral calculus. Topics include definite and indefinite integrals; integration of polynomial, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions; integration by parts; substitution techniques; and improper integrals. Applications to business, life, social sciences and physics are discussed.
MUS 104IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Percussion This independent study course consists of private drum lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted. Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
MUS 105IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Piano This independent study course consists of private piano lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted. Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
MUS 106IS
Voice Lessons
This independent study course consists of private voice lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted. Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. The lessons culminate in an endof-the-semester recital. Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
117
Nursing MUS 107IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Woodwinds
MUS 109IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Guitar
NUR 100 Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice
This independent study course consists of private flute, clarinet, or saxophone lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted. Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.
This independent study course consists of private guitar lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted. Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.
Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
This course provides an introduction to nursing and the roles of the professional nurse. The concepts of patient-centered care, professionalism, teamwork, quality improvement, collaboration, safety, evidence-based practice, and leadership are introduced in this course. Emphasis is placed on the knowledge and skills needed to provide safe, quality care. Students will use the nursing process to guide basic clinical decisions. The theoretical foundation for a general assessment and nursing skills is presented, and the student is given an opportunity to demonstrate these skills in a laboratory and clinical setting.
MUS 108IS
MUS 110IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Electric Bass
Instrumental Music Lessons on Brass
This independent study course consists of private trumpet or trombone lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted. Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.
This independent study course consists of private bass lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. A scheduled 50 minute lesson per week is the requirement. All levels of experience and beginners are accepted. Lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. The lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.
Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
9 Credits
NUR 105 Nursing of Adults I This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with uncomplicated physical and/or mental behavioral alterations that require medical and/or surgical intervention. Emphasis is placed on the care of an adult or older adult with alterations in selected body functions, including mental behavioral issues. Concepts of patient-centered care, teamwork and collaboration, evidence-based practice, quality improvement, safety, informatics, professionalism, and leadership are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to one adult and/or older adult patient per experience in a variety of settings. Prerequisites: NUR 100 Corequisite: NUR 106 7 Credits
118
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
NUR 106 Mental Health Nursing
NUR 206 Maternal Child Nursing
This course focuses on the care of patients across the lifespan experiencing alterations in mental behavioral health. Concepts of crisis intervention and therapeutic communication are integrated throughout the course. The promotion and/or maintenance of mental behavioral health issues of patients and families are emphasized. Interventions, both non-pharmacological and pharmacological, are explored for patients with alterations in mental behavioral health. Students will address mental behavior health issues during maternalchild, medical-surgical, and simulation experiences. The community as a site for care and support services is addressed.
This course provides an integrative, familycentered approach to the care of mothers, newborns, and children. Emphasis is placed on normal and high-risk pregnancies, normal growth and development, family dynamics, common pediatric disorders, and the promotion of healthy behaviors in patients. Laboratory and simulation experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to mothers, newborns, and children.
Prerequisites: NUR 100 Corequisite: NUR 105 2 Credits
NUR 205 Nursing of Adults II This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues. Concepts of pathophysiology, pharmacology nutrition, evidence-based practice, quality improvement, informatics, teamwork and collaboration, and safety will be integrated throughout the course. Progression of clinical skills, priority setting, time management, clinical judgement, and legal and ethical tenets are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student the opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two patients with complicated health alterations and/or mental behavioral health alterations in a variety of settings.
Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106 Corequisite: NUR 205 4 Credits
NUR 211 Nursing of Adults III This course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated multisystem health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues. Emphasis is placed on helping patients and their families to cope with alterations in body functions. Concepts of pathophysiology, pharmacology, nutrition, informatics, evidence-based practice, and teamwork and collaboration will be integrated throughout the course. Progression of clinical skills, priority setting, time-management, clinical judgment, and tenets of legal and ethical practice are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two or more patients in a variety of settings.
NUR 216 Transition to Professional Nursing Practice This course facilitates the transition of the student to the role of a professional nurse. Emphasis is placed on contemporary issues and management concepts, as well as developing the skills of delegation, conflict management, leadership, and NCLEX preparation. Legal and ethical issues are discussed with a focus on personal accountability and responsibility. Standards of practice and the significance of functioning according to regulations and statutes are analyzed. The student will implement a remediation plan based on identified areas of weakness in preparing for the NCLEX exam. Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206 Corequisite: NUR 211 Credits: 2
Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206 Corequisite: NUR 216 Credits: 4
Prerequisites: NUR 100, 105, 106 Co-requisites: NUR 206 5 Credits
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
119
Occupational Therapy Assistant OTA 113 Functional Anatomy for the OTA This course offers an interactive presentation of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body. This course is an in-depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional component of these systems. The student will actively participate in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement. This class is a prerequisite class to OTA 114. Successful completion of this class is necessary to continue with the OTA course sequence. Corequisite: BIO 103. Credit: 1
OTA 114
Applied Kinesiology
Applied Kinesiology involves the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathokinesiology. The anatomy and physiology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and in the laboratory. Analysis of normal and abnormal motion, strength, coordination, neuromuscular activity, and methods of clinical assessment and treatment application are included. Prerequisites: BIO 103, OTA 113. Corequisite: BIO 104. Credits: 4
OTA 121 Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles This course is designed to introduce the student to the basic principles of occupational therapy theory and practice. It describes the primary competencies and performance objectives for training as a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA). This course helps the student build a body of knowledge, attitudes, values and basic skills needed to enter the profession as a COTA. This course includes an off-site fieldwork component to complement academic teaching content. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 4
120
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
OTA 123
Bio-Psycho-Social Conditions
This course provides a survey of medical/psychosocial conditions that impact on the functioning of human beings. The etiology, pathology, symptomatology, prognosis, and medical treatment of significant conditions will be presented. Each condition is discussed in its developmental context, i.e. age of typical occurrence and impact on life tasks at the particular stage. This course is taught in close connection with OTA 122 to enable the student to correlate normal developmental life tasks with typical disruptions of function at each stage. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
OTA 124 Occupational Dysfunction in Childhood and Adolescence This course builds on the basic concepts taught in OTA 114, 121, 123, and SOC 122. It has two functions: 1) to present in-depth the impact of bio-psycho-social dysfunction on an individual and his/her family throughout the period of childhood and adolescence, including the role of socio-cultural values and their impact on adaptation and 2) to address the acquisition of professional concepts, evaluation and treatment planning skills that reflect current occupational therapy practice with children and adolescents. A pediatric Fieldwork Level I experience is integrated into this course to assist the student with the application of knowledge attained in the classroom. Prerequisites: OTA 121, SOC 122, OTA 123, and OTA 114 Corequisite: OTA 125. Credits: 4
OTA 125 Activities and Adaptations for Childhood and Adolescence This course is designed to provide the opportunity for exploration of activities of childhood and adolescence through experiential learning. Students will be introduced to selection, design and development of adaptations, and the grading of activities to facilitate maximum function. Emphasis is on problem solving and the development of clinical reasoning skills regarding the therapeutic application of activities and adaptations within the occupational therapy process. Corequisite: OTA 124. Credits: 3
OTA 126 Professional Seminar I The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IA. Corequisite: OTA 121. Credit: 1
OTA 127 Professional Seminar II The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IB. Corequisite: OTA 124. Credit: 1
OTA 224 Occupational Dysfunction in Adulthood and Geriatrics This course emphasizes the impact of dysfunction in the areas of ADL, work, and leisure in adults and older adults with a variety of mental and physical deficits and abilities. Current professional literature will be used to provide guidelines, case stories, and experiential learning activities to facilitate optimal understanding of information within practical contexts. This course combines academic knowledge with relevant clinical observations and experiences. This course includes an off-site fieldwork component. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all 100-level OTA coursework Corequisite: OTA 225. Credits: 4
Phlebotomy OTA 225 Activities and Adaptations for Adulthood and Geriatrics This course emphasizes experiential and hands-on learning within the classroom setting. This course is a complement to OTA 224 because it allows the student to engage in activity based tasks that emphasize the OTA’s role in treating the adult/older adult population with mental and/or physical dysfunction. Adaptation of the tools and environment in which this population is treated and/or lives will be taught. Group activities, selected craft projects, adaptation projects, presentations, and competency testing will be used to facilitate learning. Corequisite: OTA 224. Credits: 3
OTA 226 Clinical Skills throughout the Life Span This course is designed to help students develop the following clinical skills which relate to treatment of clients across the life span: assessment methods and related treatment techniques for motor, sensory, visual/perceptual and mental dysfunction; performance of assistive techniques to facilitate maximum occupational performance; selection and/or fabrication of environmental adaptations and technological equipment; fabrication of basic orthotics; understanding of safety precautions; performance of functional transfers and related training of clients/patients; and effective communication skills within a culturally diverse society. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 100-level OTA coursework. Credits: 3
OTA 227 Professional Seminar III The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IC.
OTA 228 Professional Seminar IV The purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork Level IIA and B. Corequisites: OTA 231, OTA 232. Credit: 1
OTA 231 Fieldwork Experience Level IIA This course consists of a full-time 8-week clinical placement. The goal is the application of academically acquired knowledge through in-depth experiences in the clinical setting. The experience provides the student with opportunities for carrying out professional responsibility under appropriate supervision and professional modeling. All Level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months following completion of academic coursework. Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding OTA coursework with C or better; Corequisite: OTA 228. Credits: 6
OTA 232 Fieldwork Experience, Level IIB This course consists of a second full-time 8week clinical placement. The goal is the application of academically acquired knowledge through in-depth experiences in the clinical setting. The experience provides the student with opportunities for carrying out professional responsibility under appropriate supervision and professional modeling. All Level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months following completion of academic coursework.
PBT 210 Phlebotomy Lecture This course prepares students for their phlebotomy rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing equipment used for phlebotomy, procedures, and safety practices. Students participate in venipuncture practice. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
PBT 201 Phlebotomy Practicum The phlebotomy practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phlebotomy technique. Prerequisites: PBT 210. Credit: 2
PBT 202 Certification Exam Prep Seminar This course will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the ASCP-PBT Board of Certification Exam. The student will access tests in all areas of phlebotomy and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness. Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1
Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding OTA coursework with C or better Corequisite: OTA 228.
Corequisite: OTA 224. Credit: 1
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
121
Photography PHT 103 Digital Photography Digital Photography is an elective class that encourages students to discover their own photographic vision and style. The student will learn the basics of camera handling, photographic functions, and composition through photographic assignments, critiques, and practice in Photoshop. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Arts/Humanities Elective
PHT 141 Fundamentals of Photography This is an introductory course to basic professional photography and its influence on today’s world. Topics covered are theory, optics, ISO sensitivity, operation of cameras, meters, and related professional equipment plus image file types, file sizes, and file delivery. Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
PHT143 Basic Lighting A variety of lighting techniques are explored and practiced in this course. Through an analysis of their own photographs, students learn to see and create lighting that best suits the chosen subject. Emphasis is on natural light, three-dimensional studio lighting, and contrast control. Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
PHT 145 Theory of Composition/History of Photography This course is designed to offer the student an in-depth exploration of visual composition, including artistic balance and the relationship of elements, and how to apply these concepts photographically. This course will also study the history of photography from its origin to present-day trends. Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
122
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
PHT 148 Digital Photographic Imaging
PHT 168 Introduction to Color Photography
This course offers students the opportunity to explore digital imaging in depth. Using Adobe Photoshop®, students will learn various ways to compose, retouch, manipulate, colorize, and alter photographs electronically. Scanning and image-capture procedures and color correction and separation techniques will be covered.
This course will explore color photography, emphasizing its unique qualities and dimensions. The students will be introduced to color photography, its aesthetics and visual impact, and the great range of outcomes from each color photo under the control of the photographer. Assignments will focus on color printing techniques.
Prerequisites: None Credits: 3
Prerequisites: PHT 141, PHT 143, PHT 148 Credits: 3
PHT 162 Theory of Light/Portraiture
PHT 251 Fashion Photography
This course covers learning how to use light creatively and how to see and understand light photographically. The course covers the use of different lighting effects, both natural and artificial, to obtain pleasing results in “people” photography. Students will direct and photograph their subjects while refining portrait composition, posing, and lighting techniques. The use of filters, reflectors, flash equipment, and proper lighting ratios are also examined.
This course is designed to introduce all aspects of creating fashion photographs. Each student will work as an individual photographer, producing shoots focusing on several areas, such as catalog, editorial, and advertising. Students will learn the roles and vocabularies involved in a fashion shoot, starting with art director, make-up and hair stylists, models and their agencies, location scouting, and lighting. During this course, students will also examine the moral and ethical issues surrounding fashion photography.
Prerequisites: PHT 141, PHT 143, PHT 148 Credits: 3
PHT 164 New Media/ Visual Journalism In this course students will learn photographic techniques required for reporting social, cultural, multimedia, and entertainment activities to be reproduced in a variety of visual storytelling mediums. Social networking and on-location assignments required in this class will help the student prepare for the ever-changing mass media marketplace. Prerequisites: PHT 141, PHT 143, PHT 148 Credits: 3
Prerequisites: PHT 148, PHT 162, PHT 168 Credits: 3
PHT 253 Portrait Essentials The students will learn the skills needed to photograph individual, couple, and groups in the studio and outdoors. The student will create intermediate lighting techniques using flash, incandescent, fluorescent, and LED lighting. Traditional, contemporary, fashion, and glamour styles are explored. Prerequisites: PHT 162 Credits: 3
Physical Education PED 101 Volleyball Team
PED 123 Wellness
PED 199 Flex Credit
This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team.
This course allows the student to take an active role in the process of becoming aware of the different areas in one’s life, identifying the areas that need improvement and then making the choices that facilitate attainment of a higher level of health and well-being. This course emphasizes developing attitudes and engaging in behaviors that enhance quality of life and maximize personal potential.
Students are given credit for their membership and participation at any fitness center. Arrangements may also be made for students to use Harcum’s facilities while supervised.
Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport. Credit: 1
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 2
PED 102 Soccer Team
PED 124 Fitness for Living
This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team.
Students will learn fitness techniques and develop routines for better health. Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1
PED 130 Basketball Team
PED 112 Yoga
This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team.
This course introduces the students to yoga and its physical and mental benefits. Students learn a series of poses and breathing techniques to increase strength, flexibility, balance and the ability to focus.
Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport. Credit: 1
Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1
PED 131 Track Team
Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport. Credit: 1
PED 113 Introduction to Weight Training This course allows the student to obtain benefits of weight training by using Harcum’s fitness center in a class-structured environment. Students learn proper lifting technique, correct breathing, names for specific muscle groups and the uses of the equipment in the Fitness Center through supervised training. Prerequisite: None. Credit: 1
This course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team. Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCAA requirements in order to participate in a team sport. Credit: 1
Prerequisite: None Credit: 1
Psychology PSY 111 Introductory Psychology This course introduces the student to the basic concepts of psychological processes, including: brain functioning, the role of neurotransmitters, sensation and perception, states of consciousness, learning, memory, thinking, intelligence, motivation, and emotions. The course also examines theories of personality, describes the spectrum of psychological disorders, and explores types of therapy. By the end of the course, students should be able to apply these psychological concepts to enhance their critical thinking skills. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment This course examines the components of a healthy personality from a variety of perspectives. The biological, genetic, and physiological contributions are assessed in depth, based on current research. In addition, more traditional theories of personality, based on the work of Sigmund Freud (defense mechanisms), Erik Erikson (ego-development and ego-identity) and other personality theorists will be explored. The course allows students to take and evaluate various personality-testing instruments. Finally, the course addresses underlying issues in personality research – Is personality hard-wired in the brain at birth, or is it shaped by social and environmental factors over time? Are personality traits consistent across all interactions, or is personality more situationally-based? Can personality traits be changed through therapy and/or individual effort? Prerequisite: PSY 111. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
123
PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom
PSY 156 Human Development
PSY 213 Educational Psychology
The purpose of this course is to help students develop attitudes and skills to meet the needs of all children in their programs. By the end of the course, students should have developed the knowledge and the problem solving skills to adapt strategies and develop original materials for an effective inclusive learning environment. Students are introduced to the history and legal background of inclusive education, will be familiar with major conditions and factors affecting a child’s ability to learn, and be able to communicate effectively with the professional team, including medical/developmental specialists. This course examines the educational needs of young children who have cultural differences and explores teaching approaches to accommodate these needs in a cooperative environment, including parents, school, and community interaction. The course includes experiential, hands-on learning, and promotes practical application and problem solving.
This course traces the development of the individual from conception through the life span, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infancy, childhood, adolescence, young and middle adulthood, and old age. Emphasis is on normal development. Theories considered are psychoanalytic, cognitive, behaviorist, humanist, and ethological. Effects and interaction of genetics and environment or nature/nurture are emphasized.
The purpose of this course is to review concepts and principles of psychology in order to apply them to educational methods. Topics to be covered are child development, learning, intelligence, motivation, memory, variations in learning styles, evaluation, and assessment. Teaching methods from the behaviorist, humanist, and cognitive view are considered.
Prerequisites: None. Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
PSY 154 Child Development This course traces the development of the child from conception through middle childhood, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infants, toddlers, preschoolers, and school-age children, with emphasis on sensory motor, cognitive, and social-emotional development. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
Prerequisite: PSY 111. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities This course examines the social and psychological aspects of disability from the perspective of the individual, significant others, helping professionals, and society in general. Special emphasis is given to the dynamics of interactions that affect the rehabilitative process. Prerequisite: PSY 111. Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
PSY 212 Group Dynamics This course is an introduction to smallgroup therapy with a particular focus on group characteristics and processes such as how a group is defined; conformity, consensus, and conflict in groups; types of power and influence in groups; leadership styles; phases or stages in group behavior; motivational processes in groups and communication patterns in groups. Prerequisite: PSY 111. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology This course examines past and contemporary theories of mental health and abnormality; describes symptoms of mental disorders such as anxiety and panic disorders, phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorders, mood disorders (depression and bipolar disorder), schizophrenia, dissociative disorders, and personality disorders; examines causes of each disorder and assesses methods of treatment for each disorder. Prerequisite: PSY 111 Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology This course introduces the student to the foundational concepts, skills, techniques, and responsibilities involved in the therapeutic relationship. The course focuses on the basic elements of the therapeutic situation, including: the role of the therapist, the role of the client, the frame of the therapeutic relationship, active listening, transference, resistance, counter-transference, and ethical issues facing the therapist. The course will include both theoretical and concrete descriptive discussions of these concepts. We will also employ case illustrations, role-playing, and experiential learning in this course. Prerequisites: PSY 111, PSY 253. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
124
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Physical Therapist Assistant PTA 109 Functional Anatomy This course offers an interactive presentation of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body. This course is an in-depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional components of these systems. The student actively participates in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence. Corequisite: PTA 110, PTA 111. Credits: 2
PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy This course provides the student with an understanding and background of the practice of the Physical Therapy and the role of the Physical Therapist Assistant. Topics include the funding of health care, professional ethics, legal aspects, culture and disability, writing SOAP note documentation, and the role of the PTA and health care interdisciplinary team. A minimum course average of 73% is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is required to continue within the PTA sequence. Pre or Corequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 111. Credits: 2
PTA 111 Foundation Principles of Physical Therapy This course will introduce the student to the basic clinical skills required as part of patient care activities. Topics include transfer techniques, body mechanics, wheelchair management, the use of assistive devices for ambulation, bed mobility, positioning, passive range of motion, goniometry, vital signs, normal gait, and normal development. The lab sessions will introduce the students to the problem solving approach by applying their techniques and knowledge in simulated patient care scenarios. An average of 73% or better is required to pass the course. Successful completion of this course is required to continue within the PTA sequence. Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIO 103. Corequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110. Credits: 3
PTA 112 Physical Therapy I /Electrophysiology PTA 112 introduces the student to the general principles of treatment using physical therapy modalities. The student will learn the theory and application of superficial heat, cold, ultrasound, massage, hydrotherapy, intermittent compression, traction, Electrical Stimulation parameters (TENS, NMES, FES, Russian Stim), sEMG, Iontophoresis, electrical current waveforms of high volt, interferential and others with inclusion of pertinent evidence based research. Also students learn the theories and purpose of UV light, diathermy, and infrared. The clinical problem solving approach will be emphasized in this course and all students are expected to utilize related course information where applicable. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence.
PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology This course involved the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathokinesiology. The anatomy and physiology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and the laboratory. Discussion of normal and abnormal motion, locomotion, neuromuscular activity, and methods of clinical evaluation are included. A minimum of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the course sequence. Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 4
PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise This course teaches the student concepts and skills based upon knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and applied kinesiology, for the clinical application of healing through exercise. The course will present principles of therapeutic exercises including: ROM, stretching, strengthening, aerobic conditioning, cardiac rehab, health & wellness, post-surgery & post injury, peripheral nerve disorders, balance and vestibular exercises, and pre- and post-natal exercise. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence. Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, with a grade of C or higher; Prerequisites/Corequisites: BIO 104, PTA 112. Credits: 2
Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 4
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
125
PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation
PTA 212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy
The student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to begin to apply them to basic patient scenarios across the continuum of care. Included in this course are functional mobility training techniques, balance interventions, the use of basic neurological treatment procedures, introduction to ADL functional assessment, and architectural assessment. This course also addresses the exploration of physical therapy practice in a rehab environment and the integration of professional behaviors in both classroom and observation settings. Through classroom, observation, and application activities the student will begin to further develop problem solving, critical thinking, and professional behaviors within the scope of practice of a PTA. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence.
This course offers specific preparation for the future PTA in the areas of geriatrics, pediatrics and other specified diagnostic classes (respiratory, integumentary, bariatrics, critical care). Course content includes overviews of pathologies, diagnoses and specific health care needs of the geriatric, pediatric and other clients as well as specific treatment interventions. A problem-solving approach facilitates the student’s acquisition of knowledge. An average of 73% or better is required to pass this course.
Prerequisites: BIO 103, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, with a grade of C or higher. Prerequisites/Corequisites: BIO 104, PTA 112, PTA 114. Credits: 3
PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I This course is the first full-time four-week clinical education experience. The affiliation combines classroom knowledge and skills with on the job responsibilities and training, under the supervision of a licensed PT or PTA Clinical instructor. During the affiliation, the student will utilize techniques and integrate knowledge learned during their first two semesters of didactic classroom and lab courses, by implementing the Physical Therapist’s established plan of care. They will also gain experience interacting with patients and receive an overview of the physical therapy profession. Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship. Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 3
126
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher; Corequisite: PTA 231. Credits 2
PTA 218 Pathophysiology The student is introduced to the medical and surgical conditions most frequently encountered in PT Departments. The basic inflammatory and healing processes and the principles of treatment to promote healing are covered. The cause, clinical signs, symptoms, and pathophysiological course and treatment of each condition are covered. Emphasis throughout the course is on the role of the PTA in the treatment of each condition. The student will be presented with basic concepts of wellness as well as the aging process. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence. Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 4
PTA 222 Orthopedics This course will review basic anatomy and physiology of the spine and extremity joints and basic treatment principles of therapeutic exercise (ROM, stretching, manual techniques, strengthening exercises, aerobic conditioning, and balance exercises). Students will be encouraged to utilize this information to create a more in depth knowledge of orthopedic pathologies and diagnoses. This course will present common orthopedic conditions and diagnoses for each joint and will utilize knowledge of current exercise protocols and treatment regimens, evidenced-based practice articles and regional practice patterns. The focus of the lab portion of this course is for the PTA student to problem-solve orthopedic treatment, exercise prescription, and exercise progression for each diagnosis in the acute, sub-acute, or chronic phases. A more indepth presentation of treatment of athletes is also included. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the PTA course sequence. Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 101, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 3
PTA 231 Rehabilitation Applications
PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II
PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III
The student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to apply them using specialized treatment techniques across the continuum of care. Included in this course are identification and correction of gait deviations, the use of orthotic and prosthetic devices and basic neurological treatment procedures, ADL functional assessment, and wheelchair prescription. The student is taught the theory and implementation of rehabilitation techniques for patient’s status post-traumatic brain injury/head trauma, spinal cord injuries, orthopedic conditions, amputations, progressive neurological diseases, and other related pathologies. The student will demonstrate understanding of the normal developmental sequence and be able to apply treatment interventions across the lifespan. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the PTA course sequence.
This is the second required course in the continuum of supervised clinical experiences in selected health care settings. The student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance necessary for preparation into entry–level practice as a safe and effective clinician. This course is the first full-time, 7 week clinical experience that occurs after students have completed all of their classroom education. The affiliation combines classroom knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment programs as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor. During this clinical affiliation the student is expected to show competence in reviewing of the medical record; interviewing of the patient and family members; knowledge of a diagnosis, implementing a treatment program based on the Physical Therapist’s plan of care and assessing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements. The student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established outcomes. The student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, his family, team members, and the clinical instructor. In addition the student should be active in self -evaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies. Under the supervision of the clinical instructor, the student will begin to integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient on problem solving about prognosis, length of stay, and selection and progression of treatment interventions. The student is expected to begin to justify his/her choice of treatment, seeking out evidence to support his/her clinical decision making. Students should refer to their student and clinical education handbook for specific policies and procedures and regarding the clinical affiliation. Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship.
This is the final required course in the continuum of supervised clinical experiences in selected health care settings. The student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance necessary for preparation into entry–level practice as a safe and effective clinician. This course is the terminal full- time, 7 week clinical experience that occurs after students have completed all of their classroom education. The affiliation combines classroom knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment programs as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor. During this clinical affiliation the student is expected to show competence in reviewing of the medical record; interviewing of the patient and family members; knowledge of a diagnosis, implementing a treatment program based on the Physical Therapist’s plan of care and assessing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements. The student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established outcomes. The student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, family, team members, and the clinical instructor. In addition the student should be active in self-evaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies. Under the supervision of the clinical instructor, the student will integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient by problem solving about prognosis, length of stay, and selection and progression of treatment interventions. The student is expected to justify his/her choice of treatment, seeking out evidence to support his/her clinical decision making. Students should refer to their student and clinical education handbook for specific policies and procedures and regarding the clinical affiliation. Students receive a PASS/FAIL grade for their clinical internship.
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher, and all required general education courses must be completed prior to PTA 250. Credits: 6
Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education courses. Credits: 6
Prerequisites: BIO 103, BIO 104, PTA 101, PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150 with a grade of C or higher. Credits: 4
PTA 240 Clinical Seminar This course meets to aid in the integration of classroom and clinical education. Via seminar and course assignments, students will learn to apply concepts of evidence based practice. Workshops will be conducted on résumé writing, job interview techniques, and the role of the PTA within the health care team. The student will participate in mandatory licensure review and preparation activities. An average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Prerequisites: PTA 109, PTA 110, PTA 111, PTA 112, PTA 114, PTA 116, PTA 130, PTA 150, PTA 212, PTA 218, PTA 222, PTA 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education courses. Credits: 2
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
127
Radiologic Technology
RAD 104 Clinical Education I
RAD 107 Clinical Education II
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patientcentered clinical practice and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated. Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging and total quality management. Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during and following the radiologic procedure.
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patientcentered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated. Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging and total quality management. Levels of competency and outcomes measurement shall ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during and following the radiologic procedure.
Prerequisite: RAD 101. Credits: 2
Prerequisite: RAD 104. Credits: 2
RAD 105 Radiographic Procedures II
RAD 108 Clinical Education III
Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the lower extremities and spine. Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. Laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion.
Content of this course is designed to establish a basic knowledge of atomic structure and terminology. Also presented are the nature and characteristics of radiation, xray production, and the fundamentals of photon interactions with matter.
Content is designed to establish a knowledge base in radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and tomographic equipment requirements and design. This class also focuses on factors that govern and influence the production and recording of radiologic images including properties of quality assurance and control to ensure the best possible diagnosis.
Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patientcentered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated. Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imagining and total quality management. Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiologic procedure. As the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision.
Prerequisite: RAD 101. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: RAD 103. Credits: 3
Prerequisite: RAD 107. Credits: 3
RAD 101 Introduction to Radiologic Sciences & Patient Care This course is designed to provide an overview of the foundations in radiography and the practitioner’s role in the health care delivery system. Principles, practices, and policies of the health care organization(s) are examined and discussed in addition to the professional responsibilities of the radiographer. The course provides the basic concepts of patient care, including consideration for the physical and psychological needs of the patient and family. Patient care procedures are discussed, as well as infection control procedures using standard precautions. The role of the radiographer in patient education is identified. Students are required to complete this course before entering the clinical sites. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
RAD 102 Radiographic Procedures I Content of this course is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the chest, abdomen, and upper extremities. Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. Laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion. Prerequisite: RAD 101. Credits: 4
RAD 103 Radiographic Exposures I
Prerequisite: RAD 102. Credits: 4
RAD 106 Radiographic Exposure II
RAD 200 Digital Radiography and PACS Digital Radiography and PACS is an overview and introduction to Digital Imaging and Computed Radiography at an entry level. It will provide radiography students with information assisting them in the operating of equipment used in the clinical setting and understand the image acquisition guidelines, as well as detailed 128
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
exposure guidelines and quality control practices to help obtain the best radiographs possible. Image processing, production of clear radiographic images using digital technologies, and working with CR/DR quality workstations and information systems are covered as well as system architecture and the importance of HIPAA laws while accessing information systems. Students will understand why digital imaging works and how they can provide optimal Imaging techniques necessary for patient care through advanced imaging processing and manipulation functions. Prerequisite: RAD 101. Credit: 1
RAD 201 Radiographic Procedures III Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of mobile studies, pediatric exams and operating room studies. Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. The student learns to work with other health care team members for accurate image acquisition during non-routine procedures. Prerequisite: RAD 105. Credits: 2
RAD 202 Radiation Protection and Biology Content is designed to provide an overview of the principles of radiation protection, including the responsibilities of the radiographer for patients, personnel, and the public. Radiation health and safety requirements of federal and state regulatory agencies, accreditation agencies, and health care organizations are incorporated. Prerequisite: RAD 101. Credits: 3
RAD 203 Radiographic Pathology Content is designed and presented to introduce theories of disease causation and the pathophysiologic responses, clinical manifestations, radiographic appearance, and management of alterations in body systems. Prerequisite: RAD 101. Credits: 2
RAD 204 Clinical Education IV Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. Through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered clinical practice, and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated. Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management. Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiographic procedure. As the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision. Prerequisite: RAD 108. Credits: 3
RAD 205 Radiographic Procedures IV Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the upper spine, skull, and facial bones. Gastrointestinal anatomy and imaging are also discussed. Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. Laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion. Prerequisite: Rad 201. Credits: 3
RAD 207 Clinical Education V Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. Through structured, sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered practice, and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated. Clinical practice; experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging, and total quality management. Levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the
well-being of the patient preparatory to, during, and following the radiologic procedure. As the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision. Prerequisite: RAD 204. Credits: 3
RAD 208 Radiographic Procedures V This course is a continuation of RAD205, Radiographic Procedures. Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the skull and facial bones. Fundamentals of special procedures and sterile tray technique will be covered. Consideration will be given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. Other imaging modalities will be discussed. Attention to infection control and technique, and how other imaging procedures accompany diagnostic procedures for overall planning and treatment of the patient. Laboratory experience will be used to complement the didactic portion and is a mandatory accompaniment. Prerequisite: RAD 205. Credits: 3
RAD 209 Registry Review Content is designed to prepare students to take the American Registry of Radiologic Technology Examination. All didactic and clinical information from the 22 month program is reviewed and the students are given a number of registry type practice examinations. The course provides an overall review of the nature and characteristics of x-ray production and the fundamentals of photon interaction with matter. The principles of radiation protection, including the responsibilities of the radiographer for patients, personnel, and the public are included as well as regulatory considerations. Emphasis on patient care, monitoring post contrast administration, performance of radiographic exams, and professionalism are included. Prerequisite: successful completion of all RAD courses from RAD 101 through RAD 205. Credits: 3
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
129
Marketing SMM 101 Introduction to Digital and Social Media Marketing This introductory course defines, illustrates, and applies the ways in which businesses can maximize their marketing efforts through the integration of digital and social media with current marketing strategies. The course material covers the growth and future of social media; how consumers respond to and interact with social media; how businesses can develop an effective social media campaign, including strategic objectives, platform and application analysis, brand building, developing customer loyalty, measuring and monitoring performance, and careers in social media marketing field of business. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
Sociology SMM 220 Consumer Behavior
SOC 109 Principles of Sociology
As consumers of goods and services, our purchasing behaviors are significantly influenced by advertising and marketing tactics. Consumer behavior relates to the actions consumers exhibit when seeking, evaluating, purchasing, “consuming� and disposing of products and services. Consumer motivations and decisions will be evaluated based on any combination of perceived brand benefits, past usage and experiences, demographics (age/gender, etc.), lifestyles, psychographics, culture, influence by others, education, income, and perceptions.
This course introduces the basic concepts necessary to study human interactions, social structures, and institutions. The course offers a sociological analysis of culture, individual development, the family and its functions, group formations, formal institutions, deviance and social control, economic classes, and racial and ethnic group relations. Functional and dysfunctional aspects of society are examined within the contexts of stability and change.
Prerequisite: ENG 101, BUS 110, BUS 221 Credits: 3
SMM 230 Web Design Applications SMM 210 Digital and Social Media Marketing Strategy and Management The course covers two key aspects to successfully drive customers to business websites through the application, monitoring, and update of Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and Search Engine Marketing (SEM) in order to maximize the return on investment of time and capital resources. This first part of the course focuses on today's modern search engines with an emphasis on the value of a business' organic placement. Students will gain an understanding of how the algorithms are used to rank websites and learn tactics to gain and maintain high rankings on search engines. Further, students will gain expertise in modern analytic tools using data to manage and adjust digital marketing plans and campaigns. This second part of the course will focus on paid search marketing including pay per click (PPC) & pay per impression campaigns (PPI). Students will learn the intricacies of text and display ad campaigns. Students will incorporate contemporary marketing tactics like Re-Targeting and tracking cookies. Students will also learn about customer relationship management (CRM), Inbound Marketing, and data capture and management. Finally, students will develop a working knowledge of marketing budget and ROI (return on investment) analysis. Prerequisite: SMM 101, ENG 101,BUS 110 Credits: 3
130
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
This course provides students with a working knowledge of contemporary webpage layout, design and skills needed for developing and producing interactive business webpages. Various aspects from the hierarchic concern of structuring information, user interface to the digital technologies and techniques in creating the content will be examined. Students will incorporate their Marketing Plan (developed in previous classes) with marketing strategy (mix, advertising, consumer behavior, management, etc.) and SEO/SEM tools to develop a comprehensive capstone website portfolio project. Programming knowledge is not expected. Prerequisite: BUS 242, SMM 210, SMM 220 Credits: 3
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
SOC 110 Social Problems This course uses a variety of sociological and psychological perspectives to explore the causes of, the reality of, and possible solutions to current social problems. Issues examined include abortion, child abuse, single parent families, divorce, drug abuse, alcoholism, AIDS, homelessness, aging, discrimination and violence. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
SOC 115 Diversity in Society This course is designed to help educate students to work in a world of diverse communities. The study of diversity is intended to help develop a better understanding and respect for patients, patient families, and co-workers from diverse backgrounds, communication styles, and values. Prerequisite: SOC 109. Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
SOC 117 Animals in Society
SOC 211 Minority Groups
Referencing the major sociological theories, this course will explore the complex social, psychological, and physical bonds between humans and non-human animals created by many types of interactions. These include domestication and man's varied use of animals from food to assistant to family member.
This course is an examination of the characteristics of American ethnic, racial, and religious minority groups, including an examination of the effects of prejudice and the problems of these groups.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
SOC 122 Occupational Roles and Tasks through the Life Span This course explores human occupational roles throughout development from birth to death with emphasis on skills and specific life tasks associated with each stage. Special attention will be given to: the development of performance skills and patterns over time and the influence of context (sociocultural systems, environment, community, etc. with special emphasis on diversity) on the individual and on populations. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
SOC 203 Geriatric Sociology This course explores and analyzes the current social, psychological, and economic conditions facing the ever-growing population of senior citizens in the United States. Topics covered include population trends, the social consequences of physiological aging, cognitive, personal, and mental health changes in aging persons, the roles of love, intimacy and sexuality in the older person’s life, the importance of social support systems for older people, the range of living arrangements for aging populations, and productive roles for aging persons. Prerequisites: PSY 111, SOC 109. Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective
Prerequisite: SOC 109. Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
SOC 275 Marriage and the Family This course is designed to study the nature and functions of marriage and the family in contemporary society. The historical and cultural evolution of family structures and functions as well as distinctions and similarities are studied. The traditional and changing roles of women in American society are given special attention, along with the role of men and childrearing practices. Also discussed are problems of early marriage and intermarriage, mate selection theories and research, divorce, and changing sexual norms. Prerequisites: SOC 109, PSY 111. Credits: 3 Core Social Science or Diversity Elective
Sports Management SPM 101 Sports in Society This course introduces the social issues and controversies affecting the various aspects of the sports industry. Students are exposed to the social theories and concepts as they pertain to all levels of sport activities. Major trends, economic issues, and sports and the media will also be addressed. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
SPM 102 Principles of Sports Management The Sports Management course provides an overview of the sport business industry and profession including professional sport entertainment, amateur sport entertainment, for-profit sport participation, sporting goods, sport tourism, and sport services. The main themes of the course delve into sports in a domestic and global marketplace, the application of sport business management, sport and sponsorship, planning and managing the stadium experience, social responsibility in sport and future trends, and challenges in the sports industry. Prerequisite: IAD 100. Credits: 3
SPM 103 Facilities Management This course introduces the student to various aspects of contemporary facility management theory and practice for both indoor and outdoor sports facilities at various levels of competition. Key topics include strategic planning and financial management, space planning, maintenance and operation, sustainability, designbuild cycle, emergency and security management, and quality. Prerequisite: ENG 101, MTH 111/113/115 Credits: 3
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
131
Veterinary Nursing VET 102 Introduction to Veterinary Nursing
VET 117 Veterinary Clinical Pathology I
VET 227 Exotic Animal Nutrition and Management
This course serves as an introduction to veterinary technology as a career, and an overview of veterinary medicine. Topics include medical terminology, animal breeds, legal and ethical issues, occupational health and safety, medical record keeping, restraint and physical exam, career opportunities, and client relationships.
This course is an introduction to hematology and microbiology for the veterinary nurse. Hematology lectures and labs stress identification of blood components in various species of domestic animals and routine diagnostic blood tests. Microbiology lectures and labs stress microorganism classification, life cycles, disease, immunity, sterilization, staining and cultivating techniques.
This course is an introduction to the science of nutrition and the management of the exotic animal species commonly kept as pets (ferrets, reptiles, caged birds). Handling, nursing procedures, nutrition, husbandry, normal and abnormal behaviors, and common disease conditions are covered. Cat and dog nutrition topics are also covered.
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
VET 109 Anatomy and Physiology of Domestic Animals I This course offers a comparative study of the anatomy and physiology of domestic animals. The first part of the course covers cellular structure and embryology. Organ systems covered include: integumentary, teeth, skeletal, muscle, and avian. Laboratories include the study of prosected specimens, models, illustrations, demonstrations, and computer-assisted learning.
Prerequisite: VET 109 Corequisite: VET 110 Credits: 4
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 3
VET 228 Surgery and Radiology
Prerequisite: None. Credits: 4
This course offers fundamentals in drug classification used in veterinary medicine, techniques of drug application, distribution, and safety standards. Analgesia and anesthesia are discussed with focus on care and use of the anesthesia machine, pre-anesthetic assessment of the patient, patient monitoring, and post-operative pain management.
VET 110 Anatomy and Physiology of Domestic Animals II
Prerequisites: MTH 113 or MTH 116, VET 109, VET 110. Credits: 3
This course is a fundamental course for the veterinary nurse on principles and practices of surgical nursing. Topics discussed include sterile technique, description and use of surgical instruments, basic operating room procedure, common surgical procedures, and veterinary dentistry. Radiology topics include the physics of radiography, equipment, techniques and safety. Dental topics include oral exam, charting, common dental conditions, and prophylactic care. The lab provides an opportunity to practice instrument identification and pack preparation, sterile gowning and gloving, dental cleaning and radiography, and radiology skills.
VET 225 Principles of Medicine
Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110. Credits: 4
This course is a continuation of VET 109. The organ systems covered are: nervous, circulatory, respiratory, urinary, gastrointestinal, endocrine, and reproductive. Laboratories include the study of prosected specimens, models, illustrations, demonstrations, and computer-assisted learning. Prerequisite: VET 109. Credits: 4
VET 116 Veterinary Clinical Pathology III This course is an introduction to basic parasitology for the veterinary nurse. Lecture and laboratory sessions emphasize identification of various parasites in domestic animals in the U.S. and routine diagnostic tests used in veterinary practice. Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110. Credits: 4
132
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
VET 118 Pharmacology and Anesthesia
This course is an introduction to the principles of disease for the veterinary nurse. Pertinent aspects of common animal diseases are discussed. Emphasis is placed on the nurse’s role in the diagnosis and treatment of these diseases and in educating the public by imparting factual information on common diseases and their clinical signs. Animal care is a requirement. Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110, VET 235. Credits: 3
VET 235 Laboratory Animal Science This course provides a fundamental background in laboratory animal science. Emphasis is placed on the ten most commonly used laboratory animals and the technician’s responsibility with these animals. Laboratory instruction consists of a hands-on approach to proper management, handling, restraint, sexing, breeding, administering injections, and collecting biological specimens from the laboratory animals discussed in lecture. Animal care is mandatory. Prerequisite: None. Credits: 4
VET 240 Veterinary Clinical Pathology II This course offers a theoretical basis for analysis of body chemicals, urinalysis, and serology in domestic animals. Practical application of laboratory skills and use of diagnostic equipment are taught in the laboratory. Prerequisites: MTH 113, VET 109, VET 110. Credits: 4
VET 245 Advanced Nursing Skills This course reinforces basic nursing skills taught and practiced in VET 225 and VET 235 and include more advanced skills in patient monitoring, venipuncture, understanding of disease states, and management of emergency and critical care patients. Prerequisites: VET 109, VET 110, VET 225, VET 240. Credits: 4 Must be taken in final semester.
VET 250 Veterinary Nursing Senior Seminar The Senior Seminar is the capstone of the Veterinary Nursing Program. This 1-credit experience provides the student with all information necessary to attend clinical practicum at the University of Pennsylvania Veterinary Hospital. Students will also prepare to sit for the VTNE and apply for state licensure. Interviewing skills and resume writing, as well as case-based analysis of bloodwork and medical math review are included. Corequisite: VET 245. Credit: 1 Must be taken in final semester.
Course Descriptions for Veterinary Nursing Practica All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete both the large-animal and small-animal practica. The small-animal practicum is completed at the Matthew J. Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. The large-animal practicum is completed at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, PA. Each practicum is 12-weeks long and may be completed only after the completion of all required coursework and if the student has a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Vet Nursing courses.
Small Animal Practicum All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete the 12-week Small Animal Practicum at the Matthew J. Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. The courses listed below comprise the Small Animal Practicum.
VET 304 Written/Oral Report and Final Exam Students choose a case with which they were involved during their practicum and write up the case study, including information from the record, research, and firsthand experience. Students then present this report to their peers. Participation in seminar discussions and the final exam are averaged in with the case study grade. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 305 Wards Rotation This is a two-week course in which students participate in the care and treatment of hospitalized patients. This treatment includes basic evaluation of patient history and current therapy, skills involved with patient comfort and care, fluid therapy, record keeping, venipuncture, and catheter maintenance. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 306 Intensive Care Rotation This is a two-week course in which students gain a basic understanding in the assessment, treatment, and care of the critically ill patient. This course includes building on medical knowledge of disease processes and physiology; providing treatment, maintenance, and comfort to critically ill animals; assessing subtle changes in patient status and becoming proficient in a variety of skills such as venipuncture, catheter placement, fluid therapy, and administration of medication. Some night shifts are required. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 307 Surgery Rotation This is a one-week course in which students gain skills in the application of sterile and aseptic techniques including preparation of surgery patients, equipment, and operating areas. Identification of surgical instrumentation, suture material, and other surgical equipment is included. Students also gain a basic understanding of common surgical practices. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
133
VET 308 Anesthesia Rotation This is a two-week course in which students gain skills involving induction, maintenance, and recovery of the anesthetized patient. Included are patient evaluation and monitoring, drug calculations, drug choices, and some special anesthetic considerations. Students also gain familiarity with the function and care of anesthesia machines and monitoring equipment. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 309 Specialty Medicine Rotation This two week rotation has two components. The first component provides the student with an experience in community practice. Students will interact with clients and assist in providing wellness checkups, vaccinations, specialty referrals, and more. The second component will provide students with experience in several of the specialty departments within the hospital including: oncology, dermatology, ophthalmology, the blood bank, exotics, and the clinical lab. Participation in these specialties will vary based on caseload.
VET 315 Radiology Rotation This is a one-week course in which students learn to produce diagnostic-quality radiographs for routine and some specialstudy procedures with the safety of both the patients and the handler in mind. Students also become knowledgeable in radiology equipment care and usage. Ultrasonography and echocardiography are introduced. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 316 Emergency Service Rotation This is a two-week course in which students gain fundamental skills in handling veterinary emergencies. These skills include client communication, patient status assessment, treatment protocols for common emergencies, and performance of treatments. Students work in the 24-hour emergency service at the Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania. Some night and weekend shifts are required. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework. TOTAL CREDITS = 15
Large Animal Practicum All Veterinary Nursing students are required to complete the 12-week Large Animal Practicum at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, PA. The courses listed below comprise the Large Animal Practicum.
VET 314 Final Exam and Case Study Final Exam: Given the last week of practicum, the final exam is made up of 20% anesthesia questions and 80% general nursing, lecture, and laboratory questions. The exam reflects an overview of the practicum and tests a student’s knowledge of what was learned in lectures, labs, and rotations. Case Study: Students choose a patient case study to present both orally and in writing. Students are graded on their oral and written presentations, audiovisual aids, and knowledge of the subject matter. Information is gathered from the patient record, research of subject, first-hand experience, and from doctors and nurses in the hospital. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 320 Anesthesia Rotation This is a two-week course in which students learn and become familiar with the basics of large-animal anesthesia. Students learn chemical restraint, pharmacology of commonly used drugs, calculations, anesthesia equipment, and how to recognize problems and trends as they occur during induction, maintenance, and recovery of the anesthetized patient. Some on-call shifts are required with this rotation. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 321 Operating Room Rotation This is a one-week course in which students participate and gain skills in aseptic techniques while preparing patients for surgery. Students learn routine and emergency surgical procedures, instrumentation and its uses, proper patient positioning, and suture material. Students also learn and develop skills in the proper handling, packaging, and sterilization of instrumentation prior to use in a sterile operating room environment. Some on-call shifts are required for this rotation. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 322 Critical Care Rotation This is a one-week course in which students learn the nursing care required in dealing with critically ill large animals. Students learn the main causes of illness, the associated complications, how to monitor these complications, and how to avoid them. Students also learn emergency procedures and triaging of patients and become familiar with the specialized emergency equipment that an intensive care unit has to offer. Students work on skills as they relate to medications, drug dosages, fluid therapy, and venipuncture. Documentation and communication skills are utilized. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
134
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
VET 323 Patient Care Rotation
VET 326 Field Service Rotation
VET 329 Large Animal Elective
This is a one-week course in which students learn to work up various emergencies as they present to a clinic after hours. Students continue to learn more nursing skills. This rotation continues to develop observation, monitoring, and patient assessment skills.
This is a one-week course in which students participate actively with field service veterinarians when they make farm calls away from New Bolton Center. Students learn routine vaccinations, surgical procedures, routine herd health considerations, and other large-animal procedures handled by a veterinarian on a farm call.
This one-week rotation provides the student with an opportunity to participate in one of several elective rotations. These rotations include: Food Animal Rotation, Biomedical Research Lab, Animal Care/Herd Management, or Medical Records/Pharmacy.
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 324 Overnight Nursing Rotation This is a one-week course where students further their practical knowledge by giving patient medications as ordered and become more responsible for patient care while working alongside a nurse. Observation, monitoring, and patient-assessment skills are more fully utilized in this rotation. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 325 Medicine/Surgery Nursing Rotation This is a one-week course in which students learn diagnostic procedures and participate in nursing techniques as they apply to hospitalized medicine and surgery for large-animal patients. Students learn medication and correct routes of administration, patient monitoring, and fluid administration. Students are exposed to fundamentals of infectious disease control. This exposure helps them in future workplaces to deal appropriately with contagious and zoonotic diseases and nosocomial infections. Students have a great deal of interaction with fourth-year veterinary students and have access to veterinary student teaching opportunities. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework. TOTAL CREDITS = 15
VET 327 Clinical Lab and Pathology This one-week rotation requires students to spend time in both the clinical lab and the pathology lab. Students learn large animal lab procedures and specific laboratory tests commonly performed when working with large animals. In the pathology lab, students gain experience with basic postmortem methods, tissue sampling and cytology readings. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
VET 328 Sports Medicine Rotation This is a one-week course that closely resembles a private practice. Sports medicine consists of five sections: Outpatient, Radiology, Ultrasound, Nuclear Medicine, and Treadmill. Students learn equine anatomical structure and how the sections of Sports Medicine are employed to assess and diagnose performance problems in equine athletes. This rotation allows a student to improve communication skills while working with clients and their animals. Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary Nursing coursework.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
135
Trustees, Administration, Faculty and Staff
Board of Trustees Officers Alexander Klein, M.B.A. Chair
Board of Trustees Emeriti Thomas J. Giamoni Mary Ann Skelton Oaks ‘52
Dennis S. Marlo Vice-Chair
Nancy O. Brown, V.M.D., DACVS, DACVIM
Karl A. Thallner, Jr. Vice-Chair
President’s Cabinet
Louise A. Strauss, M.Ed. Secretary
Jon Jay DeTemple, Ph.D. President
Dennis C. Boyle Treasurer
Hunt Bartine, M.B.A., SPHR Director of Human Resources
Jon Jay DeTemple, Ph.D. President
Patricia Benson, Ed.D., M.B.A., C.P.A. Vice President of Finance & Operations
Members
Rachel Bowen, B.A. Associate Vice President of Enrollment Management
Samuel Cimino, D.D.S. Kevin Dow, M.B.A. Ellen Farber David M. Jacobson, C.P.A. Tracy Johnson ’04 Marvin B. Levitties Marcia Sachs Littell, Ed.D. R. Ivan Lugo, D.M.D., M.B.A. J. Michael McNamara Theodore A. Rosen, Immediate Past Chair Carolyn Saligman, Ph.D.
Timothy Ely, M.Ed., B.A. Executive Director of Strategic Planning & Institutional Research John Hayden, B.S., C.P.A. Vice President for Institutional Advancement Julia Ingersoll, D.M., J.D. Executive Vice President Drew Kelly M.A., B.A. Associate Vice President for Athletics, Head Men’s Basketball Coach Edward Kovacs, M.A., B.A. Dean of Student Life Evelyn Santana, M.B.A., B.A. Executive Director of Partnership Sites
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 8 - 2 0 1 9
137
Faculty Sa Eed Abdul-Khabeer
Jean Byrnes-Ziegler
Nina Dowlin
Theresa Groody
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.S., Drexel University, M.B.A., University of Phoenix, B.S., Temple University
Program Director, Dental Hygiene; Professor, Dental Hygiene M.S., University of Pennsylvania; B.S., University of Rhode Island
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ph.D., Capella University, M.S., University of Pennsylvania, B.S., Mount Holyoke College
Lisette Agosto Cintron
Sandra Carr
Zoe Ann Durkin
Director of Continuing and Professional Studies M.Ed., Arcadia University; B.H.S., Gwynedd-Mercy University; A.S., Manor Junior College
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ed.D., Holy Family College, M.Ed., Holy Family College, B.S., Drexel University
Radiologic Technology Clinical Instructor, Acting Clinical Coordinator
Clinical Coordinator, Histotechnology, M.S. HT (ASCP) M.S., Cambridge College; A.A., Centenary College; H.T., Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania
Kelli Harris
Christa Eck
Ashley Herr-Perrin
Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy Assistant M.S., College Misericordia
Program Director for Partnership Human Services L.C.S.W., M.S.W., Temple University
Theresa Eller
Prentice Hill
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.S., Immaculata University, B.S., Immaculata University, A.S., Immaculata
Adjunct Instructor, Business M.B.A., University of Louisville; B.S., Hampton University
Philip Aidoo Assistant Professor, Mathematics M.S., Eastern University
Dolores Alabrodzinski Associate Professor, Assistant Program Director, Nursing M.S.N., Villanova University; B.S.N., Trenton State College
Lester Archer
Dossie Cavallucci Program Director, Dental Assisting/EFDA; Professor, EFDA M.S., University of St. Francis; B.S., West Chester University; A.S., Harcum College
Ri Sau Kuen Chan Adjunct Instructor, Occupational Therapy M.A., New York Univeristy, B.A., State University of New York at Oswego
Sekela Coles
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education M.Ed., Arcadia University, B.S., Millersville Univsity
Alexandra Hilosky
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ph.D., Louisiana State University, M.A., Villanova University, M.S., University of Southern Mississippi, B.S. George Washington University
Adjunct Instructor, Business Ph.D., Walden University; M.B.A., Pennsylvania State University; B.A., Lincoln University
Elizabeth Elliott Associate Professor, Nursing M.S.N., Widener University; B.S.N., Villanova University; CCRN
Professor of General Studies Ed.D., Temple University; M.S., West Chester University; B.S., Cabrini College
Phil Arkow
Carole Champlin
Adele Emhof
Kathleen Hofmann
Adjunct Faculty, Continuing Studies B.S. University of Pennsylvania
Program Director, Human Services
Adjunct Faculty, Dental Hygiene B.A., The Pennsylvania State University; A.S., Harcum College
Instructor, Dental Assisting and EFDA Clinical Coordinator B.A., American Public University; A.S., Harcum College
Kathleen Aumendo Faculty Assistant & Lab Coordinator, Nursing M.S.N., Capella University; B.S.N, LaSalle University
Richard Austin Program Director, Law and Justice, Partnership Sites; Marketing & Special Projects Manager
Camille Avent Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design M.S., Philadelphia University, B.A., Penn State University
Phillip Beauchemin Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice J.D., Temple Law School, M.A., Temple University, M.Ed., Temple University, B.A., University of North Carolina Chapel Hill
Nina Costanza Adjunct Instructor, International Programs B.A., University of Pennsylvania
Elizabeth Cratin Elliott Associate Professor, Nursing M.S.N., Widener University; B.S.N., Villanova University; CCRN
Julian Crooks Assistant Director, Fashion Programs, Associate Professor M.S., University of the Arts; B.A., Rhode Island School of Design
Rebecca Cummings-Suppi Adjunct Instructor, Med Lab Tech A.S., Robert Morris College
Winifred Curtis Program Director, Fashion Programs; Professor M.S., Drexel University; B.S., Seton Hill College
Katelyn Ennis Instructor, Animal Center Management B.S., St. Joseph’s University; A.S., Harcum College
Lori Hudson
Dionne Fears
Linda Ivey
Adjunct Instructor, Human Services M.S., Wilmington University, B.S., West Chester University
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.S., Temple University, B.S., Penn State University
Gabriella Ferreira, B.S., PTA
Ta’Mora Jackson
Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant Program B.S., Drexel University; A.S., PTA, Harcum College
Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education M.A.T./B.A., Bennington College
Donna Firn
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.A., Eastern University, B.A., Cabrini University, A.S., Harcum College
Medical Coding and Billing Coordinator A.A.S., Delaware County Community College
John Flynn Adjunct Instructor,MLT Program, Ph. D , MT(ASCP), SBB
Shawn Beckowski
Kathleen Davis
Adjunct Instructor, Human Services M.S.W., Stony Brook University
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene M.S., University of St. Francis; B.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology; A.S., Montgomery County Community College
James Foster
Christine Devlin
Roxann Frain
Adjunct Instructor, Veterinary Nursing B.A., Cabrini College; A.S., Harcum College
Assistant Professor, Nursing CRNP, M.S.N.,Gwynedd Mercy University; B.S.N. Immaculata University
Marybeth Blasetti Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., Thomas Jefferson University; Dental Hygiene Certificate, University of Pennsylvania
Sylvia Britt Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.A., Ohio State University
Donna Broderick Program Director, Associate Professor, Laboratory Science Programs; MLS (ASCP) CM, Ed.D Gwynedd Mercy University, CLS (NCA), M.S., St. Joseph’s University; B.S., Rosemont College
Mabel Inez Bruce Adjunct Instructor M.H.S., Lincoln University
Mary Buttery Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene M.Ed., Widener University; B.S.D.H., Old Dominion University
Jordan Diehl Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.A., Ursinus College; A.S. Montgomery County Community College
Rosalie DiFerdinand Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., Thomas Jefferson University; Certificate in Dental Hygiene, University of Pennsylvania
Susan Doebling Adjunct Instructor, Dental Assisting/Hygiene M.S., St. Joseph’s University; B.S., West Chester University; A.S., Harcum College
Mary Ellen Doran Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene A.S., Harcum College
138
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Program Director, Occupational Therapy Assistant M.S., Temple University; B.B.A., Temple University
Phillip Giarraputo Supervising Dentist, Dental Hygiene D.M.D., University of Pennsylvania; B.A., College of Emporia
Cierra Greene Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education Ed.D., Walden University, M.A., Edinboro University, B.A., Edinboro University
Jan Greenlee Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene M.S., Old Dominion University; B.A., Bucknell University; A.S., Temple University
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., Thomas Jefferson University
Geraldine Johnson
Elaine Johnston Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnician Program, HT (ASCP)
Carl Jones Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.Ed., Arcadia University, B.A., Bloomsberg University
Kevin Jones Coordinator, Human Services, Partnership Sites M.B.A., University of Phoenix; B.S., Delaware State University
Sabriya Jubilee Adjunct Instructor Ph.D., Temple University
Joseph Karpinski Associate Professor, General Studies; Chemical Hygiene Officer M.S., Lehigh University
Matthew Kastelberg Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.A., Temple University, B.A., Auburn University, A.A., Ricks College
Jaime Kemeza Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology; A.S., Harcum College
Pamela Kennebrew Adjunct Instructor Ed.D., Fielding University, MHS., Lincoln University
Tracie Kennedy
Patricia O’Connell
Loretta Ryan
Thomas Viola
Program Director, General Studies M.Ed, Widener University; B.A., Gettysburg College
Assistant Professor, Veterinary Nursing M.A.; Beaver College, B.A., Immaculata University
Clinical Instructor, EFDA
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene C.C.P., R.Ph, B.S. Pharm, St. John’s University (NY)
Mary King Instructor, Nursing M.S.N., B.S.N. University of Phoenix
Kathleen Koar Program Director, Veterinary Nursing, Associate Professor M.S. Ed., University of Pennsylvania; B.A., Muhlenberg College; A.S., Harcum College
Jacqueline Klaczak Kopack, PT, D.P.T. Program Director, Physical Therapist Assistant; Professor, Allied Health Sciences D.P.T., Temple University; M.S., University of the Sciences
Linda Kruus Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ph.D. Virginia Commonwealth University, M.S., Virginia Commonwealth
Alberta Landis Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene M.Ed., West Chester University; B.S., West Chester University; A.S. Temple University
Joanne Pennyfeather Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education Ed.D., Grand Canyon University, M.Ed., Lincoln University, B.A., Lincoln University
Russell Phillips Adjunct Instructor, General Studies
Stephen Pipitone Director of Online Education, Professor M.Ed., West Chester University; B.S., Villanova University
Alicia Preston Assistant Program Director, Veterinary Nursing B.S., University of Phoenix; A.S., Harcum College
Michael Prushan Program Director, Business M.B.A., B.S., Drexel University
Joann Pyne, RDH
Gina Scholz, CVT Lab Instructor, Veterinary Nursing A.S., Harcum College
Gina Scholz Adjunct Instructor, Veterinary Nursing A.S., Harcum College
Frances Schuda Program Director, Nursing, Associate Professor M.S.N., Widener University; B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University; NHA, DAPWCA
David Scott Adjunct Instructor, Human Services M.S., Lincoln University, B.S., Clarion University
Geraldine Scutti Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., West Chester University; A.S., Harcum College
Anne (Nancy) Sicoransa Associate Professor, Nursing M.S.N., Widener University; B.S.N., LaSalle University; CNS
Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., Thomas Jefferson University; A.S., Montgomery County Community College
Acting Program Director, Radiological Technology
Maureen Reese
Andrew Simcox
Clinical Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA
Program Director, Photography A.S.T, Antonelli Institute
Monica Rhoten
Jock Sommese
Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.F.A., University of the Arts; A.S., Harcum College
Adjunct Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant B.S., West Chester University, A.S., Harcum College
Adjunct Instructor, Business D.B.A., Wilmington University; M.B.A., Drexel University; B.A., Villanova University
Shaun Madary
Diane Rice
Assistant Program Director, Physical Therapist Assistant B.A., Temple University; A.S., Lehigh County Community College
Rebecca Suppi
Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice J.D., Temple Law School
Instructor, Phlebotomy PBT (ASCP), A.S., Robert Morris College
Joanne Ricevuto
Julie Taddeo, M.A.,
Program Director, Early Childhood Education, Assistant Professor, Director of Instructional Success M.Ed., Widener University; B.S., West Chester University
Cabrini University Program Director, Allied Health Science
Barbara Ann Ricks-Strand
Allied ASID Program Director, Interior Design M.S., Drexel University; B.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
Richard Lombardo Adjunct Instructor, Business Ph.D., Capella University; M.B.A., B.A., Eastern University
Jillian Lydon, RDH
Valerie Malcolm Adjunct Instructor, Continuing Studies D.M.D., University of the Phillipines
Kristy Matulevich Clinical Coordinator/Instructor, Laboratory Science Programs MLS (ASCP)CM, B.S., Pennsylvania State University
Rhonda McClenton Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ph.D., University of Liverpool, M.Ed., Temple University, B.A., Eastern University
Kristy Meyer Academic Fieldwork Coordinator, Assistant Professor, OTA B.S., Alvernia College
Wanda Miles Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education Ph.D., Capella University, M.S., Cheyney University, B.S., Lincoln University
Larry Musolino Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.S., Rochester Inst. Of Technology, M.S., Texas A&M University, M.S. Lehigh
Karen Naylor Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene MPH, B.S., West Chester University; A.S. Harcum College
Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.B.A., Eastern University, B.A., Eastern College, A.S., Community College
Brian Riker Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.B.A., Eastern University, B.A., Eastern College, A.S., Community College
Linward Robinson Program Director, Animal Center Management, Associate Professor M.B.A., University of Phoenix; B.S., Delaware Valley College
Lynne Rockwell Fieldwork Coordinator, Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapist Assistant B.S., Pennsylvania State University; A.S., Harcum College
Martina Russell Adjunct Instructor, Nursing M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania, B.S., Howard University
Ana Simakauskas
Heidi Techner, MS, IDEC
William Towns Adjunct Instructor, Business M.S., Drexel University, B.S., Boston University
Kari Tumminia Adjunct Instructor, Business M.A., Eastern University; B.S., Art Institute of Philadelphia
Dionne Tyler Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnician M.B.A., University of Phoenix, M.H.A., University of Phoenix, B.S., Colombia Union College
Gregg Volz Director of Youth Courts, Instructor, Law and Justice
Nicoleta Votov Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Design A.S., Art Institute of Philadelphia
Alice Walker Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnician Program, HT(ASCP)
Natalie Walker Instructor, Lab Coordinator, Nursing M.S.N., Capella University; B.S.N., Holy Family University
Jade Wallace Adjunct Instructor, Early Childhood Education Ed.D., Drexel University, M.Ed., Lock Haven University, B.S., LaSalle University
Mark Whiteman Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.A., West Chester University, B.A., Charter Oak State College
Vicki Whiteman Adjunct Instructor, General Studies Ph.D., Temple University, M.A., West Chester University, B.A., West Chester
Alison Whiter Instructor, Veterinary Nursing D.V.M., Oklahoma State University; B.S., University of Delaware
Tanya Williams Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S. Pennsylvania College of Technology ; A.S., Harcum College
Michael Wolf Adjunct Instructor, Law and Justice M.A., University of Pennsylvania; B.A., Yale University
Craig Wooters Professor, Veterinary Nursing V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania School of Veterinary Medicine; M.S., B.S., University of Delaware
Gregory Wright Adjunct Instructor, General Studies B.A., Combs College of Music, A.A., Delaware County Community College
Edward Zawora, III Program Director, Digital Design A.S.T, Antonelli Institute
Peter Zuber, MS, PT Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant Program M.S., Duke University
Vincent Valaitis Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.A., Villanova University, B.S., Villanova University
Joanne Villante Adjunct Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA A.S., Manor College
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 8 - 2 0 1 9
139
Administration Linda Alderman
Ann Childs
Ebony Fowlkes
Nikolay Karpalo
Administrative Assistant, Student Records
Cashier, Student Accounts
Assistant Director, Residence Life B.S., Rosemont College
Maryam Ahmadi
Administration Assistant, Veterinary Nursing A.S., Harcum College
Facilities Manager A.S., ASA College of Advanced Technology; A.S., Kiev Technical College
Financial Aid Counselor
Kathy Anthony Director of Counseling Services M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College, B.A, Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Valerie Aronov-Schwartz C.R.N.P. Director of Health Services B.A., B.S., M.S., Drexel University
John Ball
Stephanie Conklin
Richard Cooper Director of Disability Services Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; MAE, InterAmerican University; B.A., St. Fidelis College;
Barbara Coppola Administrative Assistant, Financial Aid
Lilian Crooks
Mary Freeman Coordinator Academic Coaching M.S.W., Bryn Mawr College, B.A. Bryn Mawr College Admissions Counselor B.S., Argosy University
Associate Vice President for Athletics, Head Men’s Basketball Coach M.A., The College of New Jersey; B.A.,Villanova University
Tyler Gangi
Meg Kelly
Admission Support Specialist B.A., York College
Assistant Registrar, Student Records B.S., Villanova University
Krystal Gaither Popiel
Lexie Gerson
Assistant Coach, Men’s Basketball B.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Graphic Designer/ Communications Specialist
Head Coach, Women’s Basketball B.S., M.Ed., University of Virginia
Elizabeth Barr
RaMonda Crosby
Robyn Gleason
Financial Aid Counselor B.S., Pierce College
Senior Accountant
Raymond Curry
Hunt Bartine
Coordinator, Upward Bound B.S., Lincoln University
Director Human Resources M.B.A., University of Connecticut, B.A. Marietta College
Drew Kelly
Assistant Director, Disability Services B.S.W., Cabrini College
Stephen Kleponis Director of Business Services B.S., University of Phoenix; A.S., Community College of Philadelphia
William Knight Maintenance Supervisor, Facilities
Tianna Gordon
Edward Kovacs Dean of Student Life M.A., Bowling Green State Univ., B.S. Millersville University
Housekeeping
Student Accounts Specialist B.A., Southern New Hampshire University
Annette Barwis
Jon Jay DeTemple
Alex Graver
Troy Kyles
Payroll Specialist B.A., Arcadia University, A.A., Mont. County Community College
President Ph.D., M.B.A., Syracuse University; B.S., Cornell University
Head Men’s Soccer Coach B.A., Mount St. Mary’s University
Advisor, Career & Transfer M.Ed., West Chester University, B.A., Lock Haven University of PA
Patricia Benson
JJ DeTemple II
Officer, Campus Safety
Won Lee
Vice-President of Finance & Operations Ed.D., Wilmington University; M.B.A., LaSalle University; B.S., Hampton University
Assistant Athletic Director B.S., University of New Mexico
Theresa Groody
Assistant Director, Center for International Programs/ English Language Academy; Associate Professor M.S., B.A., Temple University
Aran Benyishay
Sarah Dorsey
Administrative Assistant, OTA/PTA
Patient Medical Records
Director of Continuing & Professional Studies, Adjunct Faculty, EFDA M.Ed., Arcadia University; B.S., Gwynedd-Mercy College; A.S., Manor College
Owen Binczewski
Jean Douglas-White
Luis Gutierrez
Assistant Director, Financial Aid B.A., Widener University
Assistant Professor, Mathematics B.S., St. Joseph’s University
Assistant Director, Partnership Sites M.Ed., M.A., Arcadia University; B.S., Cheyney University
Facilities
Carol Martin
Serghey Harlamov
Danyele Dove
John Hayden
Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs A.B.A., Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania
Vaidra Boston-Johnson General Manager, Sodexo Dining Services B.S., Delaware State University
Windell Dally
Joseph Donahue Director of Technology Services
Ulysses Green
Facilities
Director of Career & Transfer Services M.S.W., B.A., University of Maryland
Vice-President, Institutional Advancement B.S., Penn State University
Timothy Ely
Exford Henry
Associate Vice President of Enrollment Management B.A., DeSales University
Executive Director of Strategic Planning & Institutional Research M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; B.A., West Chester University
Jason Hill
Marlon Brissett
Margaret Esposto
Facilities
Assistant, Campus Store
Nashia Brooks
Emily Fahy
Admissions Counselor
Director of Student Support Services Programming M.S., Shippensburg University; B.A., Elizabethtown College
Clinical Instructor, Rad Tech A.S., Holy Family University
Samantha Farlow
Julia Ingersoll
Karey Bowen Senior Admissions Counselor
Rachel Bowen
Sharon Brown Housekeeping Supervisor
Kimberlynn Brown-Trent Human Resources Coordinator
Christine Carlson Assistant Program Director, Early Childhood Education M.Ed., Cabrini College, B.A. Eastern University
Michelle Catagnus Director of the Center for International Programs M.A., New York University, B.A., Northeastern University
Michael Caroto Music Program Coordinator, Harcum Music School
140
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Head Women’s Soccer Coach B.S., Temple University
Gabriella Ferreira
Housekeeping Housekeeping
Daniel Hodas Media Services Coordinator, Library B.A., Castleton State College
Katelyn Holden
Executive Vice-President D.M, University of Maryland; J.D., Villanova University; B.S., Boston University
Samantha Mandery
Gale Martin Director of Communications and Marketing M.B.A., Penn State University, M.A., Wilkes University, B.A. Penn State University
Jaclyn Mason Program Director, Criminal Justice J.D., Villanova University, B.A., Brown University, A.S., Harcum College
Joe McCourt Officer, Campus Safety
Devin McDonald Operations Coordinator, Partnership Sites B.A., Eastern University; A.S., Harcum College
Catherine McGowan Director of Library Services, Library M.L.I.S., Drexel University; B.A., Villanova University
Physical Therapist Assistant Instructor B.S., Drexel University, A.S., Harcum College, A.A. Delaware County Community College
Karen Johnson
Tricia Fleming
Kevin Jones
Director, President’s Office Operations J.D., Villanova University; B.A., King’s College
Coordinator, Human Services, Partnership Sites
Associate Registrar, Student Records M.S., Drexel University; B.S., Lock Haven University
Jermaine Jordan Officer, Campus Safety
Valerie McGruder-Cortes
Lauren Forry Assistant Professor, English M.F.A., University of Kingston
Registrar B.S., CMRS, Drexel University
Beth McMichael
Executive Assistant to the Executive Director of Partnership Sites
Elizabeth McWilliams
Jana Rediger
Roxanne Sutton
Barbara Yalof
Administrative Assistant, Admissions
Strength & Training Coach, Athletics
Rupert Meredith
Shawn Riley
Tech Support, Academic Affairs Ph.D., M.Ed., B.A., Temple University
Housekeeping
Supervisor, Facilities Montea Roundtree Officer, Campus Safety
Technical Services Librarian, Library M.L.I.S., University of Western Ontario; B.A., Carleton University
Jim Miller Academic Internship Director B.A. Arch., Drexel University
Susan Miller Assistant Director of Partnership Sites, Operations M.Ed., Penn State University, B.S., West Chester University
Joann Mirigliano Support Services Manager, Admissions
Linette Morgan
Clara Salloom Bibliographic Librarian, Library M.L.I.S., Drexel University; B.A., St. Joseph College
Frances Salvacion Development Coordinator M.S., Villanova University, B.S. Brown University
Melissa Samango
Financial Aid Counselor A.S., Miller-Motte College
Director of Alumni Relations and Individual Giving B.S., Elmira College
John Mosemann
Rick SanFilippo
Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs
Director of Campus Safety B.A., Philadelphia University
Carla Muse Campus Store Manager B.S., Millersville University
Evelyn Santana
Marcus Swinson Assistant Program Director, Business Program B.S., Temple University Director, Student Accounts M.B.A., Rosemont College; B.S., Mansfield University
Wayne Thorpe Housekeeping
Jameel Tucker Assistant Dean of Student Life M.S., Florida International University; B.S. Edinboro University
Barry Uzzell Head Track & Field Coach University of North Texas
John Velez Coordinator, Educational Success Center
Michael Santiago
Jerry Viel Accountant, Finance Office
Greg Nobles
IT Specialist, Strategic Planning & Institutional Research
Housekeeping
Kristin Schwoebel
Accounts Payable Clerk, Finance Office
Alexandria Oliver
Assistant Director, Advancement Programs B.A., West Chester University
Admissions Counselor B.S., Cabrini University
Residential Life Coordinator B.A., West Chester University
Jose Ortiz Campus Safety Officer
Alice Pakhtigian Reference Librarian, Library M.L.I.S., Drexel University; M.O.L., Cairn University; B.A., Arcadia University
Amber Parks
C.J. Scott Head Coach, JV Men’s Basketball B.S., Louisiana Tech University
Geraldine Scutti Patient Care Coordinator, Cohen Dental Clinic
Cheryl Shahadi Site Coordinator, Partnership Sites
Accounts Receivable Specialist
Brittany Shaw
Joanne Patterson
Student Activities Program Coordinator/Administrative Assistant M.S., B.A., West Chester University
Administrative Assistant, Nursing B.S., Widener University
Charles Peters Coordinator, Mail Services B.F.A., Pennsylvania State University
Laurie Plaza Director of Campus Activities B.A., Eastern University
Jason Poole IT Analyst A.S., Pennsylvania Institute of Technology
Estella Pressley Coordinator, Upward Bound
Jacqueline Pursell Visual Assets Coordinator A.S., Antonelli Institute
Kelly Quigley Manager, IT Services B.S., West Chester University
Loren Rainey Officer, Campus Safety
Maria Ramirez Administrative Assistant, Student Life
Amy Shumoski
Alan Waldt Elizabeth Walker Director, Upward Bound B.A., Bard College
Bernadette Walsh Assistant Vice President for Development LL.M., Temple University Beasley School of Law; J.D., Cleveland-Marshall College of Law; B.A., Notre Dame College
Melissa Walsh Director of Financial Aid M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; B.A., Slippery Rock University
David Weaver
Digital Communications Manager B.A., Eastern University
Assistant Vice President of Academic Assessment M.A., B.A., West Chester University
Theresa Sims
Shawn White
Clinic Manager, Cohen Dental Clinic
Officer, Campus Safety
Pam Singleton
Administrative Assistant Dental Programs B.S., New Mexico State University
Coordinator, Early Childhood Education, Partnership Sites M.Ed., B.S., Cheyney University
Salin Siripakarn
Leah Wilmeth
Marifa Winfree
Controller, Finance Office M.S., Thammasat University
Administrative Assistant, Business Office B.S., Utica College
Sharon Smith
Kevin Wolfe
Director of Academic Preparation M.S., University of Pennsylvania
Assistant Coach, Men’s Soccer M.S., Southern New Hampshire University; B.S., Lock Haven University
Kayla Snyder Head Coach, Women’s Volleyball B.S. Stetson University
Anatolii Stepanov Maintenance, Facilities
John Supplee Executive Director of Information Technology B.S., Penn State University
Assistant Vice President of Academic Support Services M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College; B.A., Skidmore College
LaShonda Thomas
Executive Director, Partnership Sites B.A., Cedar Crest College
Lucia Neuber
Koyuki Yip
Brittany Wollner Assistant Coach, Women’s Soccer; B.S., Temple University
Valjean Wright Perkins Coordinator M.A., M.Ed. Temple University; B.A. Albright College.
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 8 - 2 0 1 9
141
Advisory Boards
142
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Animal Center Management Program Advisory Board
Criminal Justice Advisory Board
Early Childhood Advisory Board
Steven Bazil
Marla Abramson Joseph
Kathleen Anderson
Bazil McNulty
Law Offices of Marla Abramson
Harcum College
Brandi Greene
Danielle Bermann
Michelle Dea
Kitty Cottage Adoption Center, Inc.
Bergmann Law, LLC
Harcum College
Heather Lane Thomas Jefferson University
Kimberly Boyer-Cohen Grace Christlieb
Carrie McCloskey
Philadelphia Gas Works
Nicole Draper Brian Helgenberg ‘14 Ta’Mora Jackson
The Patton Veterinary Hospital
Marie Dooley
District 1199c Training & Upgrading Fund
Drew Smyth
Fox Rothschild, LLP
Springfield Dog House
Diane Edbril
Dr. Carrie Sutor
Airway Cam Technologies, Inc.
Gladwyn Animal Hospital
Deborah Lewis Brianna McCall Tricia McDevitt-Ortiz
Suzanne Fisher
MELC Talent & Acquisition Manager
Dr. Margaret Weil
Cipriani & Werner, P.C.
Bandfield, The Pet Hospital
Felicia Garnett
Business Program Advisory Board
UNISYS Corporation
Emily Bittenbender
Jennifer Myers Chalal
Dr. Wanda Miles Maryanne Ormsby Angelina Peterson Na’imah Rhodes Dr. Joanne Ricevuto
Managing Partner, Bittenbender Construction
Spector Gadon & Rosen, P.C.
Bernie Dagenais
Athena Pappas
President/CEO, Main Line Chamber of Commerce
Deasy Mahoney & Valentini
Annie Finnerty
Fisher & Phillips, LLP
Investment Analyst, Mill Creek Capital AdvisorsFinancial
Brielle Rey
Avi Loren Fox Founder/CEO, Wild Mantle
James Fusco
John Maxwell Philadelphia Police Department
May Mon Post
Dechert, LLP
Shoshana Schiller Manko Gold Katcher Fox LLP
Kent Griswold
Beth Seyle Fenton Saul Ewing Marni Snyder
Founder/CEO, BizzShow
Law Offices of MJ Snyder, LLC
Merle Berman Holman ’56
Beth Specker
Founder of Group Dynamics
Rendell Center for Civics & Civic Engagement
David Jacobson Principal, Clifton Larson Allen
Rebecca Starr Michelle Warner Hammel
Scott Simon
Delaware River & Bay Authority
Marketing and Finance teacher, Technical College High School
CEO, Swiss Farms
Melinda Venella Vice President, Commercial Banking Department, Firstrust Bank
Dental Program Advisory Board Jean Byrnes-Ziegler Harcum College
Dorothea Cavallucci Harcum College
Dr. Susan Chialastri
Harcum College
Leslie A. Roesler Director, Profesional Development Dimensions at Montgomery Early Learning Centers
Michelle Spencer Pamela Singleton Harcum College
Sherece Talley Harcum College
Dr. Jade Wallace Jasmine Williams
Fashion Design Advisory Board Devon Ackridge Camille Avent Jefferson University
Frank Agostino Agostinow
Yasmine Ba Eileen Fisher Anya Babayeva Emil DeJohn Professor Emeritas
Robyn Dombey QVC
Temple University, Department of Peridontology and Oral Implantaology
Angela Edmonds
Dr. Samuel Cimino
Jeanne Lawler Frank
Harcum College Board of Trustees
Options in Time
Deborah Fleming Sandra Fink Dr. Jaclyn Gleber Jason H. Goodchild, DMD
Kristina Leo
Showroom 77
Anthropologie
Janice Lewis Moore College of Art & Design
Premier Dental Products Company
Sarah Rodowicz
Adele Hartman
Fashion Group International
EFDA, Pennridge Family Dentistry
Calvin Hoops Lisa Kong Gail Malone Dr. Scott Nakamura
David Schwartz Sophy Curson Ran Zhuang
Integrated Dental Care
Dr. Nin Savani C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
143
Derrick Smith
Histotechnician Advisory Board
Interior Design Advisory Board
Lankenau Medical Center/Main Line Health System
Melissa Alloway
Margaret Chojnacki ’12
Suzanne Staton
County Memorial Hospital
Mann-Hughes Architecture, P.C.
Maria Batter
Ellen Farber ’12
Lankenau Medical Center/Main Line Health System
Crozer Keystone Health System
Ellen Farber Strategic Designs
Susan Breckenridge
Jen Fuller
Cape Regional Medical Center
Jen Fuller Interiors
Zoe Durkin
Betsy Grossmann
Harcum College
BDG LLC Digital Services
Nursing Communities of Interest Advisory Board
Allison Eck
Hannah Kenny
Dolores Alabrodzinski
Doylestown Hospital
Fuller Interiors
Harcum College
Linda Hinsdale
James Miller
Kathleen Aumendo
Main Line Health System
Harcum College
Harcum College
Elaine Johnston
Annette Morris ’07
Elizabeth Cratin Elliott
Harcum College
Sterling Kitchen and Bath
Harcum College
Martha Lassiter
Alexis Pew ’10
Frances Schuda
Einstein Medical Center
Kaminski + Pew, LLC
Harcum College
Cheryl Lineman
Maria Sasot
Anne (Nancy) Sicoransa
Women’s Health Care Group
Harcum College
Christine Magee Barbara Moore
Medical Laboratory Technician Advisory Board
Cape Regional Medical Center
Sheila Angstadt
Susan Paturzo
WHCGPA Clinical MLT Instructor
Thomas Jefferson University Hospital
Josephine Baiocchi
Peggy Pender
Bryn Mawr Hospital Main Line Health System
Women’s Health Care Group
Annemarie Brewer
Alyssa Peters
Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System
Virtua Health System
Donna Broderick
Dionne K. Tyler
Harcum College
Harcum College
Glenn Bull
Debbie Volponi
ASCP
St. Mary’s Health Care
Rowena Burrows
Lisa Warnock
Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System
Main Line Health System
Janet Damron
Human Services Advisory Board
Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System
Lonnese M. Bodison
Geralyn Fattore
Maternity Care Coalition
Nazareth Hospital
Kelle Branche Carys Davies
Karen Gatewood
Becky Austill-Clausen Nancy Beck Laura Boyle Nester
Harcum College
Austill’s Rehab Services, Inc.
Congreso de Latinos Unidos, Inc.
Dr. Olarae Giger
Susanna Gilbertson
Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System
The Blue Door Group
Dave Hinkle
Jennifer Jarlee
Einstein Medical Center
Devereux Foundation
Jennifer Lore
LJ Rasi
Einstein Medical Center
Temple Episcopal Hospital
Sue Lukiewski
Stephanie Sanger
Kindred Hospital
Hillary Carter Diane Durham Dr. Carlos Moreno Kerstin Potter Cara Reinert ’14 Fern Silverman Wendy Wachter-Schutz
Lower Merion Mobile Services Unit Director
Dianne Marsango
Main Line Health System
Marie DiNunzio Harcum College
Cooper University Hospital
Kristy Matulevich Harcum College
Eileen Riddell Lankenau Medical Center/Main Line Health System
Maria C. Silvestro Main Line Health
144
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Maureen Weiss Aria Health
Harcum College
Irene Burnette Mercy Health System
Linda Celia Hahnemann University Medical Center
Joanna Dixon Main Line Health
Maryann Jones Penn Presbyterian Medical Center
Rita Linus Main Line Health System
Tracy Patrick-Panchelli A.I. DuPont/Nemours Hospital for Children
Dr. Gulamnabi Vahora IMT Medical System
Kathleen Wylie Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital
Occupational Therapist Assistant Advisory Board
Phlebotomy Technician Advisory Board
Novacare Rehabilitation
Terry Baldridge Nazareth Hospital
Samantha Simpkins Doug Slick
Dawn Conley
Lankenau Hospital/MLHS
Abington Memorial Hospital
Public Defenders Office, City of Philadelphia
Vicki Tobin
Rebecca Cummings-Suppi Jeanne Gable
Francis Cantania
Einstein Healthcare System
Widener University
Tiffany Weaver
Abington Health-Lansdale
David Castro
Good Shepherd Penn Partners
I-LEAD
Raphael Castro
Theresa Groody
Radiologic Technology Advisory Board
Harcum College
Lisa Curtin
PA. Representative Brian Kirkland
Audrey Holdsman Kristy Matulevich
Mercy Fitzgerald Hospital/ Mercy Philadelphia Hospital/ Trinity Health
Brian Foster Marty Friedman
Harcum College
Colleen Scelsa
Barbara Roberts-Baker
Chester County Hospital
Christiana Hospital
Debra Sciarra
Maria Silvestro
Phoenixville Hospital
Ann Haslanger Carole Haas Gravagno Leslie Jones
Bryn Mawr Hospital/ Main Line Health Harcum College
Veterinary Nursing Advisory Board
Dahrnel Tucker
Dorothy Claeys
Christiana Hospital
Herbert Williams
Executive Director of Francisvale Home for Smaller Animals
Bryn Mawr Hospital/ Main Line Health
Dr. Dana Clarke, VMD< DACVECC
Rob Reed
PennVet
PA Attorney General
Jennifer Elenback, CVT, VTS (SAIM)
Hon.Teresa Sarmini Kathy Smith
Robin Gholston Bryn Mawr Hospital/ Main Line Health
Planned Parenthood (Family Planning Clinic)
Rebecca F. Suppi
Physical Therapist Assistant Advisory Board Phil Benito
Joseph Shay Paoli Hospital/MLHS
Small Animal Practicum Supervisor PennVet
Dr. Staci Phillips Wiemelt VMDYouth Courts Advisory Board Keir Bradford-Grey
Pond Lehocky Stern Giordano
Tina Delva
EducationWorks
Montgomery County Defender’s Office
Hon. Nathaniel Nichols John Papiano Philadelphia School District
Jason Poore White and Williams
Harcum College
ATI Physical Therapy
Kevin Freed
David Trevaskis
Laura Birchler
Senior Business Analyst Veterinary Recommended Solutions
Pennsylvania Bar Association
Jamie Guiberson, ’00, CVT, VTS (EVN)
Harcum College
New Bolton Center
James Williams
Jenna Heinze, CVT
School District of Philadelphia
Philadelphia Zoo
Micah Winterstein
Dr. Joseph Hyduke, VMD
Building 21 High School
University of PA/Good Shepherd Penn Partners
Stephanie Briddess Springfield Healthplex
Sheila Bridges Kathleen Burns Bayada Homecare
Chris Clark Moss Rehabilitation
Lynne Corrigan Springfield Healthplex
Ann Hess Sue Hill
Gregg Volz
Malvern Veterinary Hospital
Jennifer Macomber ’97, CVT Large Animal Practicum Supervisor New Bolton Center
Kara Modica, CVT Veterinary Services Representative Petplan Pet Insurance
Bryn Mawr Rehabilitation Hospital/MLHS
Dr. Sherrita Ridgely, DVM, PhD
Bonnie McDowell
Laboratory Animal Veterinarian
Riddle Hospital/Main Line Health System
Christie Rogero
Nancy McGuire Bayada Homecare
Program Manager The Jackson Galaxy Project
Donna Matiko
Elisa Rogers, ’95, CVT, VTS (ECC)
Capital Health System
Dr. Joe Murphy
Director of Nursing Hope Veterinary Specialists
SOAR Physical Therapy
Dr. Reginald Royster, DVM
Chris Noga
Haverford Animal Hospital
ATI Physical Therapy
Jennifer Novik Penn Presbyterian/Good Shepherd Penn Partners
Erik Overbaugh St. Mary Rehabilitation Hospital
Melinda Schmidt C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
145
Campus Phone Directory
College Main Telephone Number: 610-525-4100 *When calling from off-campus, dial “610-526” with the extension listed below (unless otherwise indicated). Academic Affairs ..................................................................6054
Medical Laboratory Technology Program............................6662
Accounts Payable..................................................................6019
Men’s Soccer .........................................................................6179
Admissions ...........................................................................6050
Harcum Music School...........................................................6114
Allied Health Science Program ............................................6020
Nursing Program ..................................................................6123
Alumni Relations & Annual Giving.....................................6060
Occupational Therapy Assistant Program ...........................6115
Animal Center Management Program.................................6131
Physical Therapist Assistant Program .................................6059
Athletic Director ...................................................................6669
President’s Office..................................................................6001
Basketball, Men’s..................................................................6669
Public Relations and Marketing ...........................................6143
Basketball, Women’s .............................................................6159
Radiologic Technology Program...........................................6130
Campus Store........................................................................6041
Soccer, Women’s ...................................................................6199
Criminal Justice Program ....................................................6072
Student Records ....................................................................6010
Business Programs................................................................1861
Residence Life ......................................................................6092
Campus Safety......................................................................6099
Sports Management Program...............................................1861
Center for International Studies...........................................6118
Student Accounts..................................................................6016
Institutional Advancement ..................................................6060
Student Activities..................................................................6038
Continuing Education...........................................................6100
Student Life ..........................................................................6032
Counseling Center................................................................6045
Track & Field.........................................................................6194
Dental Assistant Program .....................................................6109
Upward Bound......................................................................6189
Dental Hygiene Program ......................................................6110
Veterinary Nursing Program................................................6033
Developmental Studies ........................................................6193
Volleyball, Women’s .............................................................6173
Dining Services..............................................................525-6262
Campus Fax Numbers
Disability Services ................................................................6185 VP of Finance & Operations ................................................6142 Early Childhood Education Program...................................6035 Educational Success Center .................................................6103 English Language Academy .................................................6118 Facilities ................................................................................6181 Fashion Design Program ......................................................6051 Fashion Merchandising Program .........................................6051 Financial Aid ........................................................................6098 Foundation Relations ...........................................................6002 Health Center .......................................................................6090 Human Resources ................................................................6012 Human Services Program ....................................................6065 Interior Design Program ......................................................6095 IT Support.............................................................................1867 General Studies Program......................................................6067 Library ..................................................................................6085 Mailroom ..............................................................................6044
Academic Affairs...................................................................6031 Admissions............................................................................6147 Athletics ................................................................................6176 Bursar’s Office ......................................................................1654 Business Office .....................................................................6126 Institutional Advancement ...........................................520-3598 Continuing Education ..........................................................6082 Dental Programs ...................................................................6182 English Language Academy .................................................6118 Facilities ................................................................................6125 Financial Aid.........................................................................6168 Health Center .......................................................................6134 Human Resources.................................................................6011 Library ..................................................................................6086 President’s Office..................................................................6009 Registrar................................................................................1649 Student Life ..........................................................................6093 Upward Bound ......................................................................6171
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 9 - 2 0 2 0
147
Directions to Harcum College
Boston
95
New York
Pittsburgh
Philadelphia
76 Baltimore
Bucks County
Washington, D.C.
95
Montgomery County & the Main Line
Chester County
Philadelphia New Jersey Delaware County
RE R AWA L E D
148
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Philadelphia International Airport
IVER
PIKE URN T Y SE JER NEW
Directions No matter where you live, Harcum is easy to get to by plane, car, bus or train. Harcum College is in Bryn Mawr, PA, approximately 5.8 miles from City Line Ave. (Route 1), 12 miles west of Center City Philadelphia, 9 miles east of Paoli and less than 3 hours driving time from New York City and Washington, D.C.
By Air From Philadelphia International Airport the Bennett Airport Limousine Service or Main Line Limo leaves hourly for Bryn Mawr, a distance of approximately 13 miles. For information on ground transportation to and from the airport, call 215-937-6958. SEPTA’s Airport train connects the airport with 30th Street Station in Philadelphia, where a connection can be made to the SEPTA PaoliThorndale line to Bryn Mawr. The Bryn Mawr station adjoins the Harcum campus. For schedules, go to www.septa.org.
By Automobile From East and Central Philadelphia Follow I-76/Schuylkill Expressway west to Exit 339, City Avenue. Stay on City Avenue, and turn right at the sixth light onto Conshohocken State Road, which curves around left (just after the post office) and becomes Montgomery Avenue. Continue on Montgomery Avenue for approximately 4.5 miles to Harcum. The campus begins at the corner of Pennswood and Montgomery Avenues. Go to the next traffic light at Morris Avenue, get in the left lane and look for Melville Hall, a large stone building with white pillars on your left. Turn left onto Morris Avenue, and make an immediate left into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts. (Watch for oncoming traffic. Do not enter the SEPTA parking lot that adjoins the Melville entrance.) Distance from City Line Avenue to the campus is 5.8 miles. Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Programs Center. From the West Follow Pennsylvania Turnpike to Exit 326 (Valley Forge). Drive straight ahead after leaving toll booths and follow I-76/Schuylkill Expressway east to Exit 331A (I-476 South). Follow I-476 (Blue Route) south to Exit 13 (St. Davids/Villanova). At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/Lancaster Avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr. Turn left (at the corner with the Sunoco gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under railroad tracks. Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right. Make the second right turn into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts. Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot. The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway. Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Programs Center.
From the South Follow Route I-95 North to I-476 North. Take I-476 (Blue Route) north (approximately 14 miles) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/Villanova). At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/ Lancaster Avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr. From Northeastern Pennsylvania Follow Northeast Extension (Rte 476) of Pennsylvania Turnpike south to end, Exit 20. Follow signs to I-476 South. Follow I-476 (Blue Route) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/ Villanova). At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/Lancaster Avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr. Turn left (at corner with the Sunoco gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under railroad. Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right. Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts. Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot. The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway. Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Programs Center. From the North via New Jersey Turnpike Follow New Jersey Turnpike to Pennsylvania Turnpike/ I-276 West. Follow I276 west to Exit 333 (Norristown/Plymouth Meeting/I-476 South). Follow I-476 (Blue Route) south to Exit 13 (St. David’s/ Villanova). At the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/Lancaster Avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr. Turn left (at corner with the Sunoco gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris Avenue and proceed under railroad. Look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right. Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts. Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPTA parking lot The Admissions Office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway. Limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 8 - 2 0 1 9
149
Index Academic Affairs .....................................................................30
Classification of Students .........................................................39
Academic Appeal .....................................................................42
Closing due to Inclement Weather ..........................................43
Academic Calendar ....................................................................3
Commencement ......................................................................44
Academic Conduct and Violations...........................................45
Commuting Students ...............................................................12
Academic Discourse Courses .................................................114
Computer Information Science Courses ................................98
Academic Honors.....................................................................42
Continuing and Professional Studies.......................................34
Academic Policies.....................................................................38
Core Curriculum ......................................................................47
Academic Probation .................................................................42
Counseling Services .................................................................14
Academic Standing ..................................................................42
Course Descriptions.................................................................90
Accelerated Progress ...............................................................43
Course Exemption....................................................................43
Accounting ...............................................................................79
Course Load..............................................................................39
Accounting Courses..................................................................91
Course Withdrawal...................................................................39
Accreditation .............................................................................9
Criminal Justice .......................................................................85
Administration .......................................................................140
Criminal Justice Courses .........................................................98
Administrative Withdrawal ......................................................40
Damage Deposit .......................................................................26
Admissions ..............................................................................18
Dean’s List ................................................................................42
Advanced Placement ...............................................................43
Dental Assisting Courses........................................................100
Advisory Boards......................................................................142
Dental Assisting Certificate .....................................................52
Allied Health Science...............................................................50
Dental Education Courses ......................................................101
Allied Health Science Courses ................................................91
Dental Hygiene ........................................................................55
Alumni Services ......................................................................15
Dental Hygiene Courses ........................................................105
Animal Center Management ..................................................52
Digital Design ...........................................................................75
Animal Center Management Courses ....................................92
Digital Design Courses ...........................................................102
Appeals Academic....................................................................21
Directions to Harcum.............................................................148
Appeals Financial.....................................................................29
Disability Support Services ......................................................13
Art Courses...............................................................................93
Dismissal ..................................................................................42
Art and Design..........................................................................75
Distance Learning ....................................................................44
Art and Design Courses ...........................................................92
Dropping/Adding Courses.......................................................39
Articulation Agreements .........................................................22
Early Childhood Education......................................................86
Associate Degree........................................................................7
Education Courses..................................................................107
Athletics....................................................................................16
English Courses ......................................................................108
Attendance ...............................................................................43
English Language Academy (ELA) ..........................................31
Auditing Courses ......................................................................41
Equal Opportunity Statement....................................................9
Biology Courses ........................................................................94
Expanded Function Dental Assistant (EFDA).........................53
Board of Trustees ....................................................................136
Faculty ....................................................................................138
Business Management………………………........................….…81
Fashion Design .........................................................................76
Business Courses......................................................................95
Fashion Design Courses..........................................................110
Business Programs ...................................................................80
Fashion Merchandising............................................................77
Campus Activities.....................................................................11
Fashion Merchandising Courses.............................................111
Campus Safety………………………… .........................…………..11
Filing Grievances .....................................................................45
Campus Store ...........................................................................15
Financial Aid ............................................................................24
Career Services.........................................................................14
Financial Planning ...................................................................27
Center for International Programs ..........................................31
Gender Studies ........................................................................111
Chemistry Courses...................................................................97
General Science Courses.........................................................111
Child Care.................................................................................15
General Studies ........................................................................88
150
H A RC U M C O L L E G E
Goals ...........................................................................................5
Physical Education.................................................................123
Grade Appeal............................................................................42
Physical Therapist Assistant ....................................................65
Grading System ........................................................................40
Physical Therapist Assistant Courses ....................................125
Graduation Requirements........................................................44
Plagiarism *See Academic Conduct and Violations ...............45
Health Services.........................................................................14
Portfolio Credit .........................................................................41
Histotechnician ........................................................................57
Post Office.................................................................................15
Histotechnician Courses ........................................................112
Presidentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Cabinet.................................................................137
History of the College ................................................................6
Presidentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s List .........................................................................42
Honor Society...........................................................................12
Programs of Study ......................................................................7
Honors List ...............................................................................42
Psychology Courses................................................................123
Humanities .............................................................................113
Radiologic Technology .............................................................69
Human Services .......................................................................88
Radiologic Technology Courses .............................................128
Human Services Courses........................................................112
Readmission .............................................................................21
Independent Study...................................................................41
Refund Policy (Continuing Studies)........................................ 37
Index .......................................................................................150
Refund Policy (Room and Board).............................................26
Institutional Advancement ......................................................15
Residence Life...........................................................................11
Interdisciplinary Studies ........................................................114
Right to Modify...........................................................................9
Interior Design .........................................................................78
Right to Return .........................................................................45
Interior Design Courses .........................................................103
Satisfactory Academic Policy (SAP) .........................................28
International Baccalaureate.................................................... 43
Security Reports .......................................................................15
International Students .............................................................22
Service Learning ......................................................................12
General Studies ........................................................................88
Sociology.................................................................................130
Library ......................................................................................32
Sports Management .................................................................88
Limited Load ............................................................................42
Sports Management Courses .................................................130
Loans ..........................................................................................9
Staff .........................................................................................139
Location......................................................................................7
Student Life...............................................................................11
Mailboxes..................................................................................15
Student Organizations..............................................................12
Marketing .................................................................................82
Student Government Association (SGA) .................................12
Marketing Courses .................................................................130
Student Profile ..........................................................................11
Mathematics ...........................................................................117
Student Records........................................................................45
Medical Laboratory Technology ..............................................58
Student Success Center ............................................................31
Medical Laboratory Technology Courses...............................116
Telephone Directory.............................................................. 147
Mission Statement......................................................................5
Title IX Statement ......................................................................9
Music.......................................................................................117
Transcripts................................................................................44
Nursing .....................................................................................60
Transfer Credit..........................................................................20
Nursing Courses......................................................................118
Transfer Policy..........................................................................20
Occupational Therapy Assistant..............................................63
Transfer Services ......................................................................14
Occupational Therapy Assistant Courses..............................120
TRIO Upward Bound............................................................... 12
Partnership Sites.........................................................................8
Tuition.......................................................................................25
Phlebotomy Technician ...........................................................62
Tutoring ....................................................................................32
Phlebotomy Courses...............................................................121
Veteran Support Services .........................................................29
Phlebotomy Certificate ............................................................36
Veterinary Nursing ..................................................................71
Phone Numbers......................................................................147
Veterinary Nursing Courses...................................................132
Photography .............................................................................79
Visas............................................................................................9
Photography Courses .............................................................122
Voluntary Withdrawal from Harcum College .........................40
C ATA L O G 2 0 1 8 - 2 0 1 9
151
750 Montgomery Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010-3476 610-525-4100 â&#x20AC;¢ www.harcum.edu
750 Montgomery Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010-3476 610-525-4100 â&#x20AC;¢ www.harcum.edu